<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:blogger='http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187</id><updated>2024-09-11T06:54:40.696+05:30</updated><title type='text'>COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT NETWORKING</title><subtitle type='html'>its contains details information about networking</subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default?redirect=false'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>19</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-2290856275231252035</id><published>2010-04-17T22:02:00.003+05:30</published><updated>2010-04-17T22:02:39.622+05:30</updated><title type='text'>Hackers Try to Exploit Illegal Downloading Fears</title><content type='html'>Hackers are exploiting the controversy surrounding illegal downloading in a bid to steal credit card details from web users, says F-Secure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The security vendor has identified a Trojan that attempts to get PC users to believe an &#39;Antipiracy foundation scanner&#39; has found illegal torrents on the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The warnings reappear every time the user reboots their system and encourage them to fork out $400 (£259) to ICPP Foundation in a &quot;pre-trial settlement&quot; to cover a &quot;copyright holder fine&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It also claims refusal to pay the fine could result in a jail sentence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Trojan&#39;s warnings echoes genuine letters sent by law firms on behalf of copyright holders. The letters claim the recipient&#39;s internet connection has been used to illegally download music, movies or games and as result they will be required to pay a fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, F-Secure says there is no ICPP Foundation, despite the group behind the Trojan setting up an official-looking website with the URL www.icpp-online.com, and the messages will appear even if the system contains no illegal material whatsoever.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Furthermore, for those that do attempt to pay the fine there is no obvious credit-card payment system connected to the site. F-Secure said the criminals behind the scam just seem to collect the credit card information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;Refuse to pay money to these clowns! If people pay them, the problem will only grow bigger,&quot; says the security vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-Secure revealed that the domain is registered to Mr Shoen Overns&#39; with a contact email of ovenersbox@yahoo.com.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The security vendor said the email address has been seen before in various other domains, connected to Zeus and Koobface scams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;The gang behind this attack already has large botnets at their disposal. We assume they&#39;ve simply uploaded this malicious application to the bots they already control,&quot; said Mikko H Hypponen, chief research officer at F-Secure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;People know that movie studios and record labels are playing hardball against pirates. This might actually make some users fall for this scam&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
F-Secure advised web users that have been infected with the Trojan to use an antivirus programme to detect and remove it immediately</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/2290856275231252035/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/04/hackers-try-to-exploit-illegal.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/2290856275231252035'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/2290856275231252035'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/04/hackers-try-to-exploit-illegal.html' title='Hackers Try to Exploit Illegal Downloading Fears'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-7210161009767709424</id><published>2010-04-17T22:02:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2010-04-17T22:02:03.658+05:30</updated><title type='text'>Beware of Social Networking Sites</title><content type='html'>Social networking sites such as Facebook not only offer a whole new world of opportunities, but also open up dangers, according to executives at the Computerworld Security Forum in Malaysia last week.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 400 million users, Facebook is one of the most popular social applications in the world. These tools are created to allow people to share and meet online, according to Joe Lim, country lead, e-Cop.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But over half a billion people on various social networks have made available a massive amount of personal information on them. It is possible for third parties to obtain these private data, via applications installed on the social network sites such as games and social interaction tools. For instance, &quot;Facebook alone has over 55,000 external applications,&quot; said Lim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Sophos Security Threat Report 2010 identified that 57 per cent of social networking users report being hit by spam -- an increase of 70.6 per cent compared to a year ago, according to Che Mun Foong, channel manager, Malaysia, Sophos. Meanwhile, the study said that 30 per cent encountered phishing attacks, a jump of 42.9 per cent from the year before.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Answering a question from a conference attendee on whether Facebook should be banned from the office environment, Alex Ng, product manager, Southeast Asia, Kaspersky Lab, said stopping Facebook in the workplace &quot;means effectively challenging your users to do something else&quot; to access the tool. &quot;When there are credit fraud cases, does it mean we have to ban the bank or stop using the card?&quot; added e-Cop&#39;s Lim.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To minimise the risks of losing one&#39;s data when using these social networking sites, Kaspersky Lab&#39;s Ng suggested that for sites such as Facebook, create a bookmark for the log-in page, or type the URL directly into the browser address bar, avoid clicking on links in e-mail messages, and only type in confidential data on secure websites. Awareness of the latest malware and phishing attacks also helps prevent users from falling into the same traps, said e-Cop&#39;s</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/7210161009767709424/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/04/beware-of-social-networking-sites.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/7210161009767709424'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/7210161009767709424'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/04/beware-of-social-networking-sites.html' title='Beware of Social Networking Sites'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-3561539969740554362</id><published>2010-03-15T09:56:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2010-03-15T09:56:31.528+05:30</updated><title type='text'>hello</title><content type='html'></content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/3561539969740554362/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/03/hello.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3561539969740554362'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3561539969740554362'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/03/hello.html' title='hello'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-6166945531206968628</id><published>2010-03-02T08:05:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2010-03-02T08:05:32.121+05:30</updated><title type='text'>hey</title><content type='html'>i amback on blogger</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/6166945531206968628/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/03/hey.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/6166945531206968628'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/6166945531206968628'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/03/hey.html' title='hey'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-3186837329259064889</id><published>2010-01-27T12:58:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2010-01-27T12:58:29.804+05:30</updated><title type='text'>Networking Tutorial</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
Networking Tutorial&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is primarily about TCP/IP network protocols and ethernet network architectures, but also&lt;br /&gt;
briefly describes other protocol suites, network architectures, and other significant areas of networking.&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is written for all audiences, even those with little or no networking experience. It explains in&lt;br /&gt;
simple terms the way networks are put together, and how data packages are sent between networks and&lt;br /&gt;
subnets along with how data is routed to the internet. This document is broken into five main areas which&lt;br /&gt;
are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Basics - Explains the protocols and how they work together&lt;br /&gt;
2. Media - Describes the cabling and various media used to send data between multiple points of a&lt;br /&gt;
network.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Architecture - Describes some popular network architectures. A network architecture refers to the&lt;br /&gt;
physical layout (topology) of a network along with the physical transmission media (Type of wire,&lt;br /&gt;
wireless, etc) and the data access method (OSI Layer 2). Includes ethernet, Token Ring, ARCnet,&lt;br /&gt;
AppleTalk, and FDDI. This main area of the document can and should be skipped by those&lt;br /&gt;
learning networking and read later.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Other Transport Protocols - Describes IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, and more.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Functions - Explains some of the functionality of networking such as routing, firewalls and DNS.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Further Details - Gives information about some protocols not covered in the &quot;Basics&quot; section. In&lt;br /&gt;
the future, it will include more information about packet fragmentation and re-assembly along&lt;br /&gt;
with more details about UDP and especially TCP and TCP connections.&lt;br /&gt;
7. More Complex functions - Documents multicasting, dynamic routing, and network management&lt;br /&gt;
8. Applications - Documents how some of the applications work such as ping and traceroute. In the&lt;br /&gt;
future, it will cover telnet, Rlogin, and FTP.&lt;br /&gt;
9. Other Concerns - Includes installing drivers, network operating systems, applications, wide area&lt;br /&gt;
networks, backing up the network and troubleshooting the network.&lt;br /&gt;
10. References - Includes a reference list of terms, RFCs and recommended reading.&lt;br /&gt;
The reader may read this document in any order, but for beginners, it would be best to read through from&lt;br /&gt;
the beginning with the exception of sections 2 (media), 3 (architecture), and 4 (other). At some point,&lt;br /&gt;
however, the reader should be able to break from the basics and read about routing and IP masquerading.&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;br /&gt;
There are no links to various reading material or software packages inside this document, except under&lt;br /&gt;
the references section. This is because it is more structured, and makes it easier to keep the document&lt;br /&gt;
current.&lt;br /&gt;
This document will first talk about the network basics so the reader can get a good grasp of networking&lt;br /&gt;
concepts. This should help the reader understand how each network protocol is used to perform&lt;br /&gt;
networking. The reader will be able to understand why each protocol is needed, how it is used, and what&lt;br /&gt;
other protocols it relies upon. This document explains the data encapsulation techniques in preparation&lt;br /&gt;
for transport along with some of the network protocols such as IP, TCP, UDP, ICMP, and IGMP. It&lt;br /&gt;
explains how ARP and RARP support networking. In functional areas, such as routers, several examples&lt;br /&gt;
are given so the user can get a grasp on how networking is done in their particular situation. This&lt;br /&gt;
document covers routing, IP masquerading, and firewalls and gives some explanation of how they work,&lt;br /&gt;
how they are set up, and how and why they are used. Firewalls and the available packages are described,&lt;br /&gt;
but how to set them up is left to other documentation specific to the operating system and the package.&lt;br /&gt;
Application protocols such as FTP and Telnet are also briefly described. Networking terms are also&lt;br /&gt;
explained and defined.&lt;br /&gt;
This document explains the setup of networking functions using Linux Redhat version 6.1 as an&lt;br /&gt;
operating system (OS) platform. This will apply to server functions such as routing and IP masquerading.&lt;br /&gt;
For more documentation on setting up packages, read documentation on this web site and other locations&lt;br /&gt;
specific to the operating system and the package. If you know how to set up other operating servers such&lt;br /&gt;
as Windows NT, you can apply the information in this document to help you understand how to&lt;br /&gt;
configure services on that OS platform.&lt;br /&gt;
This document was written because I perceived a need for a basic networking document to explain how&lt;br /&gt;
these networking services work and how to set them up, with examples. It will help a novice to learn&lt;br /&gt;
networking more quickly by explaining the big picture concerning how the system works together. I have&lt;br /&gt;
seen much good networking documentation, but little that explains the theory along with practical setup&lt;br /&gt;
and applications.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Topology&lt;br /&gt;
Network Topology&lt;br /&gt;
A network consists of multiple computers connected using some type of interface, each having one or more&lt;br /&gt;
interface devices such as a Network Interface Card (NIC) and/or a serial device for PPP networking. Each&lt;br /&gt;
computer is supported by network software that provides the server or client functionality. The hardware used to&lt;br /&gt;
transmit data across the network is called the media. It may include copper cable, fiber optic, or wireless&lt;br /&gt;
transmission. The standard cabling used for the purposes of this document is 10Base-T category 5 ethernet cable.&lt;br /&gt;
This is twisted copper cabling which appears at the surface to look similar to TV coaxial cable. It is terminated on&lt;br /&gt;
each end by a connector that looks much like a phone connector. Its maximum segment length is 100 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Categories&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main types of network categories which are:&lt;br /&gt;
q Server based&lt;br /&gt;
q Peer-to-peer&lt;br /&gt;
In a server based network, there are computers set up to be primary providers of services such as file service or&lt;br /&gt;
mail service. The computers providing the service are are called servers and the computers that request and use&lt;br /&gt;
the service are called client computers.&lt;br /&gt;
In a peer-to-peer network, various computers on the network can act both as clients and servers. For instance,&lt;br /&gt;
many Microsoft Windows based computers will allow file and print sharing. These computers can act both as a&lt;br /&gt;
client and a server and are also referred to as peers. Many networks are combination peer-to-peer and server&lt;br /&gt;
based networks. The network operating system uses a network data protocol to communicate on the network to&lt;br /&gt;
other computers. The network operating system supports the applications on that computer. A Network Operating&lt;br /&gt;
System (NOS) includes Windows NT, Novell Netware, Linux, Unix and others.&lt;br /&gt;
Three Network Topologies&lt;br /&gt;
The network topology describes the method used to do the physical wiring of the network. The main ones are bus,&lt;br /&gt;
star, and ring.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Topology&lt;br /&gt;
1. Bus - Both ends of the network must be terminated with a terminator. A barrel connector can be used to&lt;br /&gt;
extend it.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Star - All devices revolve around a central hub, which is what controls the network communications, and&lt;br /&gt;
can communicate with other hubs. Range limits are about 100 meters from the hub.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Ring - Devices are connected from one to another, as in a ring. A data token is used to grant permission for&lt;br /&gt;
each computer to communicate.&lt;br /&gt;
There are also hybrid networks including a star-bus hybrid, star-ring network, and mesh networks with&lt;br /&gt;
connections between various computers on the network. Mesh networks ideally allow each computer to have a&lt;br /&gt;
direct connection to each of the other computers. The topology this documentation deals with most is star&lt;br /&gt;
topology since that is what ethernet networks use.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Hardware Connections&lt;br /&gt;
Network Hardware Connections&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet uses star topology for the physical wiring layout. A diagram of a typical ethernet network layout is&lt;br /&gt;
shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
On a network, a hub is basically a repeater which is used to re-time and amplify the network signals. In this&lt;br /&gt;
diagram, please examine the hubs closely. On the left are 4 ports close to each other with an x above or below&lt;br /&gt;
them. This means that these ports are crossover ports. This crossover is similar to the arrangement that was used&lt;br /&gt;
for serial cables between two computers. Each serial port has a transmitter and receiver. Unless there was a null&lt;br /&gt;
modem connection between two serial ports, or the cable was wired to cross transmit to receive and vice versa,&lt;br /&gt;
the connection would not work. This is because the transmit port would be sending to the transmit port on the&lt;br /&gt;
other side.&lt;br /&gt;
Therefore note that you cannot connect two computers together with a straight network jumper cable between&lt;br /&gt;
their network cards. You must use a special crossover cable that you can buy at most computer stores and some&lt;br /&gt;
Network Hardware Connections&lt;br /&gt;
office supply stores for around 10 dollars. Otherwise, you must use a hub as shown here.&lt;br /&gt;
The hub on the upper left is full, but it has an uplink port on the right which lets it connect to another hub. The&lt;br /&gt;
uplink does not have a crossover connection and is designed to fit into a crossover connection on the next hub.&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can keep linking hubs to put computers on a network. Because each hub introduces some delay&lt;br /&gt;
onto the network signals, there is a limit to the number of hubs you can sequentially link. Also the computers that&lt;br /&gt;
are connected to the two hubs are on the same network and can talk to each other. All network traffic including all&lt;br /&gt;
broadcasts is passed through the hubs.&lt;br /&gt;
In the diagram, machine G has two network cards, eth0 and eth1. The cards eth1 and eth0 are on two different&lt;br /&gt;
networks or subnetworks. Unless machine G is programmed as a router or bridge, traffic will not pass between&lt;br /&gt;
the two networks. This means that machines X and Z cannot talk to machines A through F and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
Machine X can talk to Z and G, and machines A though F can talk to each other and they can talk to machine G.&lt;br /&gt;
All machines can talk to machine G. Therefore the machines are dependent on machine G to talk between the two&lt;br /&gt;
networks or subnets.&lt;br /&gt;
Each network card, called a network interface card (NIC) has a built in hardware address programmed by its&lt;br /&gt;
manufacturer. This is a 48 bit address and should be unique for each card. This address is called a media access&lt;br /&gt;
control (MAC) address. The media, in our specific case will be the ethernet. Therefore when you refer to&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet, you are referring to the type of network card, the cabling, the hubs, and the data packets being sent. You&lt;br /&gt;
are talking about the hardware that makes it work, along with the data that is physically sent on the wires.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of networks that are commonly heard about. They are ethernet, token-ring, and ARCnet.&lt;br /&gt;
Each one is described briefly here, although this document is mainly about ethernet.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet:&lt;br /&gt;
The network interface cards share a common cable. This cable structure does not need to form a structure, but&lt;br /&gt;
must be essentially common to all cards on the network. Before a card transmits, it listens for a break in traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
The cards have collision detection, and if the card detects a collision while trying to transmit, it will retry after&lt;br /&gt;
some random time interval.&lt;br /&gt;
Token Ring:&lt;br /&gt;
Token ring networks form a complete electrical loop, or ring. Around the ring are computers, called stations. The&lt;br /&gt;
cards, using their built in serial numbers, negotiate to determine what card will be the master interface card. This&lt;br /&gt;
card will create what is called a token, that will allow other cards to send data. Essentially, when a card with data&lt;br /&gt;
to send, receives a token, it sends its data to the next station up the ring to be relayed. The master interface will&lt;br /&gt;
then create a new token and the process begins again.&lt;br /&gt;
ARCnet:&lt;br /&gt;
ARCnet networks designate a master card. The master card keeps a table of active cards, polling each one&lt;br /&gt;
sequentially with transmit permission.&lt;br /&gt;
TCP/IP Ports and Addresses&lt;br /&gt;
TCP/IP Ports and Addresses&lt;br /&gt;
Each machine in the network shown below, has one or more network cards. The part of the network that does the job&lt;br /&gt;
of transporting and managing the data across the network is called TCP/IP which stands for Transmission Control&lt;br /&gt;
Protocol (TCP) and Internet Protocol (IP). There are other alternative mechanisms for managing network traffic, but&lt;br /&gt;
most, such as IPX/SPX for Netware, will not be described here in much detail. The IP layer requires a 4 (IPv4) or 6&lt;br /&gt;
(IPv6) byte address to be assigned to each network interface card on each computer. This can be done automatically&lt;br /&gt;
using network software such as dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) or by manually entering static addresses&lt;br /&gt;
into the computer.&lt;br /&gt;
Ports&lt;br /&gt;
The TCP layer requires what is called a port number to be assigned to each message. This way it can determine the&lt;br /&gt;
type of service being provided. Please be aware here, that when we are talking about &quot;ports&quot; we are not talking about&lt;br /&gt;
ports that are used for serial and parallel devices, or ports used for computer hardware control. These ports are merely&lt;br /&gt;
reference numbers used to define a service. For instance, port 23 is used for telnet services, and HTTP uses port 80 for&lt;br /&gt;
providing web browsing service. There is a group called the IANA (Internet Assigned Numbers Authority) that&lt;br /&gt;
controls the assigning of ports for specific services. There are some ports that are assigned, some reserved and many&lt;br /&gt;
unassigned which may be utilized by application programs. Port numbers are straight unsigned integer values which&lt;br /&gt;
range up to a value of 65535.&lt;br /&gt;
Addresses&lt;br /&gt;
Addresses are used to locate computers. It works almost like a house address. There is a numbering system to help the&lt;br /&gt;
mailman locate the proper house to deliver customer&#39;s mail to. Without an IP numbering system, it would not be&lt;br /&gt;
possible to determine where network data packets should go.&lt;br /&gt;
IPv4, which means internet protocol version 4, is described here. Each IP address is denoted by what is called dotted&lt;br /&gt;
decimal notation. This means there are four numbers, each separated by a dot. Each number represents a one byte&lt;br /&gt;
value with a possible mathematical range of 0-255. Briefly, the first one or two bytes, depending on the class of&lt;br /&gt;
network, generally will indicate the number of the network, the third byte indicates the number of the subnet, and the&lt;br /&gt;
fourth number indicates the host number. This numbering scheme will vary depending on the network and the&lt;br /&gt;
numbering method used such as Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) which is described later. The host number&lt;br /&gt;
cannot be 0 or 255. None of the numbers can be 255 and the first number cannot be 0. This is because broadcasting is&lt;br /&gt;
done with all bits set in some bytes. Broadcasting is a form of communication that all hosts on a network can read,&lt;br /&gt;
and is normally used for performing various network queries. An address of all 0&#39;s is not used, because when a&lt;br /&gt;
machine is booted that does not have a hardware address assigned, it provides 0.0.0.0 as its address until it receives its&lt;br /&gt;
assignment. This would occur for machines that are remote booted or those that boot using the dynamic host&lt;br /&gt;
configuration protocol (DHCP). The part of the IP address that defines the network is referred to as the network ID,&lt;br /&gt;
and the latter part of the IP address that defines the host address is referred to as the host ID.&lt;br /&gt;
IPv6 is an enhancement to the IPv4 standard due to the shortage of internet addresses. The dotted notation values are&lt;br /&gt;
increased to 12 bit values rather than byte (8 bit) values. This increases the effective range of each possible decimal&lt;br /&gt;
value to 4095. Of course the values of 0 and 4095 (all bits set) are generally reserved the same as with the IPv4&lt;br /&gt;
standard.&lt;br /&gt;
TCP/IP Ports and Addresses&lt;br /&gt;
An Example Network&lt;br /&gt;
In the diagram below, the earlier hardware wiring example is modified to show the network without the hubs. It also&lt;br /&gt;
shows IP addresses assigned to each interface card. As you can see there are two networks which are 192.168.1.x and&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.x. Machines A through F are on network 192.168.1.x. The machines X and Z are on network 192.168.2.x,&lt;br /&gt;
and machine G has access to both networks.&lt;br /&gt;
NIC&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
D&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
F&lt;br /&gt;
G&lt;br /&gt;
X&lt;br /&gt;
Z&lt;br /&gt;
eth0 192.168.1.7 192.168.1.6 192.168.1.5 192.168.1.4 192.168.1.3 192.168.1.2 192.168.1.1 192.168.2.2 192.168.2.3&lt;br /&gt;
eth1&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
-&lt;br /&gt;
Using this port and addressing scheme, the networking system can pass data, addressing information, and type of&lt;br /&gt;
service information through the hardware, from one computer to another. The reason, there is an address for the&lt;br /&gt;
hardware card (ethernet address, also called MAC address), and another assigned address for that same card (IP&lt;br /&gt;
address), is to keep the parts of the network system that deal with the hardware and the software, independent of each&lt;br /&gt;
other. This is required in order to be able to configure the IP addressing dynamically. Otherwise, all computers would&lt;br /&gt;
have a static address and this would be very difficult to manage. Also, if a modification needs to be made to the&lt;br /&gt;
hardware addressing scheme for any reason, in ethernet, it will be transparent to the rest of the system. Conversely if a&lt;br /&gt;
TCP/IP Ports and Addresses&lt;br /&gt;
change is made to the software addressing scheme in the IP part of the system, the ethernet and TCP protocols will be&lt;br /&gt;
unaffected.&lt;br /&gt;
In the example above, machine F will send a telnet data packet to machine A. Roughly, the following steps occur.&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Telnet program in machine F prepares the data packet. This occurs in the application (Telnet),&lt;br /&gt;
presentation, and session layers of the OSI network model.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The TCP software adds a header with the port number, 23, to the packet. This occurs in the transport (TCP)&lt;br /&gt;
layer.&lt;br /&gt;
3. The IP software adds a header with the sender&#39;s and recipient&#39;s IP address, 192.168.1.2 to the packet. This&lt;br /&gt;
occurs in the network (IP) layer.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The ethernet header is added to the packet with the hardware address of the network card and the packet is&lt;br /&gt;
transmitted. This occurs in the link (Ethernet) layer.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Machine A&#39;s network card detects it&#39;s address in the packet, retrieves the data, and strips its header data and&lt;br /&gt;
sends it to the IP layer.&lt;br /&gt;
6. The IP layer looks at the IP header, and determines if the sender&#39;s IP address is acceptable to provide service to&lt;br /&gt;
(hosts.allow, hosts.deny, etc), and if so, strips the IP header and sends it to the TCP layer.&lt;br /&gt;
7. The TCP Layer reads the port number in it&#39;s header, determines if service is provided for that port, and what&lt;br /&gt;
application program is servicing that port. It strips the TCP header and passes the remainder of the data to the&lt;br /&gt;
telnet program on machine A.&lt;br /&gt;
Please note, that the network layers mentioned here are described in the next section. Also there are many types of&lt;br /&gt;
support at each of the four TCP/IP network system layers, but that issue is addressed in the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Protocol Levels&lt;br /&gt;
Network Protocol Levels&lt;br /&gt;
You should be aware of the fact, that when talking about networking you will hear the word &quot;protocol&quot; all the&lt;br /&gt;
time. This is because protocols are sets of standards that define all operations within a network. They define how&lt;br /&gt;
various operations are to be performed. They may even define how devices outside the network can interact with&lt;br /&gt;
the network. Protocols define everything from basic networking data structures, to higher level application&lt;br /&gt;
programs. They define various services and utility programs. Protocols operate at many layers of the network&lt;br /&gt;
models described below. There are protocols considered to be transport protocols such as TCP and UDP. Other&lt;br /&gt;
protocols work at the network layer of the OSI network model shown below, and some protocols work at several&lt;br /&gt;
of the network layers.&lt;br /&gt;
RFCs&lt;br /&gt;
Protocols are outlined in Request for Comments (RFCs). At the end of this document is a list of protocols and&lt;br /&gt;
associated RFC numbers.Protocols. Although RFCs define protocols not all RFCs define protocols but may&lt;br /&gt;
define other requirements for the internet such as RFC 1543 which provides information about the preparation of&lt;br /&gt;
RFCs. The following RFCs are very central to the TCP/IP protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
q RFC 1122 - Defines host requirements of the TCP/IP suite of protocols covering the link, network (IP),&lt;br /&gt;
and transport (TCP, UDP) layers.&lt;br /&gt;
q RFC 1123 - The companion RFC to 1122 covering requirements for internet hosts at the application layer&lt;br /&gt;
q RFC 1812 - Defines requirements for internet gateways which are IPv4 routers&lt;br /&gt;
Network Models&lt;br /&gt;
There are several network models which you may hear about but the one you will hear about most is the ISO&lt;br /&gt;
network model described below. You should realize, however that there are others such as:&lt;br /&gt;
q The internet layered protocol&lt;br /&gt;
q The TCP/IP 4 layered protocol&lt;br /&gt;
q The Microsoft networking protocol&lt;br /&gt;
If you don&#39;t like any of these models, feel free to invent your own along with your own networking scheme of&lt;br /&gt;
course, and add it to the list above. You can call it &quot;The MyName Protocol&quot;. Ever wonder why networking can be&lt;br /&gt;
so complex and confusing? Welcome to the world of free enterprise!&lt;br /&gt;
The ISO Network Model Standard&lt;br /&gt;
The International Standards Organization (ISO) has defined a standard called the Open Systems Interconnection&lt;br /&gt;
(OSI) reference model. This is a seven layer architecture listed below. Each layer is considered to be responsible&lt;br /&gt;
for a different part of the communications. This concept was developed to accommodate changes in technology.&lt;br /&gt;
The layers are arranged here from the lower levels starting with the physical (hardware) to the higher levels.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Protocol Levels&lt;br /&gt;
1. Physical Layer - The actual hardware.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Data Link Layer - Data transfer method (802x ethernet). Puts data in frames and ensures error free&lt;br /&gt;
transmission. Also controls the timing of the network transmission. Adds frame type, address, and error&lt;br /&gt;
control information. IEEE divided this layer into the two following sublayers.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Logical Link control (LLC) - Maintains the Link between two computers by establishing Service&lt;br /&gt;
Access Points (SAPs) which are a series of interface points. IEEE 802.2.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Media Access Control (MAC) - Used to coordinate the sending of data between computers. The&lt;br /&gt;
802.3, 4, 5, and 12 standards apply to this layer. If you hear someone talking about the MAC&lt;br /&gt;
address of a network card, they are referring to the hardware address of the card.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Network Layer - IP network protocol. Routes messages using the best path available.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Transport Layer - TCP, UDP. Ensures properly sequenced and error free transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Session Layer - The user&#39;s interface to the network. Determines when the session is begun or opened, how&lt;br /&gt;
long it is used, and when it is closed. Controls the transmission of data during the session. Supports&lt;br /&gt;
security and name lookup enabling computers to locate each other.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Presentation Layer - ASCII or EBCDEC data syntax. Makes the type of data transparent to the layers&lt;br /&gt;
around it. Used to translate date to computer specific format such as byte ordering. It may include&lt;br /&gt;
compression. It prepares the data, either for the network or the application depending on the direction it is&lt;br /&gt;
going.&lt;br /&gt;
7. Application Layer - Provides services software applications need. Provides the ability for user applications&lt;br /&gt;
to interact with the network.&lt;br /&gt;
Many protocol stacks overlap the borders of the seven layer model by operating at multiple layers of the model.&lt;br /&gt;
File Transport Protocol (FTP) and telnet both work at the application, presentation, and the session layers.&lt;br /&gt;
The Internet, TCP/IP, DOD Model&lt;br /&gt;
This model is sometimes called the DOD model since it was designed for the department of defense It is also&lt;br /&gt;
called the TCP/IP four layer protocol, or the internet protocol. It has the following layers:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Link - Device driver and interface card which maps to the data link and physical layer of the OSI model.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Network - Corresponds to the network layer of the OSI model and includes the IP, ICMP, and IGMP&lt;br /&gt;
protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Transport - Corresponds to the transport layer and includes the TCP and UDP protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Application - Corresponds to the OSI Session, Presentation and Application layers and includes FTP,&lt;br /&gt;
Telnet, ping, Rlogin, rsh, TFTP, SMTP, SNMP, DNS, your program, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
Please note the four layer TCP/IP protocol. Each layer has a set of data that it generates.&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Link layer corresponds to the hardware, including the device driver and interface card. The link layer&lt;br /&gt;
has data packets associated with it depending on the type of network being used such as ARCnet, Token&lt;br /&gt;
ring or ethernet. In our case, we will be talking about ethernet.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The network layer manages the movement of packets around the network and includes IP, ICMP, and&lt;br /&gt;
IGMP. It is responsible for making sure that packages reach their destinations, and if they don&#39;t, reporting&lt;br /&gt;
errors.&lt;br /&gt;
3. The transport layer is the mechanism used for two computers to exchange data with regards to software.&lt;br /&gt;
The two types of protocols that are the transport mechanisms are TCP and UDP. There are also other types&lt;br /&gt;
Network Protocol Levels&lt;br /&gt;
of protocols for systems other than TCP/IP but we will talk about TCP and UDP in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The application layer refers to networking protocols that are used to support various services such as FTP,&lt;br /&gt;
Telnet, BOOTP, etc. Note here to avoid confusion, that the application layer is generally referring to&lt;br /&gt;
protocols such as FTP, telnet, ping, and other programs designed for specific purposes which are governed&lt;br /&gt;
by a specific set of protocols defined with RFC&#39;s (request for comments). However a program that you&lt;br /&gt;
may write can define its own data structure to send between your client and server program so long as the&lt;br /&gt;
program you run on both the client and server machine understand your protocol. For example when your&lt;br /&gt;
program opens a socket to another machine, it is using TCP protocol, but the data you send depends on&lt;br /&gt;
how you structure it.&lt;br /&gt;
Data Encapsulation, a Critical concept to be understood&lt;br /&gt;
When starting with protocols that work at the upper layers of the network models, each set of data is wrapped&lt;br /&gt;
inside the next lower layer protocol, similar to wrapping letters inside an envelope. The application creates the&lt;br /&gt;
data, then the transport layer wraps that data inside its format, then the network layer wraps the data, and finally&lt;br /&gt;
the link (ethernet) layer encapsulates the data and transmits it.&lt;br /&gt;
To continue, you should understand the definition of a client and server with regards to networking. If you are a&lt;br /&gt;
Network Protocol Levels&lt;br /&gt;
server, you will provide services to a client, in much the same way as a private investigator would provide&lt;br /&gt;
services to their clients. A client will contact the server, and ask for service, which the server will then provide.&lt;br /&gt;
The service may be as simple as sending a single block of data back to the client. Since there are many clients, a&lt;br /&gt;
server must be constantly ready to receive client requests, even though it may already be working with other&lt;br /&gt;
clients. Usually the client program will operate on one computer, while the server program will operate on&lt;br /&gt;
another computer, although programs can be written to be both a client and a server.&lt;br /&gt;
Lets say you write a client chat program and a server chat program to be used by two people to send messages&lt;br /&gt;
between their machines. You run the server program on machine B, and the client program on machine A. Tom is&lt;br /&gt;
on machine A and George is on machine B. George&#39;s machine is always ready to be contacted, but cannot initiate&lt;br /&gt;
a contact. Therefore if George wants to talk to Tom, he cannot, until Tom contacts him. Tom, of course can&lt;br /&gt;
initiate contact at any time. Now you decide to solve the problem and merge the functionality of the two&lt;br /&gt;
programs into one, so both parties may contact the other. This program is now a client/server program which&lt;br /&gt;
operates both as a client and a server. You write your code so when one side initiates contact, he will get a dialog&lt;br /&gt;
box, and a dialog box will pop up on the other side. At the time contact is initiated, a socket is opened between&lt;br /&gt;
the two machines and a virtual connection is established. The program will let the user (Tom) type text into the&lt;br /&gt;
dialog window, and hit send. When the user hits send, roughly the following will happen.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Your program will pass Tom&#39;s typed text in a buffer, to the socket. This happens on machine A.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The underlying software (Code in a library called by a function your program used to send the data)&lt;br /&gt;
supporting the socket puts the data inside a TCP data packet. This means that a TCP header will be added&lt;br /&gt;
to the data. This header contains a source and destination port number along with some other information&lt;br /&gt;
and a checksum. Deamon programs (Daemon definition at the bottom of this page) may also work at this&lt;br /&gt;
level to sort packages based on port number (hence the TCP wrapper program in UNIX and Linux).&lt;br /&gt;
3. The TCP packet will be placed inside an IP data packet with a source and destination IP address along&lt;br /&gt;
with some other data for network management. This may be done by a combination of your library&lt;br /&gt;
function, the operating system and supporting programs.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The IP data packet is placed inside an ethernet data packet. This data packet includes the destination and&lt;br /&gt;
source address of the network interface cards (NIC) on the two computers. The address here is the&lt;br /&gt;
hardware address of the respective cards and is called the MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The ethernet packet is transmitted over the network line.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Assuming there is a direct connection between the two computers, the network interface card on machine&lt;br /&gt;
B, will recognize its MAC address and grab the data.&lt;br /&gt;
7. The IP data packet will be extracted from the ethernet data packet. A combination of deamons and the&lt;br /&gt;
operating system will perform this operation.&lt;br /&gt;
8. The TCP data packet will be extracted from the IP data packet. A combination of deamons, the operating&lt;br /&gt;
system, and libraries called by your program will perform this function.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The data will be extracted from the TCP packet. Your program will then display the retrieved data (text) in&lt;br /&gt;
the text display window for George to read.&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware that for the sake of simplicity, we are excluding details such as error management, routing, and&lt;br /&gt;
identifying the hardware address of the NIC on the computer intended to receive the data. Also we are not&lt;br /&gt;
mentioning the possible rejection of service based on a packet&#39;s port number or sender&#39;s IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
A deamon program is a program that runs in the background on a computer operating system. It is used to&lt;br /&gt;
perform various tasks including server functions. It is usually started when the operating system is booted, but a&lt;br /&gt;
Network Protocol Levels&lt;br /&gt;
user or administrator may be able to start or stop a daemon at any time.&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE 802 Standard&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE 802 Standard&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Link Layer and IEEE&lt;br /&gt;
When we talk about Local Area Network (LAN) technology the IEEE 802 standard may be heard. This&lt;br /&gt;
standard defines networking connections for the interface card and the physical connections, describing&lt;br /&gt;
how they are done. The 802 standards were published by the Institute of Electrical and Electronics&lt;br /&gt;
Engineers (IEEE). The 802.3 standard is called ethernet, but the IEEE standards do not define the&lt;br /&gt;
exact original true ethernet standard that is common today. There is a great deal of confusion caused&lt;br /&gt;
by this. There are several types of common ethernet frames. Many network cards support more than one&lt;br /&gt;
type.&lt;br /&gt;
The ethernet standard data encapsulation method is defined by RFC 894. RFC 1042 defines the IP to link&lt;br /&gt;
layer data encapsulation for networks using the IEEE 802 standards. The 802 standards define the two&lt;br /&gt;
lowest levels of the seven layer network model and primarily deal with the control of access to the&lt;br /&gt;
network media. The network media is the physical means of carrying the data such as network cable. The&lt;br /&gt;
control of access to the media is called media access control (MAC). The 802 standards are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.1 - Internetworking&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.2 - Logical Link Control *&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.3 - Ethernet or CSMA/CD, Carrier-Sense Multiple Access with Collision detection LAN *&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.4 - Token-Bus LAN *&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.5 - Token Ring LAN *&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.6 - Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.7 - Broadband Technical Advisory Group&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.8 - Fiber-Optic Technical Advisory Group&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.9 - Integrated Voice/Data Networks&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.10 - Network Security&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.11 - Wireless Networks&lt;br /&gt;
q 802.12 - Demand Priority Access LAN, 100 Base VG-AnyLAN&lt;br /&gt;
*The Ones with stars should be remembered in order for network certification testing.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Access Methods&lt;br /&gt;
There are various methods of managing access to a network. If all network stations tried to talk at once,&lt;br /&gt;
the messages would become unintelligible, and no communication could occur. Therefore a method of&lt;br /&gt;
being sure that stations coordinate the sending of messages must be achieved. There are several methods&lt;br /&gt;
listed below which have various advantages and disadvantages.&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE 802 Standard&lt;br /&gt;
q Contention&lt;br /&gt;
r Carrier-Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) - Used by Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
r Carrier-Sense Multiple Access with Collision Avoidance (CSMA/CA)&lt;br /&gt;
q Token Passing - A token is passed from one computer to another, which provides transmission&lt;br /&gt;
permission.&lt;br /&gt;
q Demand Priority - Describes a method where intelligent hubs control data transmission. A&lt;br /&gt;
computer will send a demand signal to the hub indicating that it wants to transmit. The hub sill&lt;br /&gt;
respond with an acknowledgement that will allow the computer to transmit. The hub will allow&lt;br /&gt;
computers to transmit in turn. An example of a demand priority network is 100VG-AnyLAN&lt;br /&gt;
(IEEE 802.12). It uses a star-bus topology.&lt;br /&gt;
q Polling - A central controller, also called the primary device will poll computers, called secondary&lt;br /&gt;
devices, to find out if they have data to transmit. Of so the central controller will allow them to&lt;br /&gt;
transmit for a limited time, then the next device is polled.&lt;br /&gt;
Token passing performs better when the network has a lot of traffic, while ethernet which uses&lt;br /&gt;
CSMA/CD is generally faster but loses performance when the network has a lot of traffic. CSMA/CD is&lt;br /&gt;
basically a method that allows network stations to transmit any time they want. They, however, sense the&lt;br /&gt;
network line and detect if another station has transmitted at the same time they did. This is called a&lt;br /&gt;
collision. If a collision happened, the stations involved will retransmit at a later, randomly set time in&lt;br /&gt;
hopes of avoiding another collision.&lt;br /&gt;
IP to link layer encapsulation&lt;br /&gt;
The requirements for IP to link layer encapsulation for hosts on a Ethernet network are:&lt;br /&gt;
q All hosts must be able to send and receive packets defined by RFC 894.&lt;br /&gt;
q All hosts should be able to receive a mix of packets defined by RFC 894 and RFC 1042.&lt;br /&gt;
q All hosts may be able to send RDC 1042 defined packets.&lt;br /&gt;
Hosts that support both must provide a means to configure the type of packet sent and the default must be&lt;br /&gt;
packets defined by RFC 894.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet and IEEE 802 Encapsulation formats&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet (RFC 894) message format consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
1. 6 bytes of destination address.&lt;br /&gt;
2. 6 bytes of source address.&lt;br /&gt;
3. 2 bytes of message type which indicates the type of data being sent.&lt;br /&gt;
4. 46 to 1500 bytes of data.&lt;br /&gt;
5. 4 bytes of cyclic redundancy check (CRC) information.&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE 802 Standard&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE 802 (RFC 1042) Message format consists of 3 sections plus data and CRC as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
1. 802.3 Media Access Control section used to coordinate the sending of data between computers.&lt;br /&gt;
1. 6 bytes of destination address.&lt;br /&gt;
2. 6 bytes of source address.&lt;br /&gt;
3. 2 bytes of length - The number of bytes that follow not including the CRC.&lt;br /&gt;
2. 802.2 Logical Link control establishes service access points (SAPs) between computers.&lt;br /&gt;
1. 1 byte destination service access point (DSAP).&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1 byte source service access point (SSAP).&lt;br /&gt;
3. 1 byte of control.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sub Network Access Protocol (SNAP).&lt;br /&gt;
1. 3 bytes of org code.&lt;br /&gt;
2. 2 bytes of message type which indicates the type of data being sent.&lt;br /&gt;
4. 38 to 1492 bytes of data.&lt;br /&gt;
5. 4 bytes of cyclic redundancy check (CRC) information.&lt;br /&gt;
Some ethernet message types include:&lt;br /&gt;
q 0800 - IP datagram with length of 38 to 1492 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;
q 0806 - ARP request or reply with 28 bytes and pad bytes that are used to make the frame long&lt;br /&gt;
enough for the minimum length.&lt;br /&gt;
q 8035 - RARP request or reply of 28 bytes and pad bytes that are used to make the frame long&lt;br /&gt;
enough for the minimum length.&lt;br /&gt;
These message types are the same for both formats above with the exception of the pad bytes. The pad&lt;br /&gt;
bytes for the RFC 894 and RFC 1042 datagrams are of different lengths between the two message&lt;br /&gt;
formats because the RFC 894 minimum message length is 46 bytes and the RFC 1042 minimum message&lt;br /&gt;
length is 38 bytes. Also the two message formats above are distinguishable from each other. This is&lt;br /&gt;
because the RFC 894 possible length values are exclusive of RFC 1042 possible type values.&lt;br /&gt;
Trailor Encapsulation&lt;br /&gt;
This is described in RFC 1122 and RFC 892, but this scheme is not used very often today. The trailer&lt;br /&gt;
protocol [LINK:1] is a link-layer encapsulation method that rearranges the data contents of packets sent&lt;br /&gt;
on the physical network. It may be used but only after it is verified that both the sending and receiving&lt;br /&gt;
hosts support trailers. The verification is done for each host that is communicated with.&lt;br /&gt;
RFC 1122 states: &quot;Only packets with specific size attributes are encapsulated using trailers, and typically&lt;br /&gt;
only a small fraction of the packets being exchanged have these attributes. Thus, if a system using trailers&lt;br /&gt;
exchanges packets with a system that does not, some packets disappear into a black hole while others are&lt;br /&gt;
delivered successfully.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
IEEE 802 Standard&lt;br /&gt;
Trailer negotiation is performed when ARP is used to discover the media access control (MAC) address&lt;br /&gt;
of the destination host. RFC 1122 states: &quot;a host that wants to speak trailers will send an additional&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;trailer ARP reply&quot; packet, i.e., an ARP reply that specifies the trailer encapsulation protocol type but&lt;br /&gt;
otherwise has the format of a normal ARP reply. If a host configured to use trailers receives a trailer ARP&lt;br /&gt;
reply message from a remote machine, it can add that machine to the list of machines that understand&lt;br /&gt;
trailers, e.g., by marking the corresponding entry in the ARP cache.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Network Categories&lt;br /&gt;
Network Categories&lt;br /&gt;
TDP/IP includes a wide range of protocols which are used for a variety of purposes on the network. The set of protocols that&lt;br /&gt;
are a part of TCP/IP is called the TCP/IP protocol stack or the TCP/IP suite of protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
Considering the many protocols, message types, levels, and services that TCP/IP networking supports, I believe it would be&lt;br /&gt;
very helpful to categorize the various protocols that support TCP/IP networking and define their respective contribution to&lt;br /&gt;
the operation of networking. Unfortunately I have never seen this done to any real extent, but believe it would be worthwhile&lt;br /&gt;
to help those learning networking understand it faster and better. I cannot guarantee that experts will agree with the&lt;br /&gt;
categorizations that will be provided here, but they should help the reader get the big picture on the various protocols, and&lt;br /&gt;
thus clarify what the reason or need is for each protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned previously, there are four TCP/IP layers. They are link, network, transport, and application. The link layer is&lt;br /&gt;
the hardware layer that provides ability to send messages between multiple locations. In the case of this document, ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
provides this capability. Below I define several categories some of which fit into the 4 layer protocol levels described&lt;br /&gt;
earlier. I also define a relative fundamental importance to the ability of the network to function at all. Importance includes&lt;br /&gt;
essential, critical, important, advanced, useful.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Essential - Without this all other categories are irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Critical - The network, as designed, is useless without this ability.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Important - The network could function, but would be difficult to use and manage.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Advanced - Includes enhancements that make the network easier to use and manage.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Useful - Functionality that you would like to be able to use as a network user. Applications or some functionality is&lt;br /&gt;
supported here. Without this, why build a network?&lt;br /&gt;
The categories are:&lt;br /&gt;
Name(layer)&lt;br /&gt;
Importance Names of protocols&lt;br /&gt;
What it does&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet, SLIP, PPP, Token Ring, Allows messages to be packaged and sent&lt;br /&gt;
Hardware(link)&lt;br /&gt;
Essential&lt;br /&gt;
ARCnet&lt;br /&gt;
between physical locations.&lt;br /&gt;
Manages movement of messages and&lt;br /&gt;
reports errors. It uses message protocols&lt;br /&gt;
Package management(network) Essential&lt;br /&gt;
IP, ICMP&lt;br /&gt;
and software to manage this process.&lt;br /&gt;
(includes routing)&lt;br /&gt;
Communicates between layers to allow one&lt;br /&gt;
Inter layer communication&lt;br /&gt;
Essential&lt;br /&gt;
ARP&lt;br /&gt;
layer to get information to support another&lt;br /&gt;
layer. This includes broadcasting&lt;br /&gt;
Controls the management of service&lt;br /&gt;
between computers. Based on values in&lt;br /&gt;
Service control(transport)&lt;br /&gt;
Critical&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
TCP and UDP messages a server knows&lt;br /&gt;
what service is being requested.&lt;br /&gt;
DNS provides address to name translation&lt;br /&gt;
for locations and network cards. RPC&lt;br /&gt;
Application and user support&lt;br /&gt;
Important DNS, RPC&lt;br /&gt;
allows remote computer to perform&lt;br /&gt;
functions on other computers.&lt;br /&gt;
RARP, BOOTP, DHCP, IGMP,&lt;br /&gt;
Enhances network management and&lt;br /&gt;
Network Management&lt;br /&gt;
Advanced SNMP,RIP, OSPF, BGP, CIDR&lt;br /&gt;
increases functionality&lt;br /&gt;
Network Categories&lt;br /&gt;
FTP, TFTP, SMTP, Telnet, NFS,&lt;br /&gt;
Utility(Application)&lt;br /&gt;
Useful&lt;br /&gt;
Provides direct services to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
ping, Rlogin&lt;br /&gt;
There are exceptions to my categorizations that don&#39;t fit into the normal layering scheme, such as IGMP is normally part of&lt;br /&gt;
the link layer, but I have tried to list these categorizations according to network functions and their relative importance to the&lt;br /&gt;
operation of the network. Also note that ethernet, which is not really a protocol, but an IEEE standard along with PPP, SLIP,&lt;br /&gt;
TokenRing, and ArcNet are not TCP/IP protocols but may support TCP/IP at the hardware or link layer, depending on the&lt;br /&gt;
network topology.&lt;br /&gt;
The list below gives a brief description of each protocol&lt;br /&gt;
q ethernet - Provides for transport of information between physical locations on ethernet cable. Data is passed in&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet packets&lt;br /&gt;
q SLIP - Serial line IP (SLIP), a form of data encapsulation for serial lines.&lt;br /&gt;
q PPP - Point to point protocol (PPP). A form of serial line data encapsulation that is an improvement over SLIP.&lt;br /&gt;
q IP - Internet Protocol (IP). Except for ARP and RARP all protocols&#39; data packets will be packaged into an IP data&lt;br /&gt;
packet. Provides the mechanism to use software to address and manage data packets being sent to computers.&lt;br /&gt;
q ICMP - Internet control message protocol (ICMP) provides management and error reporting to help manage the&lt;br /&gt;
process of sending data between computers.&lt;br /&gt;
q ARP - Address resolution protocol (ARP) enables the packaging of IP data into ethernet packages. It is the system&lt;br /&gt;
and messaging protocol that is used to find the ethernet (hardware) address from a specific IP number. Without this&lt;br /&gt;
protocol, the ethernet package could not be generated from the IP package, because the ethernet address could not be&lt;br /&gt;
determined.&lt;br /&gt;
q TCP - A reliable connection oriented protocol used to control the management of application level services between&lt;br /&gt;
computers.&lt;br /&gt;
q UDP - An unreliable connection less protocol used to control the management of application level services between&lt;br /&gt;
computers.&lt;br /&gt;
q DNS - Domain Name Service, allows the network to determine IP addresses from names and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
q RARP - Reverse address resolution protocol (RARP) is used to allow a computer without a local permanent data&lt;br /&gt;
storage media to determine its IP address from its ethernet address.&lt;br /&gt;
q BOOTP - Bootstrap protocol is used to assign an IP address to diskless computers and tell it what server and file to&lt;br /&gt;
load which will provide it with an operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
q DHCP - Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is a method of assigning and controlling the IP addresses of&lt;br /&gt;
computers on a given network. It is a server based service that automatically assigns IP numbers when a computer&lt;br /&gt;
boots. This way the IP address of a computer does not need to be assigned manually. This makes changing networks&lt;br /&gt;
easier to manage. DHCP can perform all the functions of BOOTP.&lt;br /&gt;
q IGMP - Internet Group Management Protocol used to support multicasting.&lt;br /&gt;
q SNMP - Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP). Used to manage all types of network elements based on&lt;br /&gt;
various data sent and received.&lt;br /&gt;
q RIP - Routing Information Protocol (RIP), used to dynamically update router tables on WANs or the internet.&lt;br /&gt;
q OSPF - Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) dynamic routing protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
q BGP - Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). A dynamic router protocol to communicate between routers on different&lt;br /&gt;
systems.&lt;br /&gt;
q CIDR - Classless Interdomain Routing (CIDR).&lt;br /&gt;
q FTP - File Transfer Protocol (FTP). Allows file transfer between two computers with login required.&lt;br /&gt;
q TFTP - Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP). Allows file transfer between two computers with no login required. It&lt;br /&gt;
is limited, and is intended for diskless stations.&lt;br /&gt;
q SMTP - Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP).&lt;br /&gt;
q NFS - Network File System (NFS). A protocol that allows UNIX and Linux systems remotely mount each other&#39;s file&lt;br /&gt;
systems.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Categories&lt;br /&gt;
q Telnet - A method of opening a user session on a remote host.&lt;br /&gt;
q Ping - A program that uses ICMP to send diagnostic messages to other computers to tell if they are reachable over the&lt;br /&gt;
network.&lt;br /&gt;
q Rlogin - Remote login between UNIX hosts. This is outdated and is replaced by Telnet.&lt;br /&gt;
Each protocol ultimately has it&#39;s data packets wrapped in an ethernet, SLIP, or PPP packet (at the link level) in order to be&lt;br /&gt;
sent over the ethernet cable. Some protocol data packets are wrapped sequentially multiple times before being sent. For&lt;br /&gt;
example FTP data is wrapped in a TCP packet which is wrapped in a IP packet which is wrapped in a link packet (normally&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet). The diagram below shows the relationship between the protocols&#39; sequential wrapping of data packets.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Devices&lt;br /&gt;
Network Devices&lt;br /&gt;
Repeaters, Bridges, Routers, and Gateways&lt;br /&gt;
Network Repeater&lt;br /&gt;
A repeater connects two segments of your network cable. It retimes and regenerates the signals to proper&lt;br /&gt;
amplitudes and sends them to the other segments. When talking about, ethernet topology, you are&lt;br /&gt;
probably talking about using a hub as a repeater. Repeaters require a small amount of time to regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
the signal. This can cause a propagation delay which can affect network communication when there are&lt;br /&gt;
several repeaters in a row. Many network architectures limit the number of repeaters that can be used in a&lt;br /&gt;
row. Repeaters work only at the physical layer of the OSI network model.&lt;br /&gt;
Bridge&lt;br /&gt;
A bridge reads the outermost section of data on the data packet, to tell where the message is going. It&lt;br /&gt;
reduces the traffic on other network segments, since it does not send all packets. Bridges can be&lt;br /&gt;
programmed to reject packets from particular networks. Bridging occurs at the data link layer of the OSI&lt;br /&gt;
model, which means the bridge cannot read IP addresses, but only the outermost hardware address of the&lt;br /&gt;
packet. In our case the bridge can read the ethernet data which gives the hardware address of the&lt;br /&gt;
destination address, not the IP address. Bridges forward all broadcast messages. Only a special bridge&lt;br /&gt;
called a translation bridge will allow two networks of different architectures to be connected. Bridges do&lt;br /&gt;
not normally allow connection of networks with different architectures. The hardware address is also&lt;br /&gt;
called the MAC (media access control) address. To determine the network segment a MAC address&lt;br /&gt;
belongs to, bridges use one of:&lt;br /&gt;
q Transparent Bridging - They build a table of addresses (bridging table) as they receive packets. If&lt;br /&gt;
the address is not in the bridging table, the packet is forwarded to all segments other than the one&lt;br /&gt;
it came from. This type of bridge is used on ethernet networks.&lt;br /&gt;
q Source route bridging - The source computer provides path information inside the packet. This is&lt;br /&gt;
used on Token Ring networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Router&lt;br /&gt;
A router is used to route data packets between two networks. It reads the information in each packet to&lt;br /&gt;
tell where it is going. If it is destined for an immediate network it has access to, it will strip the outer&lt;br /&gt;
packet, readdress the packet to the proper ethernet address, and transmit it on that network. If it is&lt;br /&gt;
destined for another network and must be sent to another router, it will re-package the outer packet to be&lt;br /&gt;
received by the next router and send it to the next router. The section on routing explains the theory&lt;br /&gt;
Network Devices&lt;br /&gt;
behind this and how routing tables are used to help determine packet destinations. Routing occurs at the&lt;br /&gt;
network layer of the OSI model. They can connect networks with different architectures such as Token&lt;br /&gt;
Ring and Ethernet. Although they can transform information at the data link level, routers cannot&lt;br /&gt;
transform information from one data format such as TCP/IP to another such as IPX/SPX. Routers do not&lt;br /&gt;
send broadcast packets or corrupted packets. If the routing table does not indicate the proper address of a&lt;br /&gt;
packet, the packet is discarded.&lt;br /&gt;
Brouter&lt;br /&gt;
There is a device called a brouter which will function similar to a bridge for network transport protocols&lt;br /&gt;
that are not routable, and will function as a router for routable protocols. It functions at the network and&lt;br /&gt;
data link layers of the OSI network model.&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
A gateway can translate information between different network data formats or network architectures. It&lt;br /&gt;
can translate TCP/IP to AppleTalk so computers supporting TCP/IP can communicate with Apple brand&lt;br /&gt;
computers. Most gateways operate at the application layer, but can operate at the network or session&lt;br /&gt;
layer of the OSI model. Gateways will start at the lower level and strip information until it gets to the&lt;br /&gt;
required level and repackage the information and work its way back toward the hardware layer of the&lt;br /&gt;
OSI model. To confuse issues, when talking about a router that is used to interface to another network,&lt;br /&gt;
the word gateway is often used. This does not mean the routing machine is a gateway as defined here,&lt;br /&gt;
although it could be.&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
ARP and RARP Address Translation&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) provides a completely different function to the network than Reverse&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol (RARP). ARP is used to resolve the ethernet address of a NIC from an IP&lt;br /&gt;
address in order to construct an ethernet packet around an IP data packet. This must happen in order to&lt;br /&gt;
send any data across the network. Reverse address resolution protocol (RARP) is used for diskless&lt;br /&gt;
computers to determine their IP address using the network.&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)&lt;br /&gt;
In an earlier section, there was an example where a chat program was written to communicate between&lt;br /&gt;
two servers. To send data, the user (Tom) would type text into a dialog box, hit send and the following&lt;br /&gt;
happened:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The program passed Tom&#39;s typed text in a buffer, to the socket.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The data was put inside a TCP data packet with a TCP header added to the data. This header&lt;br /&gt;
contained a source and destination port number along with some other information and a&lt;br /&gt;
checksum.&lt;br /&gt;
3. The TCP packet was be placed inside an IP data packet with a source and destination IP address&lt;br /&gt;
along with some other data for network management.&lt;br /&gt;
4. The IP data packet was placed inside an ethernet data packet. This data packet includes the&lt;br /&gt;
destination and source address of the network interface cards (NIC) on the two computers. The&lt;br /&gt;
address here is the hardware address of the respective cards and is called the MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The ethernet packet was transmitted over the network line.&lt;br /&gt;
6. With a direct connection between the two computers, the network interface card on the intended&lt;br /&gt;
machine, recognized its address and grabbed the data.&lt;br /&gt;
7. The IP data packet was extracted from the ethernet data packet.&lt;br /&gt;
8. The TCP data packet was extracted from the IP data packet.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The data was extracted from the TCP packet and the program displayed the retrieved data (text) in&lt;br /&gt;
the text display window for the intended recipient to read.&lt;br /&gt;
In step 4 above, the IP data was going to be placed inside an ethernet data packet, but the computer&lt;br /&gt;
constructing the packet does not have the ethernet address of the recipient&#39;s computer. The computer that&lt;br /&gt;
is sending the data, in order to create the ethernet part of the packet, must get the ethernet hardware&lt;br /&gt;
(MAC) address of the computer with the intended IP address. This must be accomplished before the&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet packet can be constructed. The ethernet device driver software on the receiving computer is not&lt;br /&gt;
programmed to look at IP addresses encased in the ethernet packet. If it did, the protocols could not be&lt;br /&gt;
independent and changes to one would affect the other. This is where address resolution protocol (ARP)&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
is used. Tom&#39;s computer sends a network broadcast asking the computer that has the recipient&#39;s IP&lt;br /&gt;
address to send it&#39;s ethernet address. This is done by broadcasting. The ethernet destination is set with all&lt;br /&gt;
bits on so all ethernet cards on the network will receive the data packet. The ARP message consists of an&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet header and ARP packet. The ethernet header contains:&lt;br /&gt;
1. A 6 byte ethernet destination address.&lt;br /&gt;
2. A 6 byte ethernet source address.&lt;br /&gt;
3. A 2 byte frame type. The frame type is 0806 hexadecimal for ARP and 8035 for RARP&lt;br /&gt;
The encapsulated ARP data packet contains the following:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Type of hardware address (2 bytes). 1=ethernet.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Type of protocol address being mapped( 2 bytes). 0800H (hexadecimal) = IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Byte size of the hardware address (1 byte). 6&lt;br /&gt;
4. Byte size of the protocol address (1 byte). 4&lt;br /&gt;
5. Type of operation. 1 = ARP request, 2=ARP reply, 3=RARP request, 4=RARP reply.&lt;br /&gt;
6. The sender&#39;s ethernet address (6 bytes)&lt;br /&gt;
7. The sender&#39;s IP address (4 bytes)&lt;br /&gt;
8. The recipient&#39;s ethernet address (6 bytes)&lt;br /&gt;
9. The recipient&#39;s IP address (4 bytes)&lt;br /&gt;
When the ARP reply is sent, the recipient&#39;s ethernet address is left blank.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to increase the efficiency of the network and not tie up bandwidth doing ARP broadcasting, each&lt;br /&gt;
computer keeps a table of IP addresses and matching ethernet addresses in memory. This is called ARP&lt;br /&gt;
cache. Before sending a broadcast, the sending computer will check to see if the information is in it&#39;s&lt;br /&gt;
ARP cache. If it is it will complete the ethernet data packet without an ARP broadcast. Each entry&lt;br /&gt;
normally lasts 20 minutes after it is created. RFC 1122 specifies that it should be possible to configure&lt;br /&gt;
the ARP cache timeout value on the host. To examine the cache on a Windows, UNIX, or Linux&lt;br /&gt;
computer type &quot;arp -a&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
If the receiving host is on another network, the sending computer will go through its route table and&lt;br /&gt;
determine the correct router (A router should be between two or more networks) to send to, and it will&lt;br /&gt;
substitute the ethernet address of the router in the ethernet message. The encased IP address will still&lt;br /&gt;
have the intended IP address. When the router gets the message, it looks at the IP data to tell where to&lt;br /&gt;
send the data next. If the recipient is on a network the router is connected to, it will do the ARP&lt;br /&gt;
resolution either using it&#39;s ARP buffer cache or broadcasting.&lt;br /&gt;
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (RARP)&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned earlier, reverse address resolution protocol (RARP) is used for diskless computers to&lt;br /&gt;
determine their IP address using the network. The RARP message format is very similar to the ARP&lt;br /&gt;
Address Resolution Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
format. When the booting computer sends the broadcast ARP request, it places its own hardware address&lt;br /&gt;
in both the sending and receiving fields in the encapsulated ARP data packet. The RARP server will fill&lt;br /&gt;
in the correct sending and receiving IP addresses in its response to the message. This way the booting&lt;br /&gt;
computer will know its IP address when it gets the message from the RARP server.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Addressing&lt;br /&gt;
Network Addressing&lt;br /&gt;
IP addresses are broken into 4 octets (IPv4) separated by dots called dotted decimal notation. An octet is&lt;br /&gt;
a byte consisting of 8 bits. The IPv4 addresses are in the following form:&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.10.1&lt;br /&gt;
There are two parts of an IP address:&lt;br /&gt;
q Network ID&lt;br /&gt;
q Host ID&lt;br /&gt;
The various classes of networks specify additional or fewer octets to designate the network ID versus the&lt;br /&gt;
host ID.&lt;br /&gt;
Class&lt;br /&gt;
1st Octet&lt;br /&gt;
2nd Octet&lt;br /&gt;
3rd Octet&lt;br /&gt;
4th Octet&lt;br /&gt;
Net ID&lt;br /&gt;
Host ID&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
Net ID&lt;br /&gt;
Host ID&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
Net ID&lt;br /&gt;
Host ID&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
When a network is set up, a netmask is also specified. The netmask determines the class of the network&lt;br /&gt;
as shown below, except for CIDR. When the netmask is setup, it specifies some number of most&lt;br /&gt;
significant bits with a 1&#39;s value and the rest have values of 0. The most significant part of the netmask&lt;br /&gt;
with bits set to 1&#39;s specifies the network address, and the lower part of the address will specify the host&lt;br /&gt;
address. When setting addresses on a network, remember there can be no host address of 0 (no host&lt;br /&gt;
address bits set), and there can be no host address with all bits set.&lt;br /&gt;
Class A-E networks&lt;br /&gt;
The addressing scheme for class A through E networks is shown below. Note: We use the &#39;x&#39; character&lt;br /&gt;
here to denote don&#39;t care situations which includes all possible numbers at the location. It is many times&lt;br /&gt;
used to denote networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Type Address Range&lt;br /&gt;
Normal Netmask Comments&lt;br /&gt;
Network Addressing&lt;br /&gt;
Class A&lt;br /&gt;
001.x.x.x to 126.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
255.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
For very large networks&lt;br /&gt;
Class B&lt;br /&gt;
128.1.x.x to 191.254.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
For medium size networks&lt;br /&gt;
Class C&lt;br /&gt;
192.0.1.x to 223.255.254.x&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
For small networks&lt;br /&gt;
Class D&lt;br /&gt;
224.x.x.x to 239.255.255.255&lt;br /&gt;
Used to support multicasting&lt;br /&gt;
Class E&lt;br /&gt;
240.x.x.x to 247.255.255.255&lt;br /&gt;
RFCs 1518 and 1519 define a system called Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) which is used to&lt;br /&gt;
allocate IP addresses more efficiently. This may be used with subnet masks to establish networks rather&lt;br /&gt;
than the class system shown above. A class C subnet may be 8 bits but using CIDR, it may be 12 bits.&lt;br /&gt;
There are some network addresses reserved for private use by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority&lt;br /&gt;
(IANA) which can be hidden behind a computer which uses IP masquerading to connect the private&lt;br /&gt;
network to the internet. There are three sets of addresses reserved. These address are shown below:&lt;br /&gt;
q 10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
q 172.16.x.x - 172.31.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
q 192.168.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
Other reserved or commonly used addresses:&lt;br /&gt;
q 127.0.0.1 - The loopback interface address. All 127.x.x.x addresses are used by the loopback&lt;br /&gt;
interface which copies data from the transmit buffer to the receive buffer of the NIC when used.&lt;br /&gt;
q 0.0.0.0 - This is reserved for hosts that don&#39;t know their address and use BOOTP or DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
protocols to determine their addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
q 255 - The value of 255 is never used as an address for any part of the IP address. It is reserved for&lt;br /&gt;
broadcast addressing. Please remember, this is exclusive of CIDR. When using CIDR, all bits of&lt;br /&gt;
the address can never be all ones.&lt;br /&gt;
To further illustrate, a few examples of valid and invalid addresses are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Valid addresses:&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.1.0.1 through 10.1.0.254&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.0.0.1 through 10.0.0.254&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.0.1.1 through 10.0.1.254&lt;br /&gt;
2. Invalid addresses:&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.1.0.0 - Host IP can&#39;t be 0.&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.1.0.255 - Host IP can&#39;t be 255.&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.123.255.4 - No network or subnet can have a value of 255.&lt;br /&gt;
r 0.12.16.89 - No Class A network can have an address of 0.&lt;br /&gt;
r 255.9.56.45 - No network address can be 255.&lt;br /&gt;
r 10.34.255.1 - No network address can be 255.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Addressing&lt;br /&gt;
Network/Netmask specification&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes you may see a network interface card (NIC) IP address specified in the following manner:&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.1/24&lt;br /&gt;
The first part indicates the IP address of the NIC which is &quot;192.168.1.1&quot; in this case. The second part&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;/24&quot; indicates the netmask value meaning in this case that the first 24 bits of the netmask are set. This&lt;br /&gt;
makes the netmask value 255.255.255.0. If the last part of the line above were &quot;/16&quot;, the netmask would&lt;br /&gt;
be 255.255.0.0.&lt;br /&gt;
Subnet masks&lt;br /&gt;
Subnetting is the process of breaking down a main class A, B, or C network into subnets for routing&lt;br /&gt;
purposes. A subnet mask is the same basic thing as a netmask with the only real difference being that you&lt;br /&gt;
are breaking a larger organizational network into smaller parts, and each smaller section will use a&lt;br /&gt;
different set of address numbers. This will allow network packets to be routed between subnetworks.&lt;br /&gt;
When doing subnetting, the number of bits in the subnet mask determine the number of available&lt;br /&gt;
subnets. Two to the power of the number of bits minus two is the number of available subnets. When&lt;br /&gt;
setting up subnets the following must be determined:&lt;br /&gt;
q Number of segments&lt;br /&gt;
q Hosts per segment&lt;br /&gt;
Subnetting provides the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
q Network traffic isolation - There is less network traffic on each subnet.&lt;br /&gt;
q Simplified Administration - Networks may be managed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
q Improved security - Subnets can isolate internal networks so they are not visible from external&lt;br /&gt;
networks.&lt;br /&gt;
A 14 bit subnet mask on a class B network only allows 2 node addresses for WAN links. A routing&lt;br /&gt;
algorithm like OSPF or EIGRP must be used for this approach. These protocols allow the variable length&lt;br /&gt;
subnet masks (VLSM). RIP and IGRP don&#39;t support this. Subnet mask information must be transmitted&lt;br /&gt;
on the update packets for dynamic routing protocols for this to work. The router subnet mask is different&lt;br /&gt;
than the WAN interface subnet mask.&lt;br /&gt;
One network ID is required by each of:&lt;br /&gt;
q Subnet&lt;br /&gt;
Network Addressing&lt;br /&gt;
q WAN connection&lt;br /&gt;
One host ID is required by each of:&lt;br /&gt;
q Each NIC on each host.&lt;br /&gt;
q Each router interface.&lt;br /&gt;
Types of subnet masks:&lt;br /&gt;
q Default - Fits into a Class A, B, or C network category&lt;br /&gt;
q Custom - Used to break a default network such as a Class A, B, or C network into subnets.&lt;br /&gt;
IPv6&lt;br /&gt;
IPv6 is 128 bits. It has eight octet pairs, each with 16 bits and written in hexadecimal as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
2b63:1478:1ac5:37ef:4e8c:75df:14cd:93f2&lt;br /&gt;
Extension headers can be added to IPv6 for new features.&lt;br /&gt;
Supernetting&lt;br /&gt;
Supernetting is used to help make up for some of the shortage if IP addresses for the internet. It uses&lt;br /&gt;
Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR). If a business needs a specific number of IP addresses such as&lt;br /&gt;
1500, rather than allocating a class B set of addresses with the subnet mask of 255.255.0.0, a subnet&lt;br /&gt;
mask of 255.255.248.0 may be allocated. Therefore the equivalent of eight class C addresses have been&lt;br /&gt;
allocated. With supernetting, the value of 2 is not subtracted from the possible number of subnets since&lt;br /&gt;
the router knows that these are contiguous networks. 8 times 254 = 2032.&lt;br /&gt;
What section of this document to read next&lt;br /&gt;
At this point the reader should have enough fundamental knowledge to grasp routing, so the reader may&lt;br /&gt;
continue on or skip to the section entitled, &quot;simple routing&quot;. The reader may at this time read all the&lt;br /&gt;
sections in the &quot;Functions&quot; group of sections, then continue back at the section after this one where you&lt;br /&gt;
left off.&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Protocol (IP) provides support at the network layer of the OSI model. All transport protocol data&lt;br /&gt;
packets such as UDP or TCP are encapsulated in IP data packets to be carried from one host to another.&lt;br /&gt;
IP is a connection-less unreliable service meaning there is no guarantee that the data will reach the&lt;br /&gt;
intended host. The datagrams may be damaged upon arrival, out of order, or not arrive at all (Sounds like&lt;br /&gt;
some mail services, doesn&#39;t it?). Therefore the layers above IP such as TCP are responsible for being sure&lt;br /&gt;
correct data is delivered. IP provides for:&lt;br /&gt;
q Addressing.&lt;br /&gt;
q Type of service specification.&lt;br /&gt;
q Fragmentation and re-assembly.&lt;br /&gt;
q Security.&lt;br /&gt;
IP Message Format&lt;br /&gt;
IP is defined by RFC 791.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Version (4 bits) - The IP protocol version, currently 4 or 6.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Header length (4 bits) - The number of 32 bit words in the header&lt;br /&gt;
3. Type of service (TOS) (8 bits) - Only 4 bits are used which are minimize delay, maximize&lt;br /&gt;
throughput, maximize reliability, and minimize monetary cost. Only one of these bits can be on. If&lt;br /&gt;
all bits are off, the service is normal. Some networks allow a set precedences to control priority of&lt;br /&gt;
messages the bits are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
r Bits 0-2 - Precedence.&lt;br /&gt;
s 111 - Network Control&lt;br /&gt;
s 110 - Internetwork Control&lt;br /&gt;
s 101 - CRITIC/ECP&lt;br /&gt;
s 100 - Flash Override&lt;br /&gt;
s 011 - Flash&lt;br /&gt;
s 010 - Immediate&lt;br /&gt;
s 001 - Priority&lt;br /&gt;
s 000 - Routine&lt;br /&gt;
r Bit 3 - A value of 0 means normal delay. A value of 1 means low delay.&lt;br /&gt;
r Bit 4 - Sets throughput. A value of 0 means normal and a 1 means high throughput.&lt;br /&gt;
r Bit 5 - A value of 0 means normal reliability and a 1 means high reliability.&lt;br /&gt;
r Bit 6-7 are reserved for future use.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Total length of the IP data message in bytes (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
5. Identification (16 bits) - Uniquely identifies each datagram. This is used to re-assemble the&lt;br /&gt;
datagram. Each fragment of the datagram contains this same unique number.&lt;br /&gt;
6. flags (3 bits) - One bit is the more fragments bit&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
1. Bit 0 - reserved.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Bit 1 - The fragment bit. A value of 0 means the packet may be fragmented while a 1&lt;br /&gt;
means it cannot be fragmented. If this value is set and the packet needs further&lt;br /&gt;
fragmentation, an ICMP error message is generated.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Bit 2 - This value is set on all fragments except the last one since a value of 0 means this is&lt;br /&gt;
the last fragment.&lt;br /&gt;
7. Fragment offset (13 bits) - The offset in 8 byte units of this fragment from the beginning of the&lt;br /&gt;
original datagram.&lt;br /&gt;
8. Time to live (TTL) (8 bits) - Limits the number of routers the datagram can pass through. Usually&lt;br /&gt;
set to 32 or 64. Every time the datagram passes through a router this value is decremented by a&lt;br /&gt;
value of one or more. This is to keep the datagram from circulating in an infinite loop forever.&lt;br /&gt;
9. Protocol (8 bits) - It identifies which protocol is encapsulated in the next data area. This is may be&lt;br /&gt;
one or more of TCP(6), UDP(17), ICMP(1), IGMP(2), or OSPF(89). A list of these protocols and&lt;br /&gt;
their associated numbers may be found in the /etc/protocols file on Unix or Linux systems.&lt;br /&gt;
10. Header checksum (16 bits) - For the IP header, not including the options and data.&lt;br /&gt;
11. Source IP address (32 bits) - The IP address of the card sending the data.&lt;br /&gt;
12. Destination IP address (32 bits) - The IP address of the network card the data is intended for.&lt;br /&gt;
13. Options - Options are:&lt;br /&gt;
r Security and handling restrictions&lt;br /&gt;
r Record route - Each router records its IP address&lt;br /&gt;
r Time stamp - Each router records its IP address and time&lt;br /&gt;
r Loose source routing - Specifies a set of IP addresses the datagram must go through.&lt;br /&gt;
r Strict source routing - The datagram can go through only the IP addresses specified.&lt;br /&gt;
14. Data - Encapsulated hardware data such as ethernet data.&lt;br /&gt;
The message order of bits transmitted is 0-7, then 8-15, in network byte order. Fragmentation is handled&lt;br /&gt;
at the IP network layer and the messages are reassembled when they reach their final destination. If one&lt;br /&gt;
fragment of a datagram is lost, the entire datagram must be retransmitted. This is why fragmentation is&lt;br /&gt;
avoided by TCP. The data on the last line, item 14, is ethernet data, or data depending on the type of&lt;br /&gt;
physical network.&lt;br /&gt;
Transmission Control Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Transmission Control Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) supports the network at the transport layer. Transmission Control&lt;br /&gt;
Protocol (TCP) provides a reliable connection oriented service. Connection oriented means both the&lt;br /&gt;
client and server must open the connection before data is sent. TCP is defined by RFC 793 and 1122.&lt;br /&gt;
TCP provides:&lt;br /&gt;
q End to end reliability.&lt;br /&gt;
q Data packet re sequencing.&lt;br /&gt;
q Flow control.&lt;br /&gt;
TCP relies on the IP service at the network layer to deliver data to the host. Since IP is not reliable with&lt;br /&gt;
regard to message quality or delivery, TCP must make provisions to be sure messages are delivered on&lt;br /&gt;
time and correctly (Federal Express?).&lt;br /&gt;
TCP Message Format&lt;br /&gt;
The format of the TCP header is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Source port number (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
2. Destination port number (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sequence number (32 bits) - The byte in the data stream that the first byte of this packet&lt;br /&gt;
represents.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Acknowledgement number (32 bits) - Contains the next sequence number that the sender of the&lt;br /&gt;
acknowledgement expects to receive which is the sequence number plus 1 (plus the number of&lt;br /&gt;
bytes received in the last message?). This number is used only if the ACK flag is on.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Header length (4 bits) - The length of the header in 32 bit words, required since the options field&lt;br /&gt;
is variable in length.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Reserved (6 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
7. URG (1 bit) - The urgent pointer is valid.&lt;br /&gt;
8. ACK (1 bit) - Makes the acknowledgement number valid.&lt;br /&gt;
9. PSH (1 bit) - High priority data for the application.&lt;br /&gt;
10. RST (1 bit) - Reset the connection.&lt;br /&gt;
11. SYN (1 bit) - Turned on when a connection is being established and the sequence number field&lt;br /&gt;
will contain the initial sequence number chosen by this host for this connection.&lt;br /&gt;
12. FIN (1 bit) - The sender is done sending data.&lt;br /&gt;
13. Window size (16 bits) - The maximum number of bytes that the receiver will to accept.&lt;br /&gt;
14. TCP checksum (16 bits) - Calculated over the TCP header, data, and TCP pseudo header.&lt;br /&gt;
15. Urgent pointer (16 bits) - It is only valid if the URG bit is set. The urgent mode is a way to&lt;br /&gt;
transmit emergency data to the other side of the connection. It must be added to the sequence&lt;br /&gt;
number field of the segment to generate the sequence number of the last byte of urgent data.&lt;br /&gt;
Transmission Control Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
16. Options (variable length)&lt;br /&gt;
The header is followed by data. TCP data is full duplex.&lt;br /&gt;
User Datagram Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
User Datagram Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
User Datagram Protocol (UDP) supports the network at the transport layer. User Datagram Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
(UDP) is an unreliable connection-less protocol and is defined by RFC 768 and 1122. It is a datagram&lt;br /&gt;
service. There is no guarantee that the data will reach its destination. UDP is meant to provide serivce&lt;br /&gt;
with very little transmission overhead. It adds very little to IP datapackets except for some error checking&lt;br /&gt;
and port direction (Remember, UDP encapsulates IP packets). The following protocols or services use&lt;br /&gt;
UDP:&lt;br /&gt;
q DNS&lt;br /&gt;
q SNMP&lt;br /&gt;
q BOOTP&lt;br /&gt;
q TFTP&lt;br /&gt;
q NFS&lt;br /&gt;
q RPC&lt;br /&gt;
q RIP&lt;br /&gt;
UDP Message Format&lt;br /&gt;
The UDP header includes:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Source port number (16 bits) - An optional field&lt;br /&gt;
2. Destination port number (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
3. UDP length (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
4. UDP checksum (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
This is followed by data. The UDP checksum includes UDP data, not just the header as with IP message&lt;br /&gt;
formats. For UDP and TCP checksum calculation a 12 byte pseudo header is included which contains&lt;br /&gt;
some fields form the IP message header. This header is not transmitted as part of UDP or TCP, but is&lt;br /&gt;
only used to help compute the checksum as a means of being sure that the data has arrived at the correct&lt;br /&gt;
IP address. This is the TCP/UDP pseudo header:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Source IP address (32 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
2. Destination IP address (32 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
3. blank filler(0) (8 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
4. Protocol (8 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
5. UDP length (16 bits)&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Control Message Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Control Message Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) defined by RFC 792 and RFC 1122 is used for network error&lt;br /&gt;
reporting and generating messages that require attention. The errors reported by ICMP are generally&lt;br /&gt;
related to datagram processing. ICMP only reports errors involving fragment 0 of any fragmented&lt;br /&gt;
datagrams. The IP, UDP or TCP layer will usually take action based on ICMP messages. ICMP generally&lt;br /&gt;
belongs to the IP layer of TCP/IP but relies on IP for support at the network layer. ICMP messages are&lt;br /&gt;
encapsulated inside IP datagrams.&lt;br /&gt;
ICMP will report the following network information:&lt;br /&gt;
q Timeouts&lt;br /&gt;
q Network congestion&lt;br /&gt;
q Network errors such as an unreachable host or network.&lt;br /&gt;
The ping command is also supported by ICMP, and this can be used to debug network problems.&lt;br /&gt;
ICMP Messages:&lt;br /&gt;
The ICMP message consists of an 8 bit type, an 8 bit code, an 8 bit checksum, and contents which vary&lt;br /&gt;
depending on code and type. The below table is a list of ICMP messages showing the type and code of&lt;br /&gt;
the messages and their meanings.&lt;br /&gt;
Type Codes Description&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Echo reply&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Network Unreachable&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
Host Unreachable&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
Protocol Unreachable&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
Protocol Unreachable&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
Fragmentation needed with don&#39;t fragment bit set&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
Source route failed&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
6&lt;br /&gt;
Destination network unknown&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
7&lt;br /&gt;
Destination host unknown&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Source host isolated&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
Destination network administratively prohibited&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
10&lt;br /&gt;
Destination host administratively prohibited&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
11&lt;br /&gt;
Network Unreachable for TOS&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Control Message Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
12&lt;br /&gt;
Host Unreachable for TOS&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
13&lt;br /&gt;
Communication administratively prohibited by filtering Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
14&lt;br /&gt;
Host precedence violation&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
15&lt;br /&gt;
Precedence cutoff in effect&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Source quench&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Redirect for network&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
Redirect for host&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
Redirect for type of service and network&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
Redirect for type of service and host&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Echo request&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Normal router advertisement&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
16&lt;br /&gt;
Router does not route common traffic&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
10&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Router Solicitation&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
11&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Time to live is zero during transit&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
11&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
Time to live is zero during reassembly&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
12&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
IP header bad&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
12&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
Required option missing&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
12&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
Bad length&lt;br /&gt;
Error&lt;br /&gt;
13&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Timestamp request&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
14&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Timestamp reply&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
15&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Information request&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
16&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Information reply&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
17&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Address mask request&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
18&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
Address mask request&lt;br /&gt;
Query&lt;br /&gt;
ICMP is used for many different functions, the most important of which is error reporting. Some of these&lt;br /&gt;
are &quot;port unreachable&quot;, &quot;host unreachable&quot;, &quot;network unreachable&quot;, &quot;destination network unknown&quot;, and&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;destination host unknown&quot;. Some not related to errors are:&lt;br /&gt;
q Timestamp request and reply allows one system to ask another one for the current time.&lt;br /&gt;
q Address mask and reply is used by a diskless workstation to get its subnet mask at boot time.&lt;br /&gt;
q Echo request and echo reply is used by the ping program to test to see if another unit will respond.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Cabling&lt;br /&gt;
Network Cabling&lt;br /&gt;
This section may be skipped by those more interested on the software aspects of networking or those&lt;br /&gt;
learning networking, but all readers should at some time be aware of the terminology used in this section&lt;br /&gt;
since they are used with regard to cabling. If this section is skipped by those learning networking, it&lt;br /&gt;
should be read later. This section should be read by those who plan to physically install their own&lt;br /&gt;
network.&lt;br /&gt;
Types of Transmission&lt;br /&gt;
1. Baseband - Data bits are defined by discrete signal changes.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Broadband - Uses analog signals to divide the cable into several channels with each channel at its&lt;br /&gt;
own frequency. Each channel can only transmit one direction.&lt;br /&gt;
Physical media&lt;br /&gt;
1. Twisted pair - Wire is twisted to minimize crosstalk interference. It may be shielded or&lt;br /&gt;
unshielded.&lt;br /&gt;
r UTP-Unshielded Twisted Pair. Normally UTP contains 8 wires or 4 pair. 100 meter&lt;br /&gt;
maximum length. 4-100 Mbps speed.&lt;br /&gt;
r STP-Shielded twisted pair. 100 meter maximum length. 16-155 Mbps speed. Lower&lt;br /&gt;
electrical interference than UTP.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Coaxial - Two conductors separated by insulation such as TV 75 ohm cable. Maximum length of&lt;br /&gt;
185 to 500 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Thinnet - Thinnet uses a British Naval Connector (BNC) on each end. Thinnet is part of&lt;br /&gt;
the RG-58 family of cable*. Maximum cable length is 185 meters. Transmission speed is&lt;br /&gt;
10Mbps. Thinnet cable should have 50 ohms impedance and its terminator has 50 ohms&lt;br /&gt;
impedance. A T or barrel connector has no impedance.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Thicknet - Half inch rigid cable. Maximum cable length is 500 meters. Transmission speed&lt;br /&gt;
is 10Mbps. Expensive and is not commonly used. (RG-11 or RG-8). A vampire tap or&lt;br /&gt;
piercing tap is used with a transceiver attached to connect computers to the cable. 100&lt;br /&gt;
connections may be made. The computer has an attachment unit interface (AUI) on its&lt;br /&gt;
network card which is a 15 pin DB-15 connector. The computer is connected to the&lt;br /&gt;
transceiver at the cable from its AUI on its network card using a drop cable.&lt;br /&gt;
Coax cable types:&lt;br /&gt;
r RG-58 /U - 50 ohm, with a solid copper wire core.&lt;br /&gt;
r RG-58 A/U* - 50 ohm, with a stranded wire core.&lt;br /&gt;
r RG-58 C/U* - Military version of RG-58 A/U.&lt;br /&gt;
r RG-59 - 75 ohm, for broadband transmission such as cable TV.&lt;br /&gt;
r RG-62 - 93 ohm, primarily used for ArcNet.&lt;br /&gt;
r RG-6 - Used for satellite cable (if you want to run a cable to a satellite!).&lt;br /&gt;
Network Cabling&lt;br /&gt;
*Only these are part of the IEEE specification for ethernet networks.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fiber-optic - Data is transmitted using light rather than electrons. Usually there are two fibers, one&lt;br /&gt;
for each direction. Cable length of 2 Kilometers. Speed from 100Mbps to 2Gbps. This is the most&lt;br /&gt;
expensive and most difficult to install, but is not subject to interference. Two types of cables are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Single mode cables for use with lasers.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Multimode cables for use with Light Emitting Diode (LED) drivers.&lt;br /&gt;
Cable Standards&lt;br /&gt;
The Electronic Industries Association and Telecommunications Industries Association (EIA/TIA)&lt;br /&gt;
defined a standard called EIA/TIA 568 which is a commercial building wiring standard for UTP cable. It&lt;br /&gt;
defines transmission speed and twists per foot.&lt;br /&gt;
Category Speed&lt;br /&gt;
Notes&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
None&lt;br /&gt;
Used for old telephone systems&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
4Mps&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
10Mps The minimum category for data networks&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
16Mps&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
100Mps Cat 5 network cable, used by most networks today&lt;br /&gt;
6&lt;br /&gt;
Data patch, Two pair with foil and braided shield&lt;br /&gt;
7&lt;br /&gt;
Undefined&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Flat cable for under carpets with two twisted pair&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
Plenum cable with two twisted pair. It is safe if you&#39;re having a fire.&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum transmission length is 100 meters. This cable is susceptible to interference.&lt;br /&gt;
STP&lt;br /&gt;
Shielded twisted pair has a maximum cable length of 100 meters (328 feet). Data rate from 16 to 155&lt;br /&gt;
Mbps. Cables require special connectors for grounding but this cabling method resists electrical&lt;br /&gt;
interference and is less susceptible to eavesdropping. Costs more than UTP or Thinnet, but not as much&lt;br /&gt;
as Thicknet or Fiber-optic.&lt;br /&gt;
Terms&lt;br /&gt;
q Attenuation - Signal loss due to impedance.&lt;br /&gt;
q Bandwidth - Indicates the amount of data that can be sent in a time period. Measured in Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
which is one million bits per second.&lt;br /&gt;
q Impedance - The amount of resistance to the transmission device.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Cabling&lt;br /&gt;
q Interference - Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). Crosstalk - When wires pick up&lt;br /&gt;
electromagnetic signals from nearby wires also carrying signals.&lt;br /&gt;
q Plenum - Space above a false ceiling in an office area where heat ducts and cables may be run.&lt;br /&gt;
Plenum cabling is special fire resistant cabling required for use in these areas due to fire hazards.&lt;br /&gt;
q Shielding - Used to minimize interference.&lt;br /&gt;
TWireless Networking&lt;br /&gt;
Wireless Networking&lt;br /&gt;
This section may be skipped by all readers and used by those interested in wireless network technology.&lt;br /&gt;
Transmission of waves take place in the electromagnetic (EM) spectrum. The carrier frequency of the&lt;br /&gt;
data is expressed in cycles per second called hertz(Hz). Low frequency signals can travel for long&lt;br /&gt;
distances through many obstacles but can not carry a high bandwidth of data. High frequency signals can&lt;br /&gt;
travel for shorter distances through few obstacles and carry a narrow bandwidth. Also the effect of noise&lt;br /&gt;
on the signal is inversely proportional to the power of the radio transmitter, which is normal for all FM&lt;br /&gt;
transmissions. The three broad categories of wireless media are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Radio - 10 Khz to 1 Ghz. It is broken into many bands including AM, FM, and VHF bands. The&lt;br /&gt;
Federal communications Commission (FCC) regulates the assignment of these frequencies.&lt;br /&gt;
Frequencies for unregulated use are:&lt;br /&gt;
r 902-928Mhz - Cordless phones, remote controls.&lt;br /&gt;
r 2.4 Ghz&lt;br /&gt;
r 5.72-5.85 Ghz&lt;br /&gt;
2. Microwave&lt;br /&gt;
r Terrestrial - Used to link networks over long distances but the two microwave towers must&lt;br /&gt;
have a line of sight between them. The frequency is usually 4-6GHz or 21-23GHz. Speed&lt;br /&gt;
is often 1-10Mbps. The signal is normally encrypted for privacy.&lt;br /&gt;
r Satellite - A satellite orbits at 22,300 miles above the earth which is an altitude that will&lt;br /&gt;
cause it to stay in a fixed position relative to the rotation of the earth. This is called a&lt;br /&gt;
geosynchronous orbit. A station on the ground will send and receive signals from the&lt;br /&gt;
satellite. The signal can have propagation delays between 0.5 and 5 seconds due to the&lt;br /&gt;
distances involved. The transmission frequency is normally 11-14GHz with a transmission&lt;br /&gt;
speed in the range of 1-10Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Infared - Infared is just below the visible range of light between 100Ghz and 1000Thz. A light&lt;br /&gt;
emitting diode (LED) or laser is used to transmit the signal. The signal cannot travel through&lt;br /&gt;
objects. Light may interfere with the signal. The types of infared are&lt;br /&gt;
r Point to point - Transmission frequencies are 100GHz-1,000THz . Transmission is&lt;br /&gt;
between two points and is limited to line of sight range. It is difficult to eavesdrop on the&lt;br /&gt;
transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
r broadcast - The signal is dispersed so several units may receive the signal. The unit used to&lt;br /&gt;
disperse the signal may be reflective material or a transmitter that amplifies and&lt;br /&gt;
retransmits the signal. Normally the speed is limited to 1Mbps. The transmission frequency&lt;br /&gt;
is normally 100GHz-1,000THz with transmission distance in 10&#39;s of meters. Installation is&lt;br /&gt;
easy and cost is relatively inexpensive for wireless.&lt;br /&gt;
Terms:&lt;br /&gt;
q AMPS - Advanced Mobile Phone Service is analog cellular phone service.&lt;br /&gt;
TWireless Networking&lt;br /&gt;
q CDMA - Code division multiple access allows transmission of voice and data over a shared part&lt;br /&gt;
of radio frequencies. This is also called spread spectrum.&lt;br /&gt;
q CDPD - Cellular Digital Packet Data will allow network connections for mobile users using&lt;br /&gt;
satellites.&lt;br /&gt;
q cellular - An 800 Mhz band for mobile phone service.&lt;br /&gt;
q D-AMPS - Digital AMPS using TDMA to divide the channels into three channels.&lt;br /&gt;
q FDMA - Frequency Division Multiple Access divides the cellular network into 30Khz channels.&lt;br /&gt;
q GSM - Global System for Mobile Communications.&lt;br /&gt;
q HDML - Handheld Device Markup Language is a version of HTML only allowing text to be&lt;br /&gt;
displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
q MDBS - Mobile Data Base Station reviews all cellular channels at cellular sites.&lt;br /&gt;
q PCS - Personal communications Service is a 1.9 Ghz band.&lt;br /&gt;
q TDMA - Time Division Multiple Access uses time division multiplexing to divide each cellular&lt;br /&gt;
channel into three sub channels to service three users at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
q wireless bridge - Microwave or infared is used between two line of site points where it is difficult&lt;br /&gt;
to run wire.&lt;br /&gt;
q WML - Wireless markup language is another name for HDML.&lt;br /&gt;
Categories of LAN Radio Communications&lt;br /&gt;
q Low power, single frequency - Distance in 10s of meters. Speed in 1-10Mbps. Susceptible to&lt;br /&gt;
interference and eavesdropping.&lt;br /&gt;
q High power, single frequency - Require FCC licensing and high power transmitter. Speed in 1-&lt;br /&gt;
10Mbps. Susceptible to interference and eavesdropping.&lt;br /&gt;
q Spread spectrum - It uses several frequencies at the same time. The frequency is normally 902-&lt;br /&gt;
928MHz with some networks at 2.4GHz. The speed of 902MHz systems is between 2 and 6Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
If frequency-hopping is used, the speed is normally lower than 2Mbps. Two types are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Direct sequence modulation - The data is broken into parts and transmitted simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;
on multiple frequencies. Decoy data may be transmitted for better security. The speed is&lt;br /&gt;
normally 2 to 6 Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Frequency hopping - The transmitter and receiver change predetermined frequencies at the&lt;br /&gt;
same time (in a synchronized manner). The speed is normally 1Gbps.&lt;br /&gt;
Network WAN Connections&lt;br /&gt;
Network WAN Connections&lt;br /&gt;
Three options for connecting over a telephone service:&lt;br /&gt;
q Dial-up connections.&lt;br /&gt;
q Integrated Services Digital Network(ISDN) - A method of sending voice and data information on&lt;br /&gt;
a digital phone line.&lt;br /&gt;
r Basic ISDN - Two 64Kbps B-channels with one 16Kbps D channel is provided. The D-&lt;br /&gt;
channel is used for call control and setup. Basic ISDN can provide 128Kbps speed&lt;br /&gt;
capability.&lt;br /&gt;
r Primary ISDN - 23 B-channels and one D channel is provided.&lt;br /&gt;
q Leased Lines - This involves the leasing of a permanent telephone line between two locations.&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Communication Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
q Serial Line Internet Protocol (SLIP) - Allows computers to connect to the internet with a modem.&lt;br /&gt;
No error checking or data compression is supported. Only the TCP/IP protocols are supported.&lt;br /&gt;
q Point to Point Protocol (PPP) - Provides error checking and data compression. Also supports&lt;br /&gt;
multiple network protocols such IPX/SPX and NetBEUI in addition to TCP/IP. Supports dynamic&lt;br /&gt;
allocation of IP addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Access Service&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Access Service (RAS) with Windows NT allows users connecting to the network using a modem&lt;br /&gt;
to use network resources. RAS may be called dial up networking (DUN) depending on the version of&lt;br /&gt;
Windows you are using. The NT RAS server can handle 256 connections. Windows NT RAS servers&lt;br /&gt;
provide the following security features:&lt;br /&gt;
1. User account security&lt;br /&gt;
2. Encryption between the DUN (dial up networking) client and the server&lt;br /&gt;
3. Callback capability&lt;br /&gt;
The client software is called Dial up networking (DUN) in windows NT4 and Windows95. For NT 3.51&lt;br /&gt;
and Windows 3.1 it is called a RAS client. These clients may be used to connect to the internet through&lt;br /&gt;
an internet service provider (ISP).&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
The IEEE 802.3 standard defines ethernet at the physical and data link layers of the OSI network model. Most&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet systems use the following:&lt;br /&gt;
q Carrier-sense multiple-access with collision detection (CSMA/CD) for controlling access to the network&lt;br /&gt;
media.&lt;br /&gt;
q Use baseband broadcasts&lt;br /&gt;
q A method for packing data into data packets called frames&lt;br /&gt;
q Transmit at 10Mbps, 100Mbps, and 1Gbps.&lt;br /&gt;
Types of Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
q 10Base5 - Uses Thicknet coaxial cable which requires a transceiver with a vampire tap to connect each&lt;br /&gt;
computer. There is a drop cable from the transceiver to the Attachment Unit Interface (AIU). The AIU&lt;br /&gt;
may be a DIX port on the network card. There is a transceiver for each network card on the network. This&lt;br /&gt;
type of ethernet is subject to the 5-4-3 rule meaning there can be 5 network segments with 4 repeaters, and&lt;br /&gt;
three of the segments can be connected to computers. It uses bus topology. Maximum segment length is&lt;br /&gt;
500 Meters with the maximum overall length at 2500 meters. Minimum length between nodes is 2.5&lt;br /&gt;
meters. Maximum nodes per segment is 100.&lt;br /&gt;
q 10Base2 - Uses Thinnet coaxial cable. Uses a BNC connector and bus topology requiring a terminator at&lt;br /&gt;
each end of the cable. The cable used is RG-58A/U or RG-58C/U with an impedance of 50 ohms. RG-58U&lt;br /&gt;
is not acceptable. Uses the 5-4-3 rule meaning there can be 5 network segments with 4 repeaters, and three&lt;br /&gt;
of the segments can be connected to computers. The maximum length of one segment is 185 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
Barrel connectors can be used to link smaller pieces of cable on each segment, but each barrel connector&lt;br /&gt;
reduces signal quality. Minimum length between nodes is 0.5 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
q 10BaseT - Uses Unshielded twisted pair (UTP) cable. Uses star topology. Shielded twisted pair (STP) is&lt;br /&gt;
not part of the 10BaseT specification. Not subject to the 5-4-3 rule. They can use category 3, 4, or 5 cable,&lt;br /&gt;
but perform best with category 5 cable. Category 3 is the minimum. Require only 2 pairs of wire. Cables&lt;br /&gt;
in ceilings and walls must be plenum rated. Maximum segment length is 100 meters. Minimum length&lt;br /&gt;
between nodes is 2.5 meters. Maximum number of connected segments is 1024. Maximum number of&lt;br /&gt;
nodes per segment is 1 (star topology). Uses RJ-45 connectors.&lt;br /&gt;
q 10BaseF - Uses Fiber Optic cable. Can have up to 1024 network nodes. Maximum segment length is 2000&lt;br /&gt;
meters. Uses specialized connectors for fiber optic. Includes three categories:&lt;br /&gt;
r 10BaseFL - Used to link computers in a LAN environment, which is not commonly done due to&lt;br /&gt;
high cost.&lt;br /&gt;
r 10BaseFP - Used to link computers with passive hubs to get cable distances up to 500 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
r 10BaseFB - Used as a backbone between hubs.&lt;br /&gt;
q 100BaseT - Also known as fast ethernet. Uses RJ-45 connectors. Topology is star. Uses CSMA/CD media&lt;br /&gt;
access. Minimum length between nodes is 2.5 meters. Maximum number of connected segments is 1024.&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum number of nodes per segment is 1 (star topology). IEEE802.3 specification.&lt;br /&gt;
r 100BaseTX - Requires category 5 two pair cable. Maximum distance is 100 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
r 100BaseT4 - Requires category 3 cable with 4 pair. Maximum distance is 100 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
r 100BaseFX - Can use fiber optic to transmit up to 2000 meters. Requires two strands of fiber optic&lt;br /&gt;
cable.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
q 100VG-AnyLAN - Requires category 3 cable with 4 pair. Maximum distance is 100 meters with cat 3 or 4&lt;br /&gt;
cable. Can reach 150 meters with cat 5 cable. Can use fiber optic to transmit up to 2000 meters. This&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet type supports transmission of Token-Ring network packets in addition to ethernet packets. IEEE&lt;br /&gt;
802.12 specification. Uses demand-priority media access control. The topology is star. It uses a series of&lt;br /&gt;
interlinked cascading hubs. Uses RJ-45 connectors.&lt;br /&gt;
The IEEE naming convention is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The transmission speed in Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
2. Baseband (base) or Broadband data transmission&lt;br /&gt;
3. The maximum distance a network segment could cover in hundreds of meters.&lt;br /&gt;
Comparisons of some ethernet types. distances are in meters.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet Type Cable&lt;br /&gt;
Min length between nodes Max Segment length Max overall length&lt;br /&gt;
10Base2&lt;br /&gt;
Thinnet 0.5&lt;br /&gt;
185&lt;br /&gt;
925&lt;br /&gt;
10Base5&lt;br /&gt;
Thicknet 2.5&lt;br /&gt;
500&lt;br /&gt;
2500&lt;br /&gt;
10BaseF&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber&lt;br /&gt;
2000&lt;br /&gt;
10BaseT&lt;br /&gt;
UTP&lt;br /&gt;
2.5&lt;br /&gt;
100&lt;br /&gt;
Types of ethernet frames&lt;br /&gt;
q Ethernet 802.2 - These frames contain fields similar to the ethernet 802.3 frames with the addition of three&lt;br /&gt;
Logical Link Control (LLC) fields. Novell NetWare 4.x networks use it.&lt;br /&gt;
q Ethernet 802.3 - It is mainly used in Novell NetWare 2.x and 3.x networks. The frame type was developed&lt;br /&gt;
prior to completion of the IEEE 802.3 specification and may not work in all ethernet environments.&lt;br /&gt;
q Ethernet II - This frame type combines the 802.3 preamble and SFD fields and include a protocol type&lt;br /&gt;
field where the 802.3 frame contained a length field. TCP/IP networks and networks that use multiple&lt;br /&gt;
protocols normally use this type of frames.&lt;br /&gt;
q Ethernet SNAP - This frame type builds on the 802.2 frame type by adding a type field indicating what&lt;br /&gt;
network protocol is being used to send data. This frame type is mainly used in AppleTalk networks.&lt;br /&gt;
The packet size of all the above frame types is between 64 and 1,518 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet Message Formats&lt;br /&gt;
The ethernet data format is defined by RFC 894 and 1042. The addresses specified in the ethernet protocol are 48&lt;br /&gt;
bit addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
The types of data passed in the type field are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
1. 0800 IP Datagram&lt;br /&gt;
2. 0806 ARP request/reply&lt;br /&gt;
3. 8035 RARP request/reply&lt;br /&gt;
There is a maximum size of each data packet for the ethernet protocol. This size is called the maximum&lt;br /&gt;
transmission unit (MTU). What this means is that sometimes packets may be broken up as they are passed&lt;br /&gt;
through networks with MTUs of various sizes. SLIP and PPP protocols will normally have a smaller MTU value&lt;br /&gt;
than ethernet. This document does not describe serial line interface protocol (SLIP) or point to point protocol&lt;br /&gt;
(PPP) encapsulation.&lt;br /&gt;
Token Ring&lt;br /&gt;
Token Ring&lt;br /&gt;
Developed by IBM is standardized to IEEE 802.5. It uses a star topology, but it is wired so the signal will travel&lt;br /&gt;
from hub to hub in a logical ring. These networks use a data token passed from computer to computer around the&lt;br /&gt;
ring to allow each computer to have network access. The token comes from the nearest active upstream neighbor&lt;br /&gt;
(NAUN). When a computer receives a token, if it has no attached data and the computer has data for&lt;br /&gt;
transmission, it attaches its data to the token then sends it to its nearest active downstream neighbor (NADN).&lt;br /&gt;
Each computer downstream will pass the data on since the token is being used until the data reaches its recipient.&lt;br /&gt;
The recipient will set two bits to indicate it received the data and transmit the token and data. When the computer&lt;br /&gt;
that sent the data receives the package, it can verify that the data was received correctly. It will remove the data&lt;br /&gt;
from the token and pass the token to its NADN.&lt;br /&gt;
Characteristics&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum cable length is 45 meters when UTP cable is used and 101 meters when STP is used. Topology is star-&lt;br /&gt;
wired ring. It uses type 1 STP and type 3 UTP. Connectors are RJ-45 or IBM type A. Minimum length between&lt;br /&gt;
nodes is 2.5 meters. Maximum number of hubs or segments is 33. Maximum nodes per network is 72 nodes with&lt;br /&gt;
UTP and 260 nodes with STP. Speed is 4 or 16 Mps. Data frames may be 4,000 to 17,800 bytes long.&lt;br /&gt;
Hubs&lt;br /&gt;
A token ring network uses a multistation access unit (MAU) as a hub. It may also be known as a Smart&lt;br /&gt;
Multistation Access Unit (SMAU). A MAU normally has ten ports. Two ports are Ring In (RI) and Ring Out&lt;br /&gt;
(RO) which allow multiple MAUs to be linked to each other. The other 8 ports are used to connect to computers.&lt;br /&gt;
Token Ring&lt;br /&gt;
Cables&lt;br /&gt;
UTP or STP cabling is used as a media for token ring networks. Token Ring uses an IBM cabling system based&lt;br /&gt;
on American Wire Gauge (AWG) standards that specify wire diameters. The larger the AWG number, the small&lt;br /&gt;
diameter the cable has.&lt;br /&gt;
Token ring networks normally use type 1, type 3 or regular UTP like cable used on ethernet installations. If&lt;br /&gt;
electrical interference is a problem, the type 1 cable is a better choice. Cable types:&lt;br /&gt;
Type Description&lt;br /&gt;
Two 22 AWG solid core pair of STP cable with a braided shield. This cable is normally used between&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
MAUs and computers.&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
Two 22 AWG solid core pair with four 26 AWG solid core of STP cable.&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
Four 22 or 24 AWG UTP cable. This is voice-grade cable and cannot transmit at a rate above 4Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
Undefined.&lt;br /&gt;
Token Ring&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber-optic cable. Usually used to link MAUs.&lt;br /&gt;
Two 26 AWG stranded core pair of STP cable with a braided shield. The stranded-core allows more&lt;br /&gt;
6&lt;br /&gt;
flexibility but limits the transmission distance to two-thirds that of type 1.&lt;br /&gt;
7&lt;br /&gt;
Undefined.&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Type 6 cable with a flat casing to be used under carpets.&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
Type 6 cable with plenum-rating for safety.&lt;br /&gt;
Beaconing&lt;br /&gt;
The first computer turned on on a token ring will be the active monitor. Every seven seconds it sends a frame to&lt;br /&gt;
its nearest active downstream neighbor. The data gives the address of the active monitor and advertised the fact&lt;br /&gt;
that the upstream neighbor is the active monitor. That station changes the packets upstream address and sends it&lt;br /&gt;
to its nearest active downstream neighbor. When the packet has traveled around the ring, all stations know the&lt;br /&gt;
address of their upstream neighbor and the active monitor knows the state of the network. If a computer has not&lt;br /&gt;
heard from its upstream neighbor after seven seconds, it will send a packet that announces its own address, and&lt;br /&gt;
the NAUN that is not responding. This packet will cause all computers to check their configuration. The ring can&lt;br /&gt;
thereby route around the problem area giving some fault tolerance to the network.&lt;br /&gt;
ARCnet Network&lt;br /&gt;
ARCnet Network&lt;br /&gt;
ARCnet (Attached Resource Computer Network)&lt;br /&gt;
(CR)&lt;br /&gt;
Topology is star and bus or a mixture. Cable type is RG-62 A/U coaxial (93 ohm), UTP or fiber-optic. A&lt;br /&gt;
network can use any combination of this media. Connectors used include BNC, RJ-45, and others. It&lt;br /&gt;
passes tokens passing for media access. Maximum segment length is 600 meters with RG-62 A/U, 121&lt;br /&gt;
meters with UTP, 3485 meters with fiber-optic, and 30 meters from a passive hub. The specification is&lt;br /&gt;
ANSI 878.1. It can have up to 255 nodes per network. The speed is 2.5 Mbps. ARCnet Plus has operating&lt;br /&gt;
speeds approaching 20Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
Signals are broadcast across the entire network with computers processing only signals addressed to&lt;br /&gt;
them. ARCnet tokens travel based on a station identifier (SID) which each computer has. Each network&lt;br /&gt;
card has a DIP switch used to set the SID with an address between 1 and 255. Signals are generally sent&lt;br /&gt;
from the lowest numbered station to the next until they wrap around back to SID of 1. To determine non-&lt;br /&gt;
existent stations, the station with the lowest ID indicates it has the token and begins querying IDs of&lt;br /&gt;
higher value until it gets a response. Then the next computer does the same until the original station is&lt;br /&gt;
queried. This procedure is done when a station is added or removed from the network or when the&lt;br /&gt;
network is originally started. How does the network know when a station has been added or removed?&lt;br /&gt;
How is the lowest numbered SID identified? Addresses assignment is based on proximity, which helps&lt;br /&gt;
the network operate more efficiently.&lt;br /&gt;
The acronym SID is used for a station identifier with regard to ARCnet, but as used in the Windows NT&lt;br /&gt;
and Windows 95 operating systems, it refers to the security identification number of a user or group.&lt;br /&gt;
AppleTalk Network&lt;br /&gt;
AppleTalk Network&lt;br /&gt;
Topology is bus. Cable type is STP. The connectors are specialized. The media access method is&lt;br /&gt;
CSMA/CA . Maximum segment and network length is 300 meters. The maximum number of connected&lt;br /&gt;
segments is 8. There are 32 maximum nodes per segment with 254 maximum number of nodes per&lt;br /&gt;
network. Speed is 230.4Kbps. The cabling system used with AppleTalk is called LocalTalk.&lt;br /&gt;
Addressing&lt;br /&gt;
Addressing is dynamic with each computer, when powered on, choosing its last used address or a random&lt;br /&gt;
address. The computer broadcasts that address to determine if the address is used. If it is used, it will&lt;br /&gt;
broadcast another random address until it finds an unused address.&lt;br /&gt;
EtherTalk and TokenTalk provide for use of AppleTalk network protocols on top of ethernet and token&lt;br /&gt;
ring architectures respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
LocalTalk&lt;br /&gt;
LocalTalk uses STP cable and bus topology. Using CSMA/CA for media access, computers will first&lt;br /&gt;
determine if any other computers are transmitting, before they transmit. A packet is transmitted prior to&lt;br /&gt;
transmitting that alerts other computers that a transmission will be sent. Usually LocalTalk is only used&lt;br /&gt;
in small environments.&lt;br /&gt;
FDDI&lt;br /&gt;
FDDI&lt;br /&gt;
Fiber Distributed Data Interface (FDDI)&lt;br /&gt;
Standard is ANSI X3T9.5 . Topology is ring with two counter rotating rings for reliability with no&lt;br /&gt;
hubs. Cable type is fiber-optic. Connectors are specialized. The media access method is token passing.&lt;br /&gt;
The maximum length is 100 kilometers. The maximum number of nodes on the network is 500. Speed is&lt;br /&gt;
100 Mbps. FDDI is normally used as a backbone to link other networks. A typical FDDI network can&lt;br /&gt;
include servers, concentrators, and links to other networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Devices called concentrators provide functions similar to hubs. Most concentrators use dual attachment&lt;br /&gt;
station network cards but single attachment concentrators may be used to attach more workstations to the&lt;br /&gt;
network.&lt;br /&gt;
FDDI token passing allows multiple frames to circulate around the ring at the same time. Priority levels&lt;br /&gt;
of a data frame and token can be set to allow servers to send more data frames. Time sensitive data may&lt;br /&gt;
also be given higher priority. The second ring in a FDDI network is a method of adjusting when there are&lt;br /&gt;
breaks in the cable. The primary ring is normally used, but if the nearest downstream neighbor stops&lt;br /&gt;
responding the data is sent on the secondary ring in attempt to reach the computer. Therefore a break in&lt;br /&gt;
the cable will result in the secondary ring being used. There are two network cards which are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Dual attachment stations (DAS) used for servers and concentrators are attached to both rings.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Single Attachment stations (SAS) attached to one ring and used to attach workstations to&lt;br /&gt;
concentrators.&lt;br /&gt;
A router or switch can link an FDDI network to a local area network (LAN). Normally FDDI is used to&lt;br /&gt;
link LANs together since it covers long distances.&lt;br /&gt;
IPX/SPX&lt;br /&gt;
IPX/SPX&lt;br /&gt;
IPX/SPX is a routable protocol and can be used for small and large networks. The following protocols&lt;br /&gt;
are part of th@       SPX suite:&lt;br /&gt;
q SAP - Service Advertising Protocol packets are used by file and print servers to periodically&lt;br /&gt;
advertise the address of the server and the services available. It works at the application,&lt;br /&gt;
presentation, and session levels.&lt;br /&gt;
q NCP - NetWare Core Protocol provides for client/server interactions such as file and print&lt;br /&gt;
sharing. It works at the application, presentation, and session levels.&lt;br /&gt;
q SPX - Sequenced Packet Exchange operates at the transport layer providing connection oriented&lt;br /&gt;
communication on top of IPX.&lt;br /&gt;
q IPX - Internetwork Packet Exchange supports the transport and network layers of the OSI&lt;br /&gt;
network model. Provides for network addressing and routing. It provides fast, unreliable,&lt;br /&gt;
communication with network nodes using a connection less datagram service.&lt;br /&gt;
q RIP - Routing Information Protocol is the default routing protocol for IPX/SPX networks which&lt;br /&gt;
operates at the network layer. A distance-vector algorithm is used to calculate the best route for a&lt;br /&gt;
packet.&lt;br /&gt;
q ODI - Open Data-link Interface operates at the data link layer allowing IPX to work with any&lt;br /&gt;
network interface card.&lt;br /&gt;
NetWare frame types&lt;br /&gt;
Novell NetWare 2.x and 3.x use Ethernet 802.3 as their default frame type. Novell NetWare 4.x networks&lt;br /&gt;
use Ethernet 802.2 as their default frame type. If communication does not occur between two NetWare&lt;br /&gt;
computers it is a good idea to check the netware versions of the two computers to be sure their frame&lt;br /&gt;
types match. If the frame types do not match on an ethernet network, the computers cannot communicate.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBEUI&lt;br /&gt;
NetBEUI&lt;br /&gt;
In order to properly describe NetBEUI, the transport protocol sometimes used for Microsoft networking,&lt;br /&gt;
it is necessary to describe Microsoft networking in some detail and the various protocols used and what&lt;br /&gt;
network layers they support.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS, NetBEUI, and SMB are Microsoft Protocols used to support Microsoft Networking. The&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS stack includes SMB, NetBIOS, and NetBEUI which are described in the table below. The&lt;br /&gt;
following are parts of the Microsoft networking stack:&lt;br /&gt;
Name&lt;br /&gt;
Network Layer&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
Directs requests for network resources to the appropriate&lt;br /&gt;
Redirector&lt;br /&gt;
Application&lt;br /&gt;
server and makes network resources seem to be local&lt;br /&gt;
resources.&lt;br /&gt;
Server Message Block provides redirector client to server&lt;br /&gt;
SMB&lt;br /&gt;
Presentation&lt;br /&gt;
communication&lt;br /&gt;
Controls the sessions between computers and maintains&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS&lt;br /&gt;
Session&lt;br /&gt;
connections.&lt;br /&gt;
Provides data transportation. It is not a routable transport&lt;br /&gt;
protocol which is why NBT exists on large networks to use&lt;br /&gt;
NetBEUI&lt;br /&gt;
Transport, Network routable TCP protocol on large networks. This protocol may&lt;br /&gt;
sometimes be called the NetBIOS frame (NBF) protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
NDIS allows several adapter drivers to use any number of&lt;br /&gt;
NDIS and NIC driver Data Link&lt;br /&gt;
transport protocols. The NIC driver is the driver software for&lt;br /&gt;
the network card.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS Extended User Interface (NetBEUI)&lt;br /&gt;
This is a separate protocol from NetBIOS. It supports small to medium networks providing transport and&lt;br /&gt;
network layer support. It is fast and small and works well for the DOS operating system but NetBEUI is&lt;br /&gt;
not a routable protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
Name Resolution&lt;br /&gt;
There are three methods of mapping NetBIOS names to IP addresses on small networks that don&#39;t&lt;br /&gt;
perform routing:&lt;br /&gt;
1. IP broadcasting - A data packet with the NetBIOS computer name is broadcast when an&lt;br /&gt;
associated address is not in the local cache. The host who has that name returns its address.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBEUI&lt;br /&gt;
2. The lmhosts file - This is a file that maps IP addresses and NetBIOS computer names.&lt;br /&gt;
3. NBNS - NetBIOS Name Server. A server that maps NetBIOS names to IP addresses. This service&lt;br /&gt;
is provided by the nmbd daemon on Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
System wide methods of resolving NetBIOS names to IP addresses are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. b-node - Broadcast node&lt;br /&gt;
2. p-node - Point-to-point node queries an NBNS name server to resolve addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
3. m-node - First uses broadcasts, then falls back to querying an NBNS name server.&lt;br /&gt;
4. h-node - The system first attempts to query an NBNS name server, then falls back to broadcasts if&lt;br /&gt;
the nameserver fails. As a last resort, it will look for the lmhosts file locally.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS name services use port 137 and NetBIOS session services use port 139. NetBIOS datagram&lt;br /&gt;
service uses port 138.&lt;br /&gt;
To resolve addresses from names, a computer on a Microsoft network will check its cache to see if the&lt;br /&gt;
address of the computer it wants to connect to is listed there. If not it sends a NetBIOS broadcast&lt;br /&gt;
requesting the computer with the name to respond with its hardware address. When the address is&lt;br /&gt;
received, NetBIOS will start a session between the computers. On larger networks that use routers, this is&lt;br /&gt;
a problem since routers do not forward broadcasts, nor is NetBEUI a routable protocol. Therefore&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft implemented another method of resolving names with the Windows Internet Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
(WINS). The following steps are taken to resolve NetBIOS names to IP addresses for H-node resolution&lt;br /&gt;
on larger networks using TCP/IP (NBT):&lt;br /&gt;
1. NetBIOS name cache&lt;br /&gt;
2. WINS Server&lt;br /&gt;
3. NetBIOS broadcast&lt;br /&gt;
4. lmhosts file&lt;br /&gt;
5. hosts file&lt;br /&gt;
6. DNS server&lt;br /&gt;
For a more complete explanation of NetBIOS name resolution, WINS, and Windows networking in&lt;br /&gt;
general, see the manuals in the Windows operating system section such as the &quot;Windows TCP/IP&lt;br /&gt;
Reference.&quot; Also a Windows Networking manual will be written for this section.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS over TCP/IP (NBT)&lt;br /&gt;
Since NetBEUI is not a routable protocol, Microsoft implemented NBT for larger networks. NetBIOS&lt;br /&gt;
messages are normally encapsulated in NetBEUI datagrams, but when using NBT, they are encapsulated&lt;br /&gt;
in TCP/IP datagrams. The NBT protocol is defined by RFC 1001 and RFC 1002.&lt;br /&gt;
NetBEUI&lt;br /&gt;
NWLink&lt;br /&gt;
NWLink is Microsoft&#39;s implementation of IPX/SPX. NWLink will act as a transport mechanism for&lt;br /&gt;
NetBIOS similar to the use of TCP/IP described in the NBT section above. NWLink is normally used to&lt;br /&gt;
support medium networks and may be used where NetWare servers are present.&lt;br /&gt;
Windows Internet Name Service (WINS)&lt;br /&gt;
WINS is the Microsoft implementation of NetBIOS name service. Samba on Linux can be used as a&lt;br /&gt;
WINS server.&lt;br /&gt;
Computers configured to use WINS, when booted, contact the WINS name server and give the server&lt;br /&gt;
their NetBIOS name and IP address. The WINS server adds the information to its database and it may&lt;br /&gt;
send the information to other WINS servers on your network. When a computer that is configured to use&lt;br /&gt;
WINS needs to get an address of another computer, it will contact the WINS server for the information.&lt;br /&gt;
Without the use of a WINS server, NetBIOS will only be able to see computers on the unrouted sections&lt;br /&gt;
of the local network. Does this mean a WINS server must exist in each routed section of the network?&lt;br /&gt;
The answer is no. This is because WINS uses TCP/IP which is routable. Only one WINS server needs to&lt;br /&gt;
exist on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
The Windows Networking Environment&lt;br /&gt;
A domain in a Microsoft networking environment refers to a collection of computers using user level&lt;br /&gt;
security. It is not the same as the term domain used with regard to the domain name system (DNS).&lt;br /&gt;
Domain related terms are:&lt;br /&gt;
q BDC - Backup Domain Controller is a backup for a PDC&lt;br /&gt;
q TLD - Top Level domain&lt;br /&gt;
q PDC - Primary Domain Controller is an NT server providing central control of user access&lt;br /&gt;
permissions and accounts on a network.&lt;br /&gt;
AppleTalk Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
AppleTalk Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
AppleTalk is the architecture used on with Apple brand computers and is a suite of protocols for&lt;br /&gt;
networking Apple computers. Some of the protocols are:&lt;br /&gt;
q AppleShare - Works at the application layer to provide services.&lt;br /&gt;
q AFP - AppleTalk Filing protocol - Makes network files appear local by managing file sharing at&lt;br /&gt;
the presentation layer.&lt;br /&gt;
q ATP - AppleTalk Transaction Protocol provides a Transport Layer connection between&lt;br /&gt;
computers. Three transaction layers:&lt;br /&gt;
r transaction requires (TREQ)&lt;br /&gt;
r transaction response (TRESP)&lt;br /&gt;
r transaction release (TREL)&lt;br /&gt;
q DDP - Datagram Delivery Protocol is a routable protocol that provides for data packet&lt;br /&gt;
transportation. It operates at the network layer at the same level of the IP protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
The AppleTalk networking scheme puts computers into groups called zones. This is similar to&lt;br /&gt;
workgroups on a Windows network.&lt;br /&gt;
Four Session layer protocols&lt;br /&gt;
q ASP - AppleTalk session protocol controls the starting and ending of sessions between computers&lt;br /&gt;
called nodes. It works at the session level. The NBP, described below is used to get addresses&lt;br /&gt;
from computer names. ATP is used at the transport level.&lt;br /&gt;
q ADSP - AppleTalk data stream protocol manages the flow of data between two established socket&lt;br /&gt;
connections.&lt;br /&gt;
q ZIP - Zone information protocol used with RTMP to map zones. Routers use zone information&lt;br /&gt;
tables (ZITs) to define network addresses and zone names.&lt;br /&gt;
q PAP - Printer access protocol manages information between workstations and printers.&lt;br /&gt;
Other Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
q NBP - Name-binding protocol translates addresses into names.&lt;br /&gt;
q AEP - AppleTalk echo protocol uses echoes to tell if a computer, or node, is available.&lt;br /&gt;
q RTMP - Routing table maintenance protocol is used to update routers with information about&lt;br /&gt;
network status and address tables. The whole address table is sent across the network.&lt;br /&gt;
q ARUP - AppleTalk update routing is a newer version of RTMP.&lt;br /&gt;
System Network Architecture&lt;br /&gt;
System Network Architecture&lt;br /&gt;
System Network Architecture (SNA) by IBM is a suite of protocols mainly used with IBM mainframe&lt;br /&gt;
and AS/400 computers. Two SNA protocols are:&lt;br /&gt;
q APPC - Advanced Peer-to-Peer Communications provides peer to peer services at the transport&lt;br /&gt;
and session layer.&lt;br /&gt;
q APPN - Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking supports the computer connections at the network&lt;br /&gt;
and transport layers.&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft produced the SNA Server so PC networks could connect with SNA networks.&lt;br /&gt;
SNA Layers&lt;br /&gt;
SNA has its own network model which is:&lt;br /&gt;
q Physical&lt;br /&gt;
q Data link - Uses protocols such as token-ring or Synchronous Data Link Control (SDLC).&lt;br /&gt;
q Path Control - Performs routing, division, and re-assembly of data packets.&lt;br /&gt;
q Transmission - Connection software&lt;br /&gt;
q Data flow - Prevents data overflows by monitoring and handling traffic&lt;br /&gt;
q Presentation - Handles interfaces to applications&lt;br /&gt;
q Transaction - Provides an interface for applications to use network services&lt;br /&gt;
SNA Network Devices&lt;br /&gt;
q host systems&lt;br /&gt;
q terminals&lt;br /&gt;
q Output devices&lt;br /&gt;
q Communications controllers&lt;br /&gt;
q Cluster controllers - Allow many devices to connect through them. They connect ot a host or&lt;br /&gt;
communications controller.&lt;br /&gt;
SNA Network Categories&lt;br /&gt;
q Nodes&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 2 - PCs, terminals and printers&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 4 - Communications controllers&lt;br /&gt;
r type 5 - Host computers used to manage the network&lt;br /&gt;
q Data links - Connection between combinations of hosts, cluster controllers, or nodes.&lt;br /&gt;
System Network Architecture&lt;br /&gt;
Possible SNA communications architectures&lt;br /&gt;
q SDLS - Synchronous Data Link Control&lt;br /&gt;
q BSC - Binary Synchronous Communication sends bits in frames which are timed sequences of&lt;br /&gt;
data.&lt;br /&gt;
q Token-ring&lt;br /&gt;
q X.25&lt;br /&gt;
q Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
q FDDI&lt;br /&gt;
SNA units&lt;br /&gt;
NAU - Network Addressable Units&lt;br /&gt;
q LU - Logical Units are ports that users use to access network resources&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 1 - An interactive batch session&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 2 - An IBM 3270 terminal&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 3 - An IBM 3270 printer&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 6.2 - A program to program session&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 7 - An IBM 5250 family session&lt;br /&gt;
q PU - Physical Units are a network device used to communicate with hosts.&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 2 - Cluster controllers&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 3 - Front end process&lt;br /&gt;
r Type 5 - Host communications software&lt;br /&gt;
SNA software components&lt;br /&gt;
q SSCP - Systems Services Control Point manages all resources in the host&#39;s domain.&lt;br /&gt;
q NCP - Network Control Program performs routing, session management tasks. It runs in the&lt;br /&gt;
communications controller.&lt;br /&gt;
Other Transport Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
Other Transport Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
DECnet&lt;br /&gt;
DECnet from Digital Equipment Corporation is a suite of protocols which may be used on large&lt;br /&gt;
networks that integrate mainframe and minicomputer systems. It is a routable protocol. DNA - Digital&lt;br /&gt;
Network Architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
Data Link Control (DLC)&lt;br /&gt;
This protocol operates at the data link layer and is designed for communications between Hewlett-&lt;br /&gt;
Packard network printers and IBM mainframe computers. This protocol is not routable.&lt;br /&gt;
Open Systems Interconnect (OSI)&lt;br /&gt;
A suite of protocols developed by the International Standards Organization (ISO) which corresponds&lt;br /&gt;
with the layers of the OSI model. These protocols provide a number of application protocols for various&lt;br /&gt;
functions. The OSI protocol stack may be used to connect large systems. OSI is a routable transport&lt;br /&gt;
protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Networking Routing and Routers&lt;br /&gt;
This section will explain routing in simple terms with some simple standard rules. There may be exceptions to&lt;br /&gt;
these rules, but for introductory purposes we will keep the first example simple. Please be aware, that the&lt;br /&gt;
examples in this section are working examples, but more complexity may be added when a larger network is&lt;br /&gt;
considered, and multiple data routes become available.&lt;br /&gt;
Each network interface card (NIC) has a specific address which is an IP address or number. When data is sent&lt;br /&gt;
between two computers, the data must be sent in a package that has the address of the intended receiver (IP) on it.&lt;br /&gt;
It is like an envelope (ethernet) with the sender&#39;s and recipient&#39;s address on it. There is somewhat of a difference,&lt;br /&gt;
however. When the computer intends to send a packet, it first checks its routing table to see if the intended data&lt;br /&gt;
must be sent through a gateway. Many computers only have a simple routing table, which is built from the&lt;br /&gt;
network mask and the gateway information entered, when you set your computer up to do networking. The&lt;br /&gt;
computer, when set up for networking, must be assigned an IP address, netmask, and default gateway. This may&lt;br /&gt;
be done manually or done automatically using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) to assign this&lt;br /&gt;
information to the computer when it boots. DCHP is described in another section. If the computer determines that&lt;br /&gt;
the packet must be sent to a gateway, it puts it in a special packet (ethernet) for that gateway, with the actual&lt;br /&gt;
recipient&#39;s address wrapped inside.&lt;br /&gt;
In the above paragraph, data packets are equated to a letter with an envelope. For this type of thinking, the&lt;br /&gt;
envelope would be similar to the ethernet, SLIP, or PPP packet which encapsulates the IP packet. The IP packet&lt;br /&gt;
and its encapsulated data would similar to a letter. Here&#39;s generally what happens when a package is sent:&lt;br /&gt;
The sending computer checks the IP part of the package to see the sender&#39;s IP address, and based on&lt;br /&gt;
the address and instructions in its routing table will do one of the following:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Send the packet to the ethernet address of the intended recipient. The following will happen:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The ethernet card on the receiving computer will accept the packet.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The other network levels (IP, TCP) will open the packet and use it according to filtering and other&lt;br /&gt;
programming instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Send the packet to the ethernet address of a router, depending on the instructions in the routing table.&lt;br /&gt;
1. The ethernet card on the router will accept the packet.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The IP level of the router will look at the packet&#39;s IP address and determine according to its routing&lt;br /&gt;
table where to send the packet next. It should send it to another router or to the actual recipient.&lt;br /&gt;
3. The router will encapsulate the IP packet in another ethernet packet with the ethernet address of the&lt;br /&gt;
next router or the intended recipient.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Router hops will continue until the packet is sent on a network where the intended recipient is&lt;br /&gt;
physically located unless the packet expires.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The ethernet card on the receiving computer will accept the packet.&lt;br /&gt;
6. The other network levels (IP, TCP) will open the packet and use it according to filtering and other&lt;br /&gt;
programming instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Lets say you enter an IP address of 10.1.20.45 and a netmask of 255.255.0.0. This means you are on the network&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.0.0 (I show it as 10.1.x.x, the X&#39;s mean don&#39;t care conditions). The machine&#39;s IP address and netmask,&lt;br /&gt;
together define the network, that it&#39;s NIC is on. Therefore any machine that fits in the address range provided&lt;br /&gt;
under 10.1.x.x can be accessed directly from your NIC, and any that are not in this number range, such as&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.34.67 cannot be accessed directly and must be sent to a gateway machine since it is on another network.&lt;br /&gt;
Typically most machines will use their netmask to make this determination which means if the address does not&lt;br /&gt;
match their known network, the package will be sent to that machine&#39;s default gateway in a special package meant&lt;br /&gt;
for a router. It works similar to a post office. When you send a letter in your town, you put it in the local slot. It&lt;br /&gt;
can be delivered to someone else in your town (network), but if you are sending to another town (network), you&lt;br /&gt;
put the letter in the out of town slot (default gateway), then the mail personnel put it in a special container or box&lt;br /&gt;
and send it to a main town (gateway), which then decides where to send it based on its address. Although this&lt;br /&gt;
simple network and default gateway may be common, specific computers or gateways can have much more&lt;br /&gt;
complex rules for routing that allow exceptions to this example.&lt;br /&gt;
Please be aware that in order to be forwarded, data packets must be addressed to a router. They cannot just be sent&lt;br /&gt;
to the recipient&#39;s address out to a network. The router does not pick packets off the network and forward them. If&lt;br /&gt;
a packet is sent on a network and a valid recipient is not on that network, there will be no response. This will be&lt;br /&gt;
demonstrated in the next section where a subnetwork will be described.&lt;br /&gt;
To keep routing simple, most networks are structured as shown below. Generally, the higher networks are&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x, then the next are 10.0-254.x.x, then 10.0-254.0-254.x. The number 10 is used as an example Class A&lt;br /&gt;
network. This numbering scheme keeps routing simple and is the least confusing but networks can be set up in&lt;br /&gt;
other ways. In the diagram below, only gateways and their networks are shown.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
In my simple network example below I vary from convention and make network 192.168.2.x be below network&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x. causing traffic between the internet and 192.168.2.x to go through the network 192.168.1.x.&lt;br /&gt;
Normally the network 192.168.1.x would be 192.168.x.x, but this will show you that there can be many variants&lt;br /&gt;
that will work as long as you have thought your layout through well, and set your routing tables up in your&lt;br /&gt;
gateways correctly.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
The boxes labeled A and B must be gateways or routers in order for anyone on networks 192.168.2.x or&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x to talk to any other network or internet. The boxes labeled S1 through S6 are stations which could be&lt;br /&gt;
workstations or servers providing services like BOOTP, DHCP, DNS, HTTP, and/or file sharing such as NFS or&lt;br /&gt;
Samba. The gateways may also provide these services. These stations may combine any combination of server or&lt;br /&gt;
workstation function. The reasons for putting the various services on separate machines is because of security&lt;br /&gt;
concerns and the ability of a given machine to handle specific demand. Typically, the computer that is connected&lt;br /&gt;
directly to the internet, would be a firewall and provide no other services for security reasons. For example, it is&lt;br /&gt;
not a good idea to provide TFTP services on a machine that you want to have high security. This is why,&lt;br /&gt;
depending on the security needs of the company or individual along with the relative amount of each service to be&lt;br /&gt;
provided, various servers are set up with limited functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
The machine S6 in the diagram above has the following characteristics:&lt;br /&gt;
IP Address: 192.168.2.2&lt;br /&gt;
Network: 192.168.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
Netmask: 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway: 192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux, the &quot;ifconfig&quot; command is used to configure the NIC and the command &quot;route&quot; is used to set up routing&lt;br /&gt;
tables for that machine. Please note that in Redhat Linux, the GUI interface programs &quot;netconf&quot; and &quot;linuxconf&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
may be used to set this up also. These GUI interface programs will set these changes up to be permanent by&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
writing them to files that are used to configure network information. Changes made with &quot;route&quot; without adding&lt;br /&gt;
the changes to permanent files will no longer be valid when you reboot the machine. The command &quot;ifconfig eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.2 netmask 255.255.255.0&quot; will set the NIC card up with its address and network number. You can type&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;netconfig&quot;, then select &quot;basic host information&quot; and do the same thing. The command &quot;route add -net default gw&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.1 dev eth0&quot; will add the route required for this computer for its gateway. This can be done using&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;ifconf&quot; by selecting &quot;routing and gateways&quot; and &quot;defaults&quot;, then setting the address of the default gateway, and&lt;br /&gt;
enabling routing. Please be aware that various versions of Linux have different means of storing and retrieving&lt;br /&gt;
network and routing information and you must use the tools that come with your system or learn it well enough to&lt;br /&gt;
determine what files to modify. On Redhat 6.1 the file &quot;/etc/sysconfig/static-routes&quot; can be modified to make your&lt;br /&gt;
route changes permanent, but this does not apply to your default route. Other files are &quot;/etc/sysconfig/routed&quot; and&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;/etc/sysconfig/network&quot;. Other files include &quot;/etc/gateways&quot;, &quot;/etc/networks&quot;, &quot;/proc/net/route&quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;/proc/net/rt_cache&quot;, and &quot;/proc/net/ipv6_route&quot;. The file &quot;/etc/sysconfig/network-scripts&quot; is a script file that&lt;br /&gt;
controls the network setup when the system is booted.&lt;br /&gt;
If you type &quot;route&quot; for this machine, the routing table below will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
Destination&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
Genmask&lt;br /&gt;
Flags Metric Ref Use Iface&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.2&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.255 UH&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
127.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
lo&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a simple explanation of routing tables and their purpose. All computers that are networked have a routing&lt;br /&gt;
table in one form or another. A routing table is a simple set of rules that tell what will be done with network&lt;br /&gt;
packets. In programming language it is easiest to think of it as a set of instructions, very similar to a case&lt;br /&gt;
statement which has a &quot;default&quot; at its end. If can also be thought of as a series of if..then..elseif..then..else&lt;br /&gt;
statements. If the lines above are labeled A through C and a default (the last line), an appropriate case statement&lt;br /&gt;
is: (Don&#39;t count the header line)&lt;br /&gt;
switch(address){&lt;br /&gt;
case A: send to me;break;&lt;br /&gt;
case B: send to my network;break;&lt;br /&gt;
case C: send to my local interface;break;&lt;br /&gt;
default: send to gateway 192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
An appropriate if statement is:&lt;br /&gt;
if (address=me) then send to me;&lt;br /&gt;
elseif (address=my network) then send to my network;&lt;br /&gt;
elseif (address=my local) then send to my local interface;&lt;br /&gt;
else send to my gateway 192.168.2.1;&lt;br /&gt;
In everyday terms this is similar to a basic decision process. Imagine you are holding a letter. If it is addressed to&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
you, you keep it, if it is addressed to someone in your town, you drop it in the local slot at the post office, but if it&lt;br /&gt;
is addressed to someone out of town, you would drop it in the out of town slot.&lt;br /&gt;
Note how the routing table is arranged. It is arranged from the most specific to the least specific. Therefore as you&lt;br /&gt;
go down the table, more possibilities are covered. You will notice the first Genmask is 255.255.255.255 and the&lt;br /&gt;
last is 0.0.0.0. There can be no doubt that the last line is the default. The genmasks between the start and the end&lt;br /&gt;
have a decreasing number of least significant bits set.&lt;br /&gt;
The above default routing table may be added manually with the command:&lt;br /&gt;
route add -net default gw 192.168.2.1 dev eth0&lt;br /&gt;
The routing table for machine B, the gateway for the network 192.168.2.0 is as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
Destination&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
Genmask&lt;br /&gt;
Flags Metric Ref Use Iface&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.255 UH&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.255 UH&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth1&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.0 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.0 192.168.1.2 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth1&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth1&lt;br /&gt;
127.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
lo&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
The Iface specifies the card where packets for this route will be sent. The address of eth1 is 192.168.1.2 and eth0&lt;br /&gt;
is 192.168.2.1. The NIC card addresses could have easily been switched. Line 1 (above) provides for the eth0&lt;br /&gt;
address, while line 2 provides for the address of eth1. Lines 3 and 4 are the rules for traffic going from network&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.0 to network 192.168.2.0 which will be sent out on NIC eth0. Lines 5 and 6 are the rules for traffic&lt;br /&gt;
going from network 192.168.2.0 to network 192.168.1.0 which will be sent out NIC eth1. This may seem&lt;br /&gt;
confusing, but please note the first value on lines 3 and 4 is 192.168.2.0 which the header indicates as the&lt;br /&gt;
destination of the packet. Don&#39;t think of it as source! The last line is the default line which specifies that any&lt;br /&gt;
packet not on one of the networks 192.168.1.0 or 192.168.2.0 will be sent to the gateway 192.168.1.1. This is&lt;br /&gt;
how the internet access can be attained, though IP masquerading will probably be used. The flags above mean the&lt;br /&gt;
following:&lt;br /&gt;
q U - Route is up&lt;br /&gt;
q H - Target is a host&lt;br /&gt;
q G - Use gateway&lt;br /&gt;
There are other flags, you can look up by typing &quot;man route&quot;. Also the metric value above, indicating the distance&lt;br /&gt;
to the target, is not used by current Linux kernels but may be needed by some routing daemons. Please note that if&lt;br /&gt;
route knows the name of the gateway machine, it may list its name rather than the IP address. The same is true for&lt;br /&gt;
defined networks. Networks may be defined in the file &quot;/etc/networks&quot; as in the example:&lt;br /&gt;
Network Routing&lt;br /&gt;
net1 192.168.1.0&lt;br /&gt;
net2 192.168.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
The routing table above can be set up with the following commands.&lt;br /&gt;
route add -net 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.2.1 dev eth0&lt;br /&gt;
route add -net 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.1.2 dev eth1&lt;br /&gt;
Again be aware that you are specifying destination networks here and the ethernet device and address the data is&lt;br /&gt;
to be sent on.&lt;br /&gt;
In Redhat Linux this can be specified using &quot;netconf&quot; by selecting &quot;routing and gateways&quot; and &quot;other routes to&lt;br /&gt;
networks&quot; and entering the following:&lt;br /&gt;
Network&lt;br /&gt;
Netmask&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively in Redhat Linux, you can add the following two lines to the file &quot;/etc/sysconfig/static-routes&quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
eth0 net 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.2.1&lt;br /&gt;
eth1 net 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
The commands to delete the above routes with route are:&lt;br /&gt;
route del -net 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.2.1 dev eth0 route del -net 192.168.1.0&lt;br /&gt;
netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.1.2 dev eth1&lt;br /&gt;
Be aware, the program route is very particular on how the commands are entered. Even though it may seem that&lt;br /&gt;
you entered them as the man page specifies, it will not always accept the commands. I don&#39;t know if this is a bug&lt;br /&gt;
or not, but if you enter them as described here with the network, netmask, gateway, and device specified, it should&lt;br /&gt;
work. The slightest misnomer in network name, netmask, gateway, device, or command syntax and the effort will&lt;br /&gt;
fail.&lt;br /&gt;
More Complex Networking Routing&lt;br /&gt;
More Complex Networking Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Now let&#39;s modify the small network in the example in the previous section. The 192.168.1.x network is changed&lt;br /&gt;
to 192.168.x.x and gateway B&#39;s address is changed to 192.168.10.1. All the netmasks on the computers on the&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.x.x network are modified to 255.255.0.0 to accommodate the change, except machine S3 which keeps&lt;br /&gt;
the netmask 255.255.255.0 and changes its address to 192.168.10.3. This effectively puts S3 on a different&lt;br /&gt;
network than S2 and S1, it no longer believes it can talk directly to them and must talk to gateway B to talk to&lt;br /&gt;
them. It can&#39;t even talk to gateway A anymore since it can&#39;t address it directly. Machines S1, S2, and A are not on&lt;br /&gt;
network 192.168.10.0, their addresses are 192.168.1.*. S1 and S2 can talk to S3, but S3 will not be able to&lt;br /&gt;
respond unless it utilizes gateway B.&lt;br /&gt;
Please be aware, in the example in the previous section, that gateway A was aware of gateway B. If it were not,&lt;br /&gt;
no messages could have been transmitted from the internet to the 192.168.2.0 network. In this example, gateway&lt;br /&gt;
A knows nothing about gateway B, and as far as it&#39;s concerned, the network 192,168.2.0 is part of 192.168.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
and there is no gateway between them. Gateway B, does know about gateway A and is using that gateway as its&lt;br /&gt;
default gateway. Therefore if S1 and S2 use gateway A for their default gateway, they will not be able to talk to&lt;br /&gt;
S4, 5, or 6 unless their routing table is modified. S1 and S2 will be able to talk to S3, however, assuming S3 is&lt;br /&gt;
using gateway B.&lt;br /&gt;
Here is a listing of machine S1&#39;s routing table, using gateway A as default and no other routes.&lt;br /&gt;
More Complex Networking Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Destination&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
Genmask&lt;br /&gt;
Flags Metric Ref Use Iface&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.5&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.255 UH&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
127.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
lo&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
Here it is modified to let it use network 192.168.2.0.&lt;br /&gt;
Destination&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
Genmask&lt;br /&gt;
Flags Metric Ref Use Iface&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.5&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.255 UH&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.0 192.168.10.1 255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.2.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
127.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
255.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
U&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
lo&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
UG&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
It specifies the gateway B, 192,168.10.1 to be used if the destination is 192.168.2.x.&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows an ethernet network with bus topology excluding the hubs. It is a large Class A network&lt;br /&gt;
with many subnetworks. The machines labeled A through D are routers or potential routers and each have two&lt;br /&gt;
network interface cards(NIC). These machines may be called gateways since their function is to be a gate to&lt;br /&gt;
another location. Each card has a valid address on its own network or subnetwork. The table below lists each&lt;br /&gt;
gateway, and each NIC address and associated network.&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
eth0&lt;br /&gt;
eth0 network&lt;br /&gt;
eth1&lt;br /&gt;
eth1 network&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
10.0.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
164.25.74.131&lt;br /&gt;
Internet&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
10.0.0.2&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.x.x.&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
10.0.0.3&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.x.x.&lt;br /&gt;
D&lt;br /&gt;
10.0.0.4&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.x.x.&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.50.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x.&lt;br /&gt;
F&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.0.2&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.20.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.20.x.&lt;br /&gt;
G&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.0.2&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x.&lt;br /&gt;
H&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.2 10.3.100.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x.&lt;br /&gt;
I&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.2 10.3.150.x&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x.&lt;br /&gt;
More Complex Networking Routing&lt;br /&gt;
In this figure, there are 9 gateways. which are labeled A through I. There are multiple paths between several&lt;br /&gt;
networks. The possible paths between networks 10.1.100.x and 192.168.1.x can be through gateways E, D, C,&lt;br /&gt;
then G (E-D-C-G) or through gateways H-I. The path from 10.3.100.x ot 10.1.20.x can be E-D-B-F or H-I-G-C-B-&lt;br /&gt;
F. Obviously there are ways to set the routing paths up that may not be fully efficient. In this type of network, the&lt;br /&gt;
administrator must give careful thought to the setup of the routing tables in their gateways. It would be easy to set&lt;br /&gt;
up an infinite packet route loop in this network where some packets may go in circles from router to router. Here&#39;s&lt;br /&gt;
how I would route for this network.&lt;br /&gt;
The below table lists each network and their default router.&lt;br /&gt;
Network&lt;br /&gt;
Default Router&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x&lt;br /&gt;
H&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x&lt;br /&gt;
G&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.20.x&lt;br /&gt;
F&lt;br /&gt;
More Complex Networking Routing&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
D&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
The router, I, is not used as a default router for any network.&lt;br /&gt;
The table below lists an abbreviated route table for each gateway.&lt;br /&gt;
Router Destination&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
D&lt;br /&gt;
10.x.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.0.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
internet&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.20.x&lt;br /&gt;
F&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x&lt;br /&gt;
G&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.2.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
D&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.x.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.0.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x *&lt;br /&gt;
H&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x&lt;br /&gt;
H&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
D&lt;br /&gt;
F&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.20.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.1.20.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
B&lt;br /&gt;
G&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x *&lt;br /&gt;
I&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x 192.168.1.1&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x *&lt;br /&gt;
I&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
C&lt;br /&gt;
H&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x&lt;br /&gt;
I&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.2&lt;br /&gt;
More Complex Networking Routing&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.1&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
E&lt;br /&gt;
I&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.100.x&lt;br /&gt;
H&lt;br /&gt;
192.168.1.x 192.168.1.2&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.x&lt;br /&gt;
10.3.150.2&lt;br /&gt;
default&lt;br /&gt;
G&lt;br /&gt;
The destinations with &#39;*&#39; indicate destinations that shorten the normal route path through network 10.3.150.x.&lt;br /&gt;
Also in this network since there are multiple possible paths, dynamic routing can be used to provide alternate&lt;br /&gt;
routing, if one router goes down.&lt;br /&gt;
IP Masquerading&lt;br /&gt;
IP Masquerading&lt;br /&gt;
IP masquerading is a form of network address translation (NAT) which allows internal computers with no known address&lt;br /&gt;
outside their network, to communicate to the outside. It allows one machine to act on behalf of other machines. It&#39;s similar to&lt;br /&gt;
someone buying stocks through a broker (without considering the monetary transaction). The person buying stocks, tells the&lt;br /&gt;
broker to buy the stocks, the broker gets the stocks and passes them to the person who made the purchase. The broker acts on&lt;br /&gt;
behalf of the stock purchaser as though he was the one buying the stock. No one who sold the stock knew or cared about&lt;br /&gt;
whether the broker was buying for himself or someone else.&lt;br /&gt;
Please DO NOT confuse routers with firewalls and the performance of IP masquerading. The commands that allow IP&lt;br /&gt;
masquerading are a simple form of a firewall, however routing is a completely different function, as described previously.&lt;br /&gt;
Setting a computer up to act as a router is completely different than setting up a computer to act as a firewall. Although the two&lt;br /&gt;
functions are similar in that the router or firewall will act as a communication mechanism between two networks or subnets,&lt;br /&gt;
the similarity ends there. A computer can be either a router or a firewall, but not both. If you set up a computer to act as both a&lt;br /&gt;
router and a firewall, you have defeated the purpose of your firewall!&lt;br /&gt;
If you refer to the diagram below, the machines on network 192.168.2.x will obtain services through gateway B using IP&lt;br /&gt;
masquerading, when gateway B is setup properly. What basically happens when IP masquerading is set up on gateway B is&lt;br /&gt;
described in the following example. If machine S6 tries to ping S2, its ping packages will be wrapped in a package for its&lt;br /&gt;
default gateway, gateway B, because S6 knows by its netmask that S2 in on another network. When gateway B receives the&lt;br /&gt;
packages from S6, it converts them to ping packages as though they were sent from itself and sends them to S2. As far as S2&lt;br /&gt;
can tell, gateway B has pinged it. S2 receives the packages and responds to gateway B. Gateway B then converts the packages&lt;br /&gt;
to be addressed to S6 and sends them. This is why it is called IP masquerading, since gateway B masquerades for machines S4,&lt;br /&gt;
S5, and S6. Machines S1 through S3 and gateway A cannot initiate any communication with S4 through S6. In fact they have&lt;br /&gt;
no way to know that those machines even exist!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
IP Masquerading&lt;br /&gt;
IP masquerading allows internal machines that don&#39;t have an officially assigned IP addresses to communicate to other networks&lt;br /&gt;
and especially the internet. In Linux, IP masquerading support is provided by the kernel. To get it to work you must do&lt;br /&gt;
essentially three things:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Be sure the kernel has support for IP masquerading.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Be sure modules needed for support are loaded into the kernel.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Set up the firewall rules.&lt;br /&gt;
For complete information on the setup of IP masquerading, see the following Linux how-tos:&lt;br /&gt;
q IPCHAINS-HOWTO&lt;br /&gt;
q Firewall-HOWTO&lt;br /&gt;
q IP-Masquerade-HOWTO&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the information in this section is based on these how-tos. This section summarizes and puts in simple steps some of&lt;br /&gt;
the items you will be required to perform to set up IP masquerading. It is not a replacement for the Linux how to documents,&lt;br /&gt;
but a complement to them by giving an overview of what must be done. You may access the howtos from one of the websites&lt;br /&gt;
listed in the Linux websites section. The Linux Documentation Project or Metalab&#39;s Index of Linux publications will have&lt;br /&gt;
copies if these howtos.&lt;br /&gt;
To set up IP masquerading in Linux you must first be sure your kernel supports IP masquerading with the following options set&lt;br /&gt;
(This is for a 2.2.x kernel or higher):&lt;br /&gt;
Prompt for development and/or incomplete code/drivers (CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL) [Y/n/?]- YES&lt;br /&gt;
Enable loadable module support (CONFIG_MODULES) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
Networking support (CONFIG_NET) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
Packet socket (CONFIG_PACKET) [Y/m/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
Kernel/User netlink socket (CONFIG_NETLINK) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
Routing messages (CONFIG_RTNETLINK) [Y/n/?] - NO&lt;br /&gt;
Network firewalls (CONFIG_FIREWALL) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
TCP/IP networking (CONFIG_INET) - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: advanced router (CONFIG_IP_ADVANCED_ROUTER) [Y/n/?] - NO&lt;br /&gt;
IP: verbose route monitoring (CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_VERBOSE) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: firewalling (CONFIG_IP_FIREWALL) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: firewall packet netlink device (CONFIG_IP_FIREWALL_NETLINK) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: always defragment (required for masquerading) (CONFIG_IP_ALWAYS_DEFRAG) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: masquerading (CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: ICMP masquerading (CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_ICMP) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: masquerading special modules support (CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_MOD) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: ipautofw masquerade support (EXPERIMENTAL) (CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_IPAUTOFW) [Y/n/?] - NO&lt;br /&gt;
IP: ipportfw masq support (EXPERIMENTAL) (CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_IPPORTFW) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: ip fwmark masq-forwarding support (EXPERIMENTAL) (CONFIG_IP_MASQUERADE_MFW) [Y/m/n/?] - NO&lt;br /&gt;
IP: optimize as router not host (CONFIG_IP_ROUTER) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
IP: GRE tunnels over IP (CONFIG_NET_IPGRE) [N/y/m/?] - NO&lt;br /&gt;
IP: TCP syncookie support (not enabled per default) (CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
Network device support (CONFIG_NETDEVICES) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
Dummy net driver support (CONFIG_DUMMY) [M/n/y/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
/proc filesystem support (CONFIG_PROC_FS) [Y/n/?] - YES&lt;br /&gt;
These are the kernel options you need for IP Masquerade. You will need to select other options for your specific hardware and&lt;br /&gt;
network setup. Read the IP masquerade and kernel howtos for more information. You may also want the section about how to&lt;br /&gt;
compile the Linux kernel on the Linux User&#39;s Guide in the Linux section of this documentation.&lt;br /&gt;
IP Masquerading&lt;br /&gt;
Create the following text and place it in a file &quot;/etc/rc.d/rc.firewall&quot;. This will load your needed modules into your kernel and&lt;br /&gt;
set up your basic firewall rules. If you copy the file from this page, be sure to remove carriage returns when you get it into&lt;br /&gt;
Linux or it may not work properly.&lt;br /&gt;
# rc.firewall - Initial SIMPLE IP Masquerade setup for 2.0.x kernels using IPFWADM&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Load all required IP MASQ modules&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# NOTE: Only load the IP MASQ modules you need. All current available IP MASQ&lt;br /&gt;
modules&lt;br /&gt;
# are shown below but are commented out from loading.&lt;br /&gt;
# Needed to initially load modules&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/depmod -a&lt;br /&gt;
# Supports the proper masquerading of FTP file transfers using the PORT method&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/modprobe ip_masq_ftp&lt;br /&gt;
# Supports the masquerading of RealAudio over UDP. Without this module,&lt;br /&gt;
# RealAudio WILL function but in TCP mode. This can cause a reduction&lt;br /&gt;
# in sound quality&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#/sbin/modprobe ip_masq_raudio&lt;br /&gt;
# Supports the masquerading of IRC DCC file transfers&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/modprobe ip_masq_irc&lt;br /&gt;
# Supports the masquerading of Quake and QuakeWorld by default. This modules is&lt;br /&gt;
# for for multiple users behind the Linux MASQ server. If you are going to play&lt;br /&gt;
# Quake I, II, and III, use the second example.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#Quake I / QuakeWorld (ports 26000 and 27000)&lt;br /&gt;
#/sbin/modprobe ip_masq_quake&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#Quake I/II/III / QuakeWorld (ports 26000, 27000, 27910, 27960)&lt;br /&gt;
# /sbin/modprobe ip_masq_quake ports=26000,27000,27910,27960&lt;br /&gt;
# Supports the masquerading of the CuSeeme video conferencing software&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#/sbin/modprobe ip_masq_cuseeme&lt;br /&gt;
#Supports the masquerading of the VDO-live video conferencing software&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#/sbin/modprobe ip_masq_vdolive&lt;br /&gt;
#CRITICAL: Enable IP forwarding since it is disabled by default since&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Redhat Users: you may try changing the options in /etc/sysconfig/network&lt;br /&gt;
from:&lt;br /&gt;
IP Masquerading&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# FORWARD_IPV4=false&lt;br /&gt;
# to&lt;br /&gt;
# FORWARD_IPV4=true&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
echo &quot;1&quot; &gt; /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;
# Dynamic IP users:&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# If you get your Internet IP address dynamically from SLIP, PPP, or DHCP, enable&lt;br /&gt;
this following&lt;br /&gt;
# option. This enables dynamic-ip address hacking in IP MASQ, making the life&lt;br /&gt;
# with DialD, PPPd, and similar programs much easier.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
echo &quot;1&quot; &gt; /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr&lt;br /&gt;
# MASQ timeouts&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# 2 hrs timeout for TCP session timeouts&lt;br /&gt;
# 10 sec timeout for traffic after the TCP/IP &quot;FIN&quot; packet is received&lt;br /&gt;
# 160 sec timeout for UDP traffic (Important for MASQ&#39;ed ICQ users)&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -M -S 7200 10 160&lt;br /&gt;
# DHCP: For people who receive their external IP address from either DHCP or BOOTP&lt;br /&gt;
# such as ADSL or Cablemodem users, it is necessary to use the following&lt;br /&gt;
# before the deny command. The &quot;bootp_client_net_if_name&quot; should be replaced&lt;br /&gt;
# the name of the link that the DHCP/BOOTP server will put an address on to?&lt;br /&gt;
# This will be something like &quot;eth0&quot;, &quot;eth1&quot;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# This example is currently commented out.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -A input -j ACCEPT -i eth1 -s 0/0 67 -d 0/0 68 -p udp&lt;br /&gt;
# Enable simple IP forwarding and Masquerading&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# NOTE: The following is an example for an internal LAN address in the 192.168.0.x&lt;br /&gt;
# network with a 255.255.255.0 or a &quot;24&quot; bit subnet mask.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Please change this network number and subnet mask to match your internal&lt;br /&gt;
LAN setup&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -P forward DENY&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -A forward -s 10.1.199.0/24 -j MASQ&lt;br /&gt;
Add the following line to the &quot;/etc/rc.d/rc.local&quot; file:&lt;br /&gt;
/etc/rc.d/rc.firewall&lt;br /&gt;
Of course the machines that you are configuring to be behind the machine providing the masquerading service should be&lt;br /&gt;
configured to use that as their gateway. In this case S4 through S6 should use gateway B as their default gateway.&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls are mainly used as a means to protect an organization&#39;s internal network from those on the outside (internet). It&lt;br /&gt;
is used to keep outsiders from gaining information to secrets or from doing damage to internal computer systems.&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls are also used to limit the access of individuals on the internal network to services on the internet along with&lt;br /&gt;
keeping track of what is done through the firewall. Please note the difference between firewalls and routers as described&lt;br /&gt;
in the second paragraph in the IP Masquerading section.&lt;br /&gt;
Types of Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
1. Packet Filtering - Blocks selected network packets.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Circuit Level Relay - SOCKS is an example of this type of firewall. This type of proxy is not aware of&lt;br /&gt;
applications but just cross links your connects to another outside connection. It can log activity, but not as&lt;br /&gt;
detailed as an application proxy. It only works with TCP connections, and doesn&#39;t provide for user authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Application Proxy Gateway - The users connect to the outside using the proxy. The proxy gets the information&lt;br /&gt;
and returns it to the user. The proxy can record everything that is done. This type of proxy may require a user&lt;br /&gt;
login to use it. Rules may be set to allow some functions of an application to be done and other functions denied.&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;get&quot; function may be allowed in the FTP application, but the &quot;put&quot; function may not.&lt;br /&gt;
Proxy Servers can be used to perform the following functions.&lt;br /&gt;
q Control outbound connections and data.&lt;br /&gt;
q Monitor outbound connections and data.&lt;br /&gt;
q Cache requested data which can increase system bandwidth performance and decrease the time it takes for other&lt;br /&gt;
users to read the same data.&lt;br /&gt;
Application proxy servers can perform the following additional functions:&lt;br /&gt;
q Provide for user authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
q Allow and deny application specific functions.&lt;br /&gt;
q Apply stronger authentication mechanisms to some applications.&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
Packet Filtering Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
In a packet filtering firewall, data is forwarded based on a set of firewall rules. This firewall works at the network level.&lt;br /&gt;
Packets are filtered by type, source address, destination address, and port information. These rules are similar to the&lt;br /&gt;
routing rules explained in an earlier section and may be thought of as a set of instructions similar to a case statement or if&lt;br /&gt;
statement. This type of firewall is fast, but cannot allow access to a particular user since there is no way to identify the&lt;br /&gt;
user except by using the IP address of the user&#39;s computer, which may be an unreliable method. Also the user does not&lt;br /&gt;
need to configure any software to use a packet filtering firewall such as setting a web browser to use a proxy for access&lt;br /&gt;
to the web. The user may be unaware of the firewall. This means the firewall is transparent to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
Circuit Level Relay Firewall&lt;br /&gt;
A circuit level relay firewall is also transparent to the client. It listens on a port such as port 80 for http requests and&lt;br /&gt;
redirect the request to a proxy server running on the machine. Basically, the redirect function is set up using ipchains&lt;br /&gt;
then the proxy will filter the package at the port that received the redirect.&lt;br /&gt;
Configuring a Proxy Server&lt;br /&gt;
The following packages are available in Linux:&lt;br /&gt;
q Ipchains soon to be replaced by netfilter (Packet filtering supported by the Linux kernel). It comes with Linux and&lt;br /&gt;
is used to modify the kernel packet routing tables.&lt;br /&gt;
q SOCKS - Circuit Switching firewall. Normally doesn&#39;t come with Linux, but is free.&lt;br /&gt;
q Squid - A circuit switching proxy. Normally comes with Linux.&lt;br /&gt;
q Juniper Firewall Toolkit - A firewall toolkit product used to build a firewall. It uses transparent filtering, and is&lt;br /&gt;
circuit switching. It is available as open source.&lt;br /&gt;
q The TIS Firewall Toolkit (FWTK). A toolkit that comes with application level proxies. The applications include&lt;br /&gt;
Telnet, Rlogin, SMTP mail, FTP, http, and X windows. it can also perform as a transparent proxy for other&lt;br /&gt;
services.&lt;br /&gt;
Ipchains and Linux Packet filtering&lt;br /&gt;
For complete information on the use of IP chains and setting up a firewall, see the following Linux how-tos:&lt;br /&gt;
q IPCHAINS-HOWTO&lt;br /&gt;
q Firewall-HOWTO&lt;br /&gt;
q IP-Masquerade-HOWTO&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the information in this section is based on these how-tos. This section summarizes and puts in simple steps&lt;br /&gt;
some of the items you will be required to perform to set up a firewall. It is not meant as a replacement for the Linux how&lt;br /&gt;
to documents, but a complement to them by giving an overview of what must be done. You may access the howtos from&lt;br /&gt;
one of the websites listed in the Linux websites section. The Linux Documentation Project or Metalab&#39;s Index of Linux&lt;br /&gt;
publications will have copies if these howtos.&lt;br /&gt;
The administration of data packet management is controlled by the kernel. Therefore to provide support for things like IP&lt;br /&gt;
masquerading, packet forwarding, and port redirects, the support must be compiled into the kernel. The kernel contains a&lt;br /&gt;
series of tables that each contain 0 or more rules. Each table is called a chain. A chain is a sequence of rules. Each rule&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
contains two items.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Characteristics - Characteristics such as source address, destination address, protocol type (UDP, TCP, ICMP),&lt;br /&gt;
and port numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Instructions - Instructions are carried out if the rule characteristics match the data packet.&lt;br /&gt;
The kernel filters each data packet for a specific chain. For instance when a data packet is received, the &quot;input&quot; chain&lt;br /&gt;
rules are checked to determine the acceptance policy for the data packet. The rules are checked starting with the first rule&lt;br /&gt;
(rule 1). If the rule characteristics match the data packet, the associated rule instruction is carried out. If they don&#39;t match,&lt;br /&gt;
the next rule is checked. The rules are sequentially checked, and if the end of the chain is reached, the default policy for&lt;br /&gt;
the chain is returned.&lt;br /&gt;
Chains are specified by name. There are three chains that are available and can&#39;t be deleted. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Input - Regulates acceptance of incoming data packets.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Forward - Defines permissions to forward packets that have another host as a destination.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Output - Permissions for sending packets.&lt;br /&gt;
Each rule has a branch name or policy. Policies are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
q ACCEPT - Accept the data packet.&lt;br /&gt;
q REJECT - Drop and the packet but send a ICMP message indicating the packet was refused.&lt;br /&gt;
q DENY - Drop and ignore the packet.&lt;br /&gt;
q REDIRECT - Redirect to a local socket with input rules only even if the packet is for a remote host. This applies&lt;br /&gt;
to TCP or UDP packets.&lt;br /&gt;
q MASQ - Sets up IP masquerading. Works on TCP or UDP packets.&lt;br /&gt;
q RETURN - The next rule in the previous calling chain is examined.&lt;br /&gt;
You can create more chains then add rules to them. The commands used to modify chains are as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
q -N Create a new chain&lt;br /&gt;
q -X Delete an empty chain&lt;br /&gt;
q -L List the rules in the chain&lt;br /&gt;
q -P Change the policy for a chain&lt;br /&gt;
q -F Flush=Delete all the rules in a chain&lt;br /&gt;
q -Z Zero the packet and byte counters in all chains&lt;br /&gt;
Commands to manipulate rules inside the chain are:&lt;br /&gt;
q -A Append a new rule to a chain.&lt;br /&gt;
q -I Insert a new rule at some position in a chain.&lt;br /&gt;
q -R Replace a rule at some position in a chain.&lt;br /&gt;
q -D Delete a rule at some position in a chain.&lt;br /&gt;
q Options for masquerading:&lt;br /&gt;
r -M with -L to list the currently masqueraded connection.&lt;br /&gt;
r -M with -S to set the masquerading timeout values.&lt;br /&gt;
IPchains Options for setting rule specifications:&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
q -s Source&lt;br /&gt;
q -d Destination&lt;br /&gt;
q -p Protocol=tcp, upd, icmp, all or a name from /etc/protocols&lt;br /&gt;
q -j Jump target, Specifies the target of the rule. The target can be a user defined chain, but not the one this rule is&lt;br /&gt;
in.&lt;br /&gt;
q -i Interface=Name of the interface the packet is received on or the interface where the packet will be sent&lt;br /&gt;
q -t Mask used to modify the type of service (TOS) field in the IP header. This option is followed by two values, the&lt;br /&gt;
first one is and&#39;ed with the TOS field, and the second is exclusive or&#39;ed. The masks are eight bit hexadecimal&lt;br /&gt;
values. An example of use is &quot;ipchains -A output -p tcp -d 0.0.0.0/0 telnet -t 0x01 0x10&quot; These bits are used to set&lt;br /&gt;
priority. See the section on IP message formats.&lt;br /&gt;
q -f Fragment&lt;br /&gt;
When making changes to firewall rules, it is a good idea to deny all packages prior to making changes with the following&lt;br /&gt;
three commands:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -I input 1 -j DENY&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -I output 1 -j DENY&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -I forward 1 -j DENY&lt;br /&gt;
These commands inserts a rule at location 1 that denies all packages for input, output, or forwarding. This is done so no&lt;br /&gt;
unauthorized packets are not let through while doing the changes. When your changes have been completed, you need to&lt;br /&gt;
remove the rules at position 1 with the following commands:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -D input 1&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -D output 1&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -D forward 1&lt;br /&gt;
Examples of the use of ipchains to allow various services&lt;br /&gt;
Create a new chain:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -N chainame&lt;br /&gt;
The option &quot;-N&quot; creates the chain.&lt;br /&gt;
Add the chain to the input chain:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A input -j chainame&lt;br /&gt;
Allow connections to outside http servers from inside our network:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A chainame -s 10.1.0.0/16 1024: -d 0.0.0.0/0 www -j ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-A chainame&quot; adds a rule to the chain called &quot;chainame&quot;. The &quot;-s 10.1.0.0/16 1024:&quot; specifies any traffic on&lt;br /&gt;
network 10.1.0.0 at port 1024 or above. The &quot;-d 0.0.0.0/0 www&quot; specifies any destination for www service (in the&lt;br /&gt;
/etc/services file) and the &quot;-j ACCEPT&quot; sets the rule to accept the traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
Allow connections from the internet to connect with your http server:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A chainame -s 0.0.0.0/0 www -d 10.1.1.36 1024: -j ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-A chainame&quot; adds a rule to the chain called &quot;chainame&quot;. The &quot;-s 0.0.0.0/0 www&quot; specifies traffic from any source&lt;br /&gt;
for www service. The &quot;-d 10.1.1.36 1024:&quot; specifies the http server at IP address 10.1.1.36 at ports above 1024 and the &quot;-&lt;br /&gt;
j ACCEPT&quot; sets the rule to accept the traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
Allow DNS to go through the firewall:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A chainame -p UDP -s 0/0 dns -d 10.1.0.0/16 -j ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-A chainame&quot; adds a rule to the chain called &quot;chainame&quot;. The &quot;-p UDP&quot; specifies UDP protocol. The &quot;-s 0/0 dns&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
specifies any dns traffic from any location. The &quot;-d 10.1.0.0/16&quot; specifies our network and the &quot;-j ACCEPT&quot; sets the rule&lt;br /&gt;
to accept the traffic. This allows DNS queries from computers inside our network to be received.&lt;br /&gt;
Allow e-mail to go from our internal mail server to mailservers outside the network.&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A chainame -s 10.1.1.24 -d 0/0 smtp -j ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-A chainame&quot; adds a rule to the chain called &quot;chainame&quot;. The &quot;-s 10.1.1.24&quot; specifies any traffic from 10.1.1.24 IP&lt;br /&gt;
address. The &quot;-d 0/0 smtp&quot; specifies any smtp type of service going anywhere and the &quot;-j ACCEPT&quot; sets the rule to&lt;br /&gt;
accept the traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
Allow e-mail to come from any location to our mail server:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A chainame -s 0/0 smtp -d 10.1.1.24 smtp -j ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-A chainame&quot; adds a rule to the chain called &quot;chainame&quot;. The &quot;-s 0/0 smtp&quot; specifies mail traffic from anywhere.&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-d 10.1.1.24 smtp&quot; specifies mail traffic going to our mail server and the &quot;-j ACCEPT&quot; sets the rule to accept the&lt;br /&gt;
traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
Perform a HTTP port redirect for a transparent proxy server:&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A input -p tcp -s 10.1.0.0/16 -d 0/0 80 -j REDIRECT 8080&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;-A input&quot; adds a rule to the input chain. The &quot;-p tcp&quot; specifies the protocol TCP. The &quot;-s 10.1.0.0/16&quot; specifies the&lt;br /&gt;
source as a network with netmask 255.255.0.0. The &quot;-d 0/0&quot; specifies a destination of anywhere. The number 80 is the&lt;br /&gt;
HTTP port number, and the command &quot;-j REDIRECT 8080&quot; redirects the traffic to port 8080.&lt;br /&gt;
Give telnet transmissions a higher priority&lt;br /&gt;
ipchains -A output -p tcp -d 0.0.0.0/0 telnet -t 0x01 0x10&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
The bits at the end of the line specified in hexadecimal format are used to set the priority of the IP message on the&lt;br /&gt;
network. The first value is and&#39;ed with the TOS field in the IP message header, and the second value is exclusive or&#39;ed.&lt;br /&gt;
See the section on IP message formats for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
Firewalls&lt;br /&gt;
Using ipchains-save and ipchains-restore to make rules permanent&lt;br /&gt;
When you are done setting your ipchains rules, use the following procedure while logged on as root to make them&lt;br /&gt;
permanent:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Type the command &quot;ipchains-save &gt; /etc/iprules.save&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Create the following script named &quot;packetfw&quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
#! /bin/sh&lt;br /&gt;
# Packet filtering firewall script to be used turn the firewall on or off&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
if [ -f /etc/iprules.save ]&lt;br /&gt;
then&lt;br /&gt;
case &quot;$1&quot; in&lt;br /&gt;
start)&lt;br /&gt;
echo -n &quot;Turning on packet filtering firewall:&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains-restore &lt; /etc/iprules.save
echo 1 &gt; /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;
echo &quot;.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;;&lt;br /&gt;
stop)&lt;br /&gt;
echo -n &quot;Turning off packet filtering:&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
echo 0 &gt; /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -X&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -F&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -P input ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -P output ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
/sbin/ipchains -P forward ACCEPT&lt;br /&gt;
echo &quot;.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
;;&lt;br /&gt;
*)&lt;br /&gt;
echo &quot;Usage: /etc/init.d/packetfw {start|stop}&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
exit 1&lt;br /&gt;
;;&lt;br /&gt;
esac&lt;br /&gt;
exit 0&lt;br /&gt;
else&lt;br /&gt;
echo the /etc/iprules.save file does not exist.&lt;br /&gt;
exit 1&lt;br /&gt;
fi&lt;br /&gt;
3. Save the file in the /etc/rc.d/init.d directory.&lt;br /&gt;
4. In the /etc/rc.d/rc3.d and the /etc/rc.d/rc5.d directories make a symbolic link called S07packetfw to the&lt;br /&gt;
/etc/rc.d/init.d/packetfw file with the command &quot;ln -s /etc/rc.d/rc3/S07packetfw /etc/rc.d/init.d/packetfw&quot;. This&lt;br /&gt;
applies to runlevel 3. Do the same for the runlevel 5 initialization directory. Note: You may need to use a different&lt;br /&gt;
number than the &quot;S07&quot; string to number your link file. Look in your /etc/rc.d/rc3.d and /etc/rc.d/rc5.d directories&lt;br /&gt;
to determine what number is available to give this file. Try to give it a number just below your network number&lt;br /&gt;
file. On my system the S10network file is used to start my network.&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
Host Names&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service (DNS) is the service used to convert human readable names of hosts to IP addresses. Host names are&lt;br /&gt;
not case sensitive and can contain alphabetic or numeric letters or the hyphen. Avoid the underscore. A fully qualified domain&lt;br /&gt;
name (FQDN) consists of the host name plus domain name as in the following example:&lt;br /&gt;
computername.domain.com&lt;br /&gt;
The part of the system sending the queries is called the resolver and is the client side of the configuration. The nameserver&lt;br /&gt;
answers the queries. Read RFCs 1034 and 1035. These contain the bulk of the DNS information and are superceded by RFCs&lt;br /&gt;
1535-1537. Naming is in RFC 1591. The main function of DNS is the mapping of IP addresses to human readable names.&lt;br /&gt;
Three main components of DNS&lt;br /&gt;
1. resolver&lt;br /&gt;
2. name server&lt;br /&gt;
3. database of resource records(RRs)&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name System&lt;br /&gt;
The Domain Name System (DNS) is basically a large database which resides on various computers and it contains the names&lt;br /&gt;
and IP addresses of various hosts on the internet and various domains. The Domain Name System is used to provide&lt;br /&gt;
information to the Domain Name Service to use when queries are made. The service is the act of querying the database, and&lt;br /&gt;
the system is the data structure and data itself. The Domain Name System is similar to a file system in Unix or DOS starting&lt;br /&gt;
with a root. Branches attach to the root to create a huge set of paths. Each branch in the DNS is called a label. Each label can&lt;br /&gt;
be 63 characters long, but most are less. Each text word between the dots can be 63 characters in length, with the total domain&lt;br /&gt;
name (all the labels) limited to 255 bytes in overall length. The domain name system database is divided into sections called&lt;br /&gt;
zones. The name servers in their respective zones are responsible for answering queries for their zones. A zone is a subtree of&lt;br /&gt;
DNS and is administered separately. There are multiple name servers for a zone. There is usually one primary nameserver and&lt;br /&gt;
one or more secondary name servers. A name server may be authoritative for more than one zone.&lt;br /&gt;
DNS names are assigned through the Internet Registries by the Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA). The domain&lt;br /&gt;
name is a name assigned to an internet domain. For example, mycollege.edu represents the domain name of an educational&lt;br /&gt;
institution. The names microsoft.com and 3Com.com represent the domain names at those commercial companies. Naming&lt;br /&gt;
hosts within the domain is up to individuals administer their domain.&lt;br /&gt;
Access to the Domain name database is through a resolver which may be a program or part of an operating system that resides&lt;br /&gt;
on users workstations. In Unix the resolver is accessed by using the library functions &quot;gethostbyname&quot; and &quot;gethostbyaddr&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
The resolver will send requests to the name servers to return information requested by the user. The requesting computer tries&lt;br /&gt;
to connect to the name server using its IP address rather than the name.&lt;br /&gt;
Structure and message format&lt;br /&gt;
The drawing below shows a partial DNS hierarchy. At the top is what is called the root and it is the start of all other branches&lt;br /&gt;
in the DNS tree. It is designated with a period. Each branch moves down from level to level. When referring to DNS&lt;br /&gt;
addresses, they are referred to from the bottom up with the root designator (period) at the far right. Example:&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;myhost.mycompany.com.&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
DNS is hierarchical in structure. A domain is a subtree of the domain name space. From the root, the assigned top-level&lt;br /&gt;
domains in the U.S. are:&lt;br /&gt;
q GOV - Government body.&lt;br /&gt;
q EDU - Educational body.&lt;br /&gt;
q INT - International organization&lt;br /&gt;
q NET - Networks&lt;br /&gt;
q COM - Commercial entity.&lt;br /&gt;
q MIL - U. S. Military.&lt;br /&gt;
q ORG - Any other organization not previously listed.&lt;br /&gt;
Outside this list are top level domains for various countries.&lt;br /&gt;
Each node on the domain name system is separated by a &quot;.&quot;. Example: &quot;mymachine.mycompany.com.&quot;. Note that any name&lt;br /&gt;
ending in a &quot;.&quot; is an absolute domain name since it goes back to root.&lt;br /&gt;
DNS Message format:&lt;br /&gt;
Bits&lt;br /&gt;
Name&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
0-15&lt;br /&gt;
Identification&lt;br /&gt;
Used to match responses to requests. Set by client and returned by server.&lt;br /&gt;
Tells if query or response, type of query, if authoritative answer, if truncated,&lt;br /&gt;
16-31&lt;br /&gt;
Flags&lt;br /&gt;
if recursion desired, and if recursion is available.&lt;br /&gt;
32-47&lt;br /&gt;
Number of questions&lt;br /&gt;
48-63&lt;br /&gt;
Number of answer RRs&lt;br /&gt;
64-79&lt;br /&gt;
Number of authority RRs&lt;br /&gt;
80-95&lt;br /&gt;
Number of additional RRs&lt;br /&gt;
96-??&lt;br /&gt;
Questions - variable lengths&lt;br /&gt;
There can be variable numbers of questions sent.&lt;br /&gt;
??-??&lt;br /&gt;
Answers - variable lengths&lt;br /&gt;
Answers are variable numbers of resource records.&lt;br /&gt;
??-??&lt;br /&gt;
Authority - variable lengths&lt;br /&gt;
??-?? Additional Information - variable lengths&lt;br /&gt;
Question format includes query name, query type and query class. The query name is the name being looked up. The query&lt;br /&gt;
class is normally 1 for internet address. The query types are listed in the table below. They include NS, CNAME, A, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
The answers, authority and additional information are in resource record (RR) format which contains the following.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Domain name&lt;br /&gt;
2. Type - One of the RR codes listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Class - Normally indicates internet data which is a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Time to live field - The number of seconds the RR is saved by the client.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Resource data length specifies the amount of data. The data is dependent on its type such as CNAME, A, NS or others&lt;br /&gt;
as shown in the table below. If the type is &quot;A&quot; the data is a 4 byte IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
The table below shows resource record types:&lt;br /&gt;
Type&lt;br /&gt;
RR value&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
A&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
Host&#39;s IP address&lt;br /&gt;
NS&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
Host&#39;s or domain&#39;s name server(s)&lt;br /&gt;
CNAME&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
Host&#39;s canonical name, host identified by an alias domain name&lt;br /&gt;
PTR&lt;br /&gt;
12&lt;br /&gt;
Host&#39;s domain name, host identified by its IP address&lt;br /&gt;
HINFO&lt;br /&gt;
13&lt;br /&gt;
Host information&lt;br /&gt;
MX&lt;br /&gt;
15&lt;br /&gt;
Host&#39;s or domain&#39;s mail exchanger&lt;br /&gt;
AXFR&lt;br /&gt;
252&lt;br /&gt;
Request for zone transfer&lt;br /&gt;
ANY&lt;br /&gt;
255&lt;br /&gt;
Request for all records&lt;br /&gt;
Usage and file formats&lt;br /&gt;
If a domain name is not found when a query is made, the server may search for the name elsewhere and return the information&lt;br /&gt;
to the requesting workstation, or return the address of a name server that the workstation can query to get more information.&lt;br /&gt;
There are special servers on the Internet that provide guidance to all name servers. These are known as root name servers.&lt;br /&gt;
They do not contain all information about every host on the Internet, but they do provide direction as to where domains are&lt;br /&gt;
located (the IP address of the name server for the uppermost domain a server is requesting). The root name server is the&lt;br /&gt;
starting point to find any domain on the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
Name Server Types&lt;br /&gt;
There are three types of name servers:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The primary master builds its database from files that were preconfigured on its hosts, called zone or database files.&lt;br /&gt;
The name server reads these files and builds a database for the zone it is authoritative for.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Secondary masters can provide information to resolvers just like the primary masters, but they get their information&lt;br /&gt;
from the primary. Any updates to the database are provided by the primary.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Caching name server - It gets all its answers to queries from other name servers and saves (caches) the answers. It is a&lt;br /&gt;
non-authoritative server.&lt;br /&gt;
The caching only name server generates no zone transfer traffic. A DNS Server that can communicate outside of the private&lt;br /&gt;
network to resolve a DNS name query is referred to as forwarder.&lt;br /&gt;
DNS Query Types&lt;br /&gt;
There are two types of queries issued:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Recursive queries received by a server forces that server to find the information requested or post a message back to&lt;br /&gt;
the querier that the information cannot be found.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Iterative queries allow the server to search for the information and pass back the best information it knows about. This&lt;br /&gt;
is the type that is used between servers. Clients used the recursive query.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Reverse - The client provides the IP address and asks for the name. In other queries the name is provided, and the IP&lt;br /&gt;
address is returned to the client. Reverse lookup entries for a network 192.168.100.0 is &quot;100.168.192.in-addr arpa&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
Generally (but not always), a server-to-server query is iterative and a client-resolver-to-server query is recursive. You should&lt;br /&gt;
also note that a server can be queried or it can be the person placing a query. Therefore, a server contains both the server and&lt;br /&gt;
client functions. A server can transmit either type of query. If it is handed a recursive query from a remote source, it must&lt;br /&gt;
transmit other queries to find the specified name, or send a message back to the originator of the query that the name could not&lt;br /&gt;
be found.&lt;br /&gt;
DNS Transport protocol&lt;br /&gt;
DNS resolvers first attempt to use UDP for transport, then use TCP if UDP fails.&lt;br /&gt;
The DNS Database&lt;br /&gt;
A database is made up of records and the DNS is a database. Therefore, common resource record types in the DNS database&lt;br /&gt;
are:&lt;br /&gt;
q A - Host&#39;s IP address. Address record allowing a computer name to be translated into an IP address. Each computer&lt;br /&gt;
must have this record for its IP address to be located. These names are not assigned for clients that have dynamically&lt;br /&gt;
assigned IP addresses, but are a must for locating servers with static IP addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
q PTR - Host’s domain name, host identified by its IP address&lt;br /&gt;
q CNAME - Host’s canonical name allows additional names or aliases to be used to locate a computer.&lt;br /&gt;
q MX - Host’s or domain’s mail exchanger.&lt;br /&gt;
q NS - Host’s or domain’s name server(s).&lt;br /&gt;
q SOA - Indicates authority for the domain&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
q TXT - Generic text record&lt;br /&gt;
q SRV - Service location record&lt;br /&gt;
q RP - Responsible person&lt;br /&gt;
q HINFO - Host information record with CPU type and operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
When a resolver requests information from the server, the DNS query message indicates one of the preceding types.&lt;br /&gt;
DNS Files&lt;br /&gt;
q CACHE.DNS - The DNS Cache file. This file is used to resolve internet DNS queries. On Windows systems, it is&lt;br /&gt;
located in the WINNTROOT\system32\DNS directory and is used to configure a DNS server to use a DNS server on&lt;br /&gt;
the internet to resolve names not in the local domain.&lt;br /&gt;
Example Files&lt;br /&gt;
Below is a partial explanation of some records in the database on a Linux based system. The reader should view this&lt;br /&gt;
information because it explains some important DNS settings that are common to all DNS servers. An example&lt;br /&gt;
/var/named/db.mycompany.com.hosts file is listed below.&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN SOA mymachine.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
root.mymachine.mycompany.com. (&lt;br /&gt;
1999112701 ; Serial number as date and two digit number&lt;br /&gt;
YYMMDDXX&lt;br /&gt;
10800 ; Refresh in seconds 28800=8H&lt;br /&gt;
3600 ; Retry in seconds 7200=2H&lt;br /&gt;
604800 ; Expire 3600000=1 week&lt;br /&gt;
86400 ) ; Minimum TTL 86400=24Hours&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN NS mymachine.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN MX 10&lt;br /&gt;
mailmachine.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
mymachine.mycompany.com. IN A 10.1.0.100&lt;br /&gt;
mailmachine.mycompany.com. IN A 10.1.0.4&lt;br /&gt;
george.mycompany.com. IN A 10.1.3.16&lt;br /&gt;
A Line by line description is as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The entries on this line are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. mycompany.com. - Indicates this server is for the domain mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
2. IN - Indicates Internet Name.&lt;br /&gt;
3. SOA - Indicates this server is the authority for its domain, mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
4. mymachine.mycompany.com. - The primary nameserver for this domain.&lt;br /&gt;
5. root.mymachine.mycompany.com. - The person to contact for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
The lines in the parenthesis, listed below, are for the secondary nameserver(s) which run as slave(s) to this one (since it&lt;br /&gt;
is the master).&lt;br /&gt;
2. 1999112701 - Serial number - If less than master&#39;s SN, the slave will get a new copy of this file from the master.&lt;br /&gt;
3. 10800 - Refresh - The time in seconds between when the slave compares this file&#39;s SN with the master.&lt;br /&gt;
4. 3600 - Retry - The time the server should wait before asking again if the master fails to respond to a file update (SOA&lt;br /&gt;
request).&lt;br /&gt;
5. 604800 - Expire - Time in seconds the slave server can respond even though it cannot get an updated zone file.&lt;br /&gt;
6. 86400 - TTL - The time to live (TTL) in seconds that a resolver will use data received from a nameserver before it will&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
ask for the same data again.&lt;br /&gt;
7. This line is the nameserver resource record. There may be several of these if there are slave name servers.&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN NS mymachine.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
Add any slave server entries below this like:&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN NS ournamesv1.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN NS ournamesv2.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN NS ournamesv3.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
8. This line indicates the mailserver record.&lt;br /&gt;
mycompany.com. IN MX 10&lt;br /&gt;
mailmachine.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
There can be several mailservers. The numeric value on the line indicates the preference or precedence for the use of&lt;br /&gt;
that mail server. A lower number indicates a higher preference. The range of values is from 0 to 65535. To enter more&lt;br /&gt;
mailservers, enter a new line for each one similar to the nameserver entries above, but be sure to set the preferences&lt;br /&gt;
value correctly, at different values for each mailserver.&lt;br /&gt;
9. The rest of the lines are the name to IP mappings for the machines in the organization. Note that the nameserver and&lt;br /&gt;
mailserver are listed here with IP addresses along with any other server machines required for your network.&lt;br /&gt;
mymachine.mycompany.com. IN A 10.1.0.100&lt;br /&gt;
mailmachine.mycompany.com. IN A 10.1.0.4&lt;br /&gt;
george.mycompany.com. IN A 10.1.3.16&lt;br /&gt;
Domain names written with a dot on the end are absolute names which specify a domain name exactly as it exists in the DNS&lt;br /&gt;
hierarchy from the root. Names not ending with a dot may be a subdomain to some other domain.&lt;br /&gt;
Aliases are specified in lines like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
mymachine.mycompany.com IN CNAME nameserver.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
george.mycompany.com IN CNAME dataserver.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
Linux1.mycompany.com IN CNAME engserver.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
Linux2.mycompany.com IN CNAME mailserver.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
When a client (resolver) sends a request, if the nameserver finds a CNAME record, it replaces the requested name with the&lt;br /&gt;
CNAME, then finds the address of the CNAME value, and return this value to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
A host that has more than one network card which is set to address two different subnets can have more than one address for a&lt;br /&gt;
name.&lt;br /&gt;
mymachine.mycompany.com IN A 10.1.0.100&lt;br /&gt;
IN A 10.1.1.100&lt;br /&gt;
When a client queries the nameserver for the address of a multi homed host, the nameserver will return the address that is&lt;br /&gt;
closest to the client address. If the client is on a different network than both the subnet addresses of the multi homed host, the&lt;br /&gt;
server will return both addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
Domain Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on practical application of DNS, read the DNS section of the Linux User&#39;s Guide.&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Private Networking&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Private Networking&lt;br /&gt;
If you&#39;ve understood most of this document so far, the principles of Virtual private networking (VPN) will be&lt;br /&gt;
easy to understand. The most confusing part of VPN is that many acronyms show up. This is partly because VPN&lt;br /&gt;
requires data encryption to be &quot;private&quot; and there are many encryption techniques and terms. Also there are many&lt;br /&gt;
complicated security issues relating to VPN concerning encryption and user authentication. This section will first&lt;br /&gt;
explain the concept and methodology behind VPN, then explain some of the acronyms. I can&#39;t explain them all,&lt;br /&gt;
there will be more tomorrow.&lt;br /&gt;
Purpose of VPN&lt;br /&gt;
The function of VPN is to allow two computers or networks to talk to each other over a transport media that is not&lt;br /&gt;
secure. To do this VPN uses a computer at each of the two or more points on the various ends of the transport&lt;br /&gt;
media such as the internet. Each point at the end of the transport media (internet) is called a point of presence&lt;br /&gt;
(POP). In this example, the transport media is the internet. In the example below our company &quot;Boats and More,&lt;br /&gt;
Inc.&quot; has four offices. One in Boston, St Petersburg, Seattle, and San Diego. The owner wants a networking setup&lt;br /&gt;
so he can access any of the 4 network locations at any time through the internet. He wants his data secure since&lt;br /&gt;
some of it is confidential. His offices are set up on networks 10.1.x.x, 10.2.x.x, 10.3.x.x, and 10.4.x.x. Each of the&lt;br /&gt;
four networks, when they need to send a data packet to one of the other networks, will route its data packet to its&lt;br /&gt;
respective router, A, B, C, or D. For example if a computer on the 10.1.x.x network in Boston needs to send a&lt;br /&gt;
packet to a computer with address 10.3.6.1 on the network in San Diego at 10.3.x.x, it will send its packet to its&lt;br /&gt;
router, A. Since the network number, 10.x.x.x, is reserved for private use, the packet can&#39;t be sent going from&lt;br /&gt;
computer A with 10.3.6.1 as its intended address. This is because the routers on the internet will not recognize&lt;br /&gt;
this address as a valid destination. IP masquerading won&#39;t solve this problem since the computer on the other end&lt;br /&gt;
would have no way of knowing that a packet that it didn&#39;t send was a masqueraded packet. Tunneling is the&lt;br /&gt;
technique used to solve this problem.&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Private Networking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tunneling means that the complete IP packet to be sent from Boston to San Diego must be encapsulated into&lt;br /&gt;
another IP packet. This new packet will have a legal internet IP address. Therefore, machine A will take the&lt;br /&gt;
packet it needs to route (already has destination address 10.3.6.1) and roughly the following will happen:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Machine A will extract the IP packet.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Machine A will encrypt the packet.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Machine A will wrap the original IP packet in a new IP packet with destination address 201.47.98.101,&lt;br /&gt;
which is machine C&#39;s true internet address.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Machine A will wrap the new IP packet in an ethernet packet and send it to the network.&lt;br /&gt;
5. The packet will be routed through the internet until it reaches machine C.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Machine C will extract the outer IP packet.&lt;br /&gt;
7. Machine C will determine that the IP packet contains another IP packet and extract it.&lt;br /&gt;
8. Machine C will decrypt the packet.&lt;br /&gt;
9. Machine C will examine the destination address of the inner IP packet, wrap it in an ethernet packet with&lt;br /&gt;
the correct ethernet address, and send it to the internal network on its port 10.3.1.1.&lt;br /&gt;
This description is simplistic, but it is essentially what happens. This did not account for authentication and being&lt;br /&gt;
sure machine C had the authority or ability to decrypt the packet. Therefore VPN can be examined in two main&lt;br /&gt;
functional areas which are the tunneling mechanism and the security mechanisms.&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Private Networking&lt;br /&gt;
VPN tunneling Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
The list below describes the tunneling protocols which may be used for VPN.&lt;br /&gt;
q L2F - Layer2 Forwarding, works at the link layer of the OSI model. It has no encryption. Being replaced&lt;br /&gt;
by L2TP.&lt;br /&gt;
q PPTP - Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (RFC 2637) works at the link layer. No encryption or key&lt;br /&gt;
management included in specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
q L2TP - Layer2 Tunneling Protocol. (RFC 2661) Combines features of L2F and PPTP and works at the link&lt;br /&gt;
layer. No encryption or key management included in specifications.&lt;br /&gt;
q IPSec - Internet protocol security, developed by IETF, implemented at layer 3. it is a collection of security&lt;br /&gt;
measures that address data privacy, integrity, authentication, and key management, in addition to&lt;br /&gt;
tunneling. Does not cover key management.&lt;br /&gt;
q Socks - handled at the application layer&lt;br /&gt;
VPN Security&lt;br /&gt;
In addition ot tunneling, VPN needs to provide for authentification, confidentiality, data integrity and key&lt;br /&gt;
management. This is important if you need to keep your data going across the transmission media, secret. The&lt;br /&gt;
capability of sending the data is easy, but the security measures necessary make VPN a much more complex&lt;br /&gt;
subject. Security functions that must be covered are:&lt;br /&gt;
q Authentification - Making sure the data is from where it is supposed to be from.&lt;br /&gt;
q Confidentiality - Keeping any third parties from reading or understanding the data.&lt;br /&gt;
q Data integrity - Being sure the data received was not changed by a third party and that it is correct.&lt;br /&gt;
q Access control - Keeping third parties without authorization from getting access to your data or network.&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially the part of the system that must make the data secure, must encrypt the data and provide a method to&lt;br /&gt;
decrypt the data. There are many different encryption formulas, but typically handling of decryption is usually&lt;br /&gt;
done by providing a &quot;key&quot; to the party that must decrypt the data. Keys are secrets shared between two parties,&lt;br /&gt;
that allow one party to pass encrypted information from one to the other without third parties being able to read it.&lt;br /&gt;
It is similar to a house or car key that allows only members of your family to enter the house or use the car. Keys&lt;br /&gt;
are a digital code that will allow the second party to decrypt the data. The digital code must be long enough to&lt;br /&gt;
keep any third parties from being able to break the code by guessing. Key management can be a complex subject&lt;br /&gt;
since there are many ways to implement it, but it needs to be secure so no third party gets, intercepts, or guesses&lt;br /&gt;
the key.&lt;br /&gt;
There are many different protocols used to support each of the above functions. Each have various advantages&lt;br /&gt;
and disadvantages including the fact that some are more secure than others. If you are going to use VPN as a data&lt;br /&gt;
exchange method, and you want secure data, you or someone on your staff had better know what they&#39;re doing&lt;br /&gt;
(Knowledge of the strengths and weaknesses of the protocols and how to implement them properly), or sooner or&lt;br /&gt;
later, you may get burned.&lt;br /&gt;
Managing user access rights and Key Management or Authentification&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Private Networking&lt;br /&gt;
Systems&lt;br /&gt;
Two key management protocols are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. RADIUS - Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service is used for dial in clients to connect to other&lt;br /&gt;
computers or a network. It provides authentication and accounting when using PPTP or L2TP tunneling.&lt;br /&gt;
2. ISAKMP/Oakley - Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol Authentication uses one&lt;br /&gt;
of the following three attributes to authenticate users.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Something you have such as a key.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Something you know such as a secret.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Something you are such as your fingerprint.&lt;br /&gt;
More than one means of authentification is recommended for stronger security.&lt;br /&gt;
VPN terms&lt;br /&gt;
VPN Protocols:&lt;br /&gt;
q PPTP - Point to point tunneling protocol (RFC 2637)&lt;br /&gt;
q L2TP - Layer 2 tunneling protocol (RFC 2661)&lt;br /&gt;
q IPIP tunneling - Tunneling IP packets in IP packets.&lt;br /&gt;
Encryption protocols, methods and terms:&lt;br /&gt;
q CIPE - Crypto IP Encapsulation&lt;br /&gt;
q SSL - Secure sockets layer&lt;br /&gt;
q IPSEC - Internet protocol security&lt;br /&gt;
Authentication Protocols:&lt;br /&gt;
q PAP - Password Authentification Protocol is a two way handshake protocol designed for use with PPP.&lt;br /&gt;
q CHAP - Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol is a three way handshake protocol which is&lt;br /&gt;
considered more secure than PAP.&lt;br /&gt;
q TACACS - Offers authentication, accounting, and authorization.&lt;br /&gt;
q S/Key - A one time password system, secure against replays. RFC 2289.&lt;br /&gt;
Projects and software:&lt;br /&gt;
q SWAN - Secure wide area network&lt;br /&gt;
q PoPToP Point to point tunneling protocol server.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)&lt;br /&gt;
This protocol is used to assign IP addresses to hosts or workstations on the network. Usually a DHCP server on the&lt;br /&gt;
network performs this function. Basically it &quot;leases&quot; out address for specific times to the various hosts. If a host does not&lt;br /&gt;
use a given address for some period of time, that IP address can then be assigned to another machine by the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
When assignments are made or changed, the DHCP server must update the information in the DNS server.&lt;br /&gt;
As with BOOTP, DHCP uses the machine&#39;s or NIC ethernet (MAC) or hardware address to determine IP address&lt;br /&gt;
assignments. The DHCP protocol is built on BOOTP and replaces BOOTP. DHCP extends the vendor specific area in&lt;br /&gt;
BOOTP to 312 bytes from 64. RFC 1541 defines DHCP.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP RFCs&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP RFCs are 1533, 1534, 1541, and 1542. Sent from DHCP server:&lt;br /&gt;
q IP address&lt;br /&gt;
q Netmask&lt;br /&gt;
q Default Gateway address&lt;br /&gt;
q DNS server addresse(s)&lt;br /&gt;
q NetBIOS Name server (NBNS) address(es).&lt;br /&gt;
q Lease period in hours&lt;br /&gt;
q IP address of DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP Lease Stages&lt;br /&gt;
1. Lease Request - The client sends a broadcast requesting an IP address&lt;br /&gt;
2. Lease Offer - The server sends the above information and marks the offered address as unavailable. The message&lt;br /&gt;
sent is a DHCPOFFER broadcast message.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Lease Acceptance - The first offer received by the client is accepted. The acceptance is sent from the client as a&lt;br /&gt;
broadcast (DHCPREQUEST message) including the IP address of the DNS server that sent the accepted offer.&lt;br /&gt;
Other DHCP servers retract their offers and mark the offered address as available and the accepted address as&lt;br /&gt;
unavailable.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Server lease acknowledgement - The server sends a DHCPACK or a DHCPNACK if an unavailable address was&lt;br /&gt;
requested.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP discover message - The initial broadcast sent by the client to obtain a DHCP lease. It contains the client MAC&lt;br /&gt;
address and computer name. This is a broadcast using 255.255.255.255 as the destination address and 0.0.0.0 as the source&lt;br /&gt;
address. The request is sent, then the client waits one second for an offer. The request is repeated at 9, 13, and 16 second&lt;br /&gt;
intervals with additional 0 to 1000 milliseconds of randomness. The attempt is repeated every 5 minutes thereafter. The&lt;br /&gt;
client uses port 67 and the server uses port 68.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP Lease Renewal&lt;br /&gt;
After 50% of the lease time has passed, the client will attempt to renew the lease with the original DHCP server that it&lt;br /&gt;
obtained the lease from using a DHCPREQUEST message. Any time the client boots and the lease is 50% or more passed,&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
the client will attempt to renew the lease. At 87.5% of the lease completion, the client will attempt to contact any DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
server for a new lease. If the lease expires, the client will send a request as in the initial boot when the client had no IP&lt;br /&gt;
address. If this fails, the client TCP/IP stack will cease functioning.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP Scope and Subnets&lt;br /&gt;
One DHCP scope is required for each subnet.&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP Relay Agents&lt;br /&gt;
May be placed in two places:&lt;br /&gt;
q Routers&lt;br /&gt;
q Subnets that don&#39;t have a DHCP server to forward DHCP requests.&lt;br /&gt;
Client Reservation&lt;br /&gt;
Client Reservation is used to be sure a computer gets the same IP address all the time. Therefore since DHCP IP address&lt;br /&gt;
assignments use MAC addresses to control assignments, the following are required for client reservation:&lt;br /&gt;
q MAC (hardware) address&lt;br /&gt;
q IP address&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusion Range&lt;br /&gt;
Exclusion range is used to reserve a bank of IP addresses so computers with static IP addresses, such as servers may use&lt;br /&gt;
the assigned addresses in this range. These addresses are not assigned by the DHCP server.&lt;br /&gt;
Sample DCHP Configuration File&lt;br /&gt;
In Linux, a sample configuration file is:&lt;br /&gt;
subnet 192.168.199.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 {&lt;br /&gt;
# --- default gateway&lt;br /&gt;
option routers 192.168.199.1;&lt;br /&gt;
option subnet-mask 255.255.255.0;&lt;br /&gt;
option nis-domain &quot;mynet.net&quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
option domain-name &quot;mynet.net&quot;;&lt;br /&gt;
option domain-name-servers 192.168.199.1;&lt;br /&gt;
option time-offset -5; # Eastern Standard Time&lt;br /&gt;
# option ntp-servers 192.168.199.1;&lt;br /&gt;
# option netbios-name-servers 192.168.199.1;&lt;br /&gt;
# --- Selects point-to-point node (default is hybrid). Don&#39;t change this unless&lt;br /&gt;
# -- you understand Netbios very well&lt;br /&gt;
# option netbios-node-type 2;&lt;br /&gt;
DHCP&lt;br /&gt;
default-lease-time 1209600; # 2 weeks&lt;br /&gt;
max-lease-time 1814400; # 3 weeks&lt;br /&gt;
range 192.168.199.10 192.168.199.250;&lt;br /&gt;
# we want the nameserver to appear at a fixed address&lt;br /&gt;
host nameserver {&lt;br /&gt;
next-server nameserver.mynet.net;&lt;br /&gt;
hardware ethernet 00:10:4b:ca:db:b5;&lt;br /&gt;
fixed-address 192.168.199.1;&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
}&lt;br /&gt;
This demonstrates that the IP addresses are based on lease times to the various clients. If they are not used within the&lt;br /&gt;
period of their lease time by the client, those IP addresses are freed up for use by other clients.&lt;br /&gt;
BOOTP&lt;br /&gt;
BOOTP&lt;br /&gt;
BOOTP (Boot Protocol) may be used to boot remote computers over a network. BOOTP messages are&lt;br /&gt;
encapsulated inside UDP messages and therefore it&#39;s requests and replies are forwarded by routers. BOOTP is&lt;br /&gt;
defined by RFCs 951 and 1542. The drawing below illustrates the data encapsulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The diskless system reads its unique hardware address from its network interface card then sends a BOOTP&lt;br /&gt;
request. The table below shows the BOOTP package format from most significant bit to least significant bit.&lt;br /&gt;
Bit range # of Bits&lt;br /&gt;
Name&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
Tells if the message is a BOOTP request or reply. Request=1,&lt;br /&gt;
0-7&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Op code&lt;br /&gt;
reply=2&lt;br /&gt;
Indicates the type of hardware (link level). A value of 6 indicates&lt;br /&gt;
8-15&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Hardware type&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
Tells the length in bytes of the hardware address number. Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
16-23&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Hardware address length&lt;br /&gt;
addresses are 6 bytes long.&lt;br /&gt;
23-31&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
Hop count&lt;br /&gt;
Initially set to 0. Incremented each time it is forwarded.&lt;br /&gt;
A random number set by the client and returned by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
32-63&lt;br /&gt;
32&lt;br /&gt;
Transaction ID&lt;br /&gt;
Used to match replies with requests&lt;br /&gt;
The time since the client started trying to bootstrap. Used to tell if&lt;br /&gt;
64-79&lt;br /&gt;
16&lt;br /&gt;
Number of seconds&lt;br /&gt;
a backup BOOTP server should respond.&lt;br /&gt;
80-95&lt;br /&gt;
16&lt;br /&gt;
unused&lt;br /&gt;
not used&lt;br /&gt;
96-127&lt;br /&gt;
32&lt;br /&gt;
Clients IP address&lt;br /&gt;
The clients IP address. If a request, it is normally 0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
128-159&lt;br /&gt;
32&lt;br /&gt;
IP address for client&lt;br /&gt;
The server sets this in the reply message.&lt;br /&gt;
BOOTP&lt;br /&gt;
160-191&lt;br /&gt;
32&lt;br /&gt;
Server IP address&lt;br /&gt;
Filled in by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
192-223&lt;br /&gt;
32&lt;br /&gt;
Gateway IP address&lt;br /&gt;
Returned by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
224-351&lt;br /&gt;
128&lt;br /&gt;
Clients hardware address&lt;br /&gt;
Provided by the client.&lt;br /&gt;
352-1375&lt;br /&gt;
1024&lt;br /&gt;
Server hostname&lt;br /&gt;
A null terminated string optionally filled in by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
A fully qualified boot file name with path information, terminated&lt;br /&gt;
1376-3423&lt;br /&gt;
2048&lt;br /&gt;
Boot filename&lt;br /&gt;
with a null. Supplied by the server.&lt;br /&gt;
Used for various options to BOOTP including the subnet mask to&lt;br /&gt;
3424-4447&lt;br /&gt;
1024&lt;br /&gt;
Vendor information&lt;br /&gt;
the client.&lt;br /&gt;
The BOOTP server uses port 67 and the BOOTP client uses port 68. The following is a brief explanation of what&lt;br /&gt;
happens when a remote client boots:&lt;br /&gt;
1. BOOTP request. The client sends a BOOTP request from 0.0.0.0.68 to 255.255.255.255.67 with its&lt;br /&gt;
ethernet address and number of second&#39;s fields filled in.&lt;br /&gt;
2. BOOTP reply. The server responds with the client&#39;s IP address, the server&#39;s IP address (it&#39;s own), and the&lt;br /&gt;
IP address of a default gateway.&lt;br /&gt;
3. ARP request. The client issues an ARP to tell if the IP address it just received is being used. It uses 0.0.0.0&lt;br /&gt;
as it&#39;s own address&lt;br /&gt;
4. ARP request. The client waits 0.5 seconds and repeats the same ARP request.&lt;br /&gt;
5. ARP request. The client waits another 0.5 seconds and repeats the ARP request with it&#39;s own address as&lt;br /&gt;
the senders address.&lt;br /&gt;
6. BOOTP request. The client waits 0.5 seconds and sends another BOOTP request with its own IP address&lt;br /&gt;
in the IP header&lt;br /&gt;
7. BOOTP reply. The server sends the same BOOTP reply it sent the last time.&lt;br /&gt;
8. ARP request. The client outputs an ARP request for the server hardware address&lt;br /&gt;
9. ARP reply. The server replies with its own ethernet address.&lt;br /&gt;
10. TFTP read request. The client sends a TFTP read request asking for its specified boot file.&lt;br /&gt;
RPC and NFS&lt;br /&gt;
RPC and NFS&lt;br /&gt;
Network File System (NFS)&lt;br /&gt;
NFS, defined by RFC 1094, is a method for client systems to use a filesystem on a remote host computer.&lt;br /&gt;
NFS uses the UDP protocol and is supported by RPC.&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Procedure Call (RPC)&lt;br /&gt;
RPC, defined by RFC 1057, is a set of function calls used by a client program to call functions in a&lt;br /&gt;
remote server program. The port mapper program is the program used to keep track of which ports&lt;br /&gt;
programs supporting RPC functions use. The port mappers port is 111. In Redhat Linux the portmapper&lt;br /&gt;
daemon is started in the /etc/rc.d/init.d/portmap and the daemon program is called &quot;portmap&quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
The rpcinfo command&lt;br /&gt;
The command &quot;rpcinfo -p&quot; will show the port numbers that are assigned to the RPC services.&lt;br /&gt;
program vers proto port&lt;br /&gt;
100000 2 tcp 111 portmapper&lt;br /&gt;
100000 2 udp 111 portmapper&lt;br /&gt;
100011 1 udp 747 rquotad&lt;br /&gt;
100011 2 udp 747 rquotad&lt;br /&gt;
100005 1 udp 757 mountd&lt;br /&gt;
100005 1 tcp 759 mountd&lt;br /&gt;
100005 2 udp 762 mountd&lt;br /&gt;
100005 2 tcp 764 mountd&lt;br /&gt;
100003 2 udp 2049 nfs&lt;br /&gt;
Services that may be listed include:&lt;br /&gt;
q rquotad - Enforces the set quotas for remote mounted NFS systems.&lt;br /&gt;
q mountd - Performs the requested mounts.&lt;br /&gt;
q nfs - Handles the user interface to the kernel module that performs NFS.&lt;br /&gt;
NFS related services in Linux include:&lt;br /&gt;
q amd - Runs the automount daemon for automatic remote filesystem mounting such as nfs. It is&lt;br /&gt;
especially worthwhile for working with removeable media such as floppies or CD ROM disks.&lt;br /&gt;
q autofs - This is the startup, stop, and status script for the automount program used to configure&lt;br /&gt;
RPC and NFS&lt;br /&gt;
mount points for automatic mounting of file systems.&lt;br /&gt;
q nfs - Provides Network File System server services.&lt;br /&gt;
q netfs - Mounts and unmounts Network Fils System (NFS), Windows (SMB), and Netware (NCP)&lt;br /&gt;
file systems. The mount command is used to perform this operation and no daemon is run in the&lt;br /&gt;
background.&lt;br /&gt;
The /etc/exports file is used to configure exported filesystems.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Broadcasting and Multicasting&lt;br /&gt;
Network Broadcasting and Multicasting&lt;br /&gt;
Network interface cards are usually programmed to listen for three types of messages. They are messages sent to&lt;br /&gt;
their specific address, messages broadcast to all NICs, and messages that qualify as a multicast for the specific&lt;br /&gt;
card. There are three types of addressing:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Unicast - A transmission to a single interface card.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Multicast - A transmission to a group of interface cards on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Broadcast - A transmission to all interface cards on the network. RFC 919 and 922 describe IP broadcast&lt;br /&gt;
datagrams.&lt;br /&gt;
r Limited Broadcast - Sent to all NICs on the some network segment as the source NIC. It is&lt;br /&gt;
represented with the 255.255.255.255 TCP/IP address. This broadcast is not forwarded by routers&lt;br /&gt;
so will only appear on one network segment.&lt;br /&gt;
r Direct broadcast - Sent to all hosts on a network. Routers may be configured to forward directed&lt;br /&gt;
broadcasts on large networks. For network 192.168.0.0, the broadcast is 192.168.255.255.&lt;br /&gt;
All other messages are filtered out by the NIC software unless the card is programmed to operate in promiscuous&lt;br /&gt;
mode to perform network sniffing.&lt;br /&gt;
Broadcasting&lt;br /&gt;
The types of broadcasting uses on TCP/IP that I know about are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. ARP on IP&lt;br /&gt;
2. DHCP on IP&lt;br /&gt;
3. Routing table updates. Broadcasts sent by routers with routing table updates to other routers.&lt;br /&gt;
The ethernet broadcast address in hexadecimal is FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF. There are several types of IP broadcasting:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The IP limited broadcast address is 255.255.255.255. This broadcast is not forwarded by a router.&lt;br /&gt;
2. A broadcast directed to a network has a form of x.255.255.255 where x is the address of a Class A&lt;br /&gt;
network. This broadcast may be forwarded depending on the router program.&lt;br /&gt;
3. A broadcast sent to all subnetworks. If the broadcast is 10.1.255.255 on network 10.1.0.0 and the network&lt;br /&gt;
is subnetted with multiple networks 10.1.x.0, then the broadcast is a broadcast to all subnetworks.&lt;br /&gt;
4. A broadcast sent to a subnet in the form 10.1.1.255 is a subnet broadcast if the subnet mask is&lt;br /&gt;
255.255.255.0.&lt;br /&gt;
Multicasting&lt;br /&gt;
Multicasting may be used for streaming multimedia, video conferencing, shared white boards and more as the&lt;br /&gt;
internet grows. Multicasting is still new to the internet and not widely supported by routers. New routing&lt;br /&gt;
protocols are being developed to enable multicast traffic to be routed. Some of these routing protocols are:&lt;br /&gt;
Network Broadcasting and Multicasting&lt;br /&gt;
q Hierarchical Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (HDVMRP)&lt;br /&gt;
q Multicast Border Gateway&lt;br /&gt;
q Protocol Independent Multicast&lt;br /&gt;
Since IP is not a reliable network protocol, a new reliable multicast protocol that works at the transport layer and&lt;br /&gt;
uses IP at the network layer has been developed. It is called Multicast Transport Protocol (MTP)&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet Addressing:&lt;br /&gt;
The internet assigned numbers authority (IANA) allocates ethernet addresses from 01:00:5E:00:00:00 through&lt;br /&gt;
01:00:5E:7F:FF:FF for multicasting. This means there are 23 bits available for the multicast group ID.&lt;br /&gt;
IP Addressing:&lt;br /&gt;
An IP multicast address is in the range 224.0.0.0 through 239.255.255.255. In hexadecimal that is E0.00.00.00 to&lt;br /&gt;
EF.FF.FF.FF. To be a multicast address, the first three bits of the most significant byte must be set and the fourth&lt;br /&gt;
bit must be clear. In the IP address, there are 28 bits for multicasting. Therefore there are 5 multicasting bits that&lt;br /&gt;
cannot be mapped into an ethernet data packet. The 5 bits that are not mapped are the 5 most significant bits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 28 IP multicast bits are called the multicast group ID. A host group listening to a multicast can span multiple&lt;br /&gt;
networks. There are some assigned hostgroup addresses by the internet assigned numbers authority (IANA).&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the assignments are listed below:&lt;br /&gt;
q 224.0.0.1 = All systems on the subnet&lt;br /&gt;
q 224.0.0.2 = All routers on the subnet&lt;br /&gt;
q 224.0.1.1 = Network time protocol (NTP)&lt;br /&gt;
q 224.0.0.9 = For RIPv2&lt;br /&gt;
q 224.0.1.2 = Silicon graphic&#39;s dogfight application&lt;br /&gt;
Being on the MBONE means you are on a network that supports multicasting. Usually you must check with your&lt;br /&gt;
internet service provider (ISP) to see if you have this capability. IGMP described in the next section is used to&lt;br /&gt;
manage broadcast groups.&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Group Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Group Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) is the protocol used to suooprt multicasting. To use&lt;br /&gt;
multicasting, a process on a host must be able to join and leave a group. A process is a user program that&lt;br /&gt;
is using the network. Group access is identified by the group address and the interface (NIC). A host&lt;br /&gt;
must keep track of the groups that at least one process belongs to and the number of processes that&lt;br /&gt;
belong to the group. IGMP is defined in RFC 1112.&lt;br /&gt;
IGMP messages are used by multicast routers to track group memberships on each of its networks. It&lt;br /&gt;
uses these rules:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The first time a process on a host joins a multicast group, the host will send an IGMP report. This&lt;br /&gt;
means that every time the host needs to receive messages from a new group to support its&lt;br /&gt;
processes, it will send a report.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Multicast routers will send IGMP queries regularly to determine whether any hosts are running&lt;br /&gt;
processes that belong to any groups. The group address of the query is set to 0, the TTL field is&lt;br /&gt;
set to 1, and the destination IP address is 224.0.0.1 which is the all hosts group address which&lt;br /&gt;
address all the multicast capable routers and hosts on a network.&lt;br /&gt;
3. A host sends one IGMP response for each group that contains one or more processes. The router&lt;br /&gt;
expects one response from each host for each group that one or more of its processes require&lt;br /&gt;
access to.&lt;br /&gt;
4. A host does not send a report when its last process leaves a group (when the group access is no&lt;br /&gt;
longer required by a process). The multicast router relies on query responses to update this&lt;br /&gt;
information.&lt;br /&gt;
IGMP is defined in RFC 1112. Hosts and routers use IGMP to support multicasting. Multicast routers&lt;br /&gt;
must know which hosts belong to what group at any given point of time. The IGMP message is 8 bytes.&lt;br /&gt;
consisting of:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Bits 0 to 3 - IGMP version number&lt;br /&gt;
2. Bits 4 to 7 - IGMP type. 1=query sent by a multicast router. 2 is a response sent by a host.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Bits 8 to 15 - unused&lt;br /&gt;
4. Bits 16 to 31 - Checksum&lt;br /&gt;
5. The last 4 bytes - 32 bit group address which is the same as the class D IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
IGMP message formats are encapsulated in an IP datagram which contain a time to live (TTL) field. The&lt;br /&gt;
default is to set the TTL field to 1 which means the datagram will not leave its subnetwork. an&lt;br /&gt;
application can increase its TTL field in a message to locate a server distance in terms of hops.&lt;br /&gt;
Addresses from 224.0.0.0 to 224.0.0.255 are not forwarded by multicast routers since these addresses are&lt;br /&gt;
intended for applications that do not need to communicate with other networks. Therefore these&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Group Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
addresses can be used for group multicasting on private networks with no concern for addresses being&lt;br /&gt;
used for multicasting on other networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Routing&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic routing performs the same function as static routing except it is more robust. Static routing&lt;br /&gt;
allows routing tables in specific routers to be set up in a static manner so network routes for packets are&lt;br /&gt;
set. If a router on the route goes down the destination may become unreachable. Dynamic routing allows&lt;br /&gt;
routing tables in routers to change as the possible routes change. There are several protocols used to&lt;br /&gt;
support dynamic routing including RIP and OSPF.&lt;br /&gt;
Routing cost&lt;br /&gt;
Counting route cost is based on one of the following calculations:&lt;br /&gt;
q Hop count - How many routers the message must go through to reach the recipient.&lt;br /&gt;
q Tic count - The time to route in 1/18 seconds (ticks).&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic routing protocols do not change how routing is done. They just allow for dynamic altering of&lt;br /&gt;
routing tables.&lt;br /&gt;
There are two classifications of protocols:&lt;br /&gt;
1. IGP - Interior Gateway Protocol. The name used to describe the fact that each system on the&lt;br /&gt;
internet can choose its own routing protocol. RIP and OSPF are interior gateway protocols.&lt;br /&gt;
2. EGP - Exterior Gateway Protocol. Used between routers of different systems. There are two of&lt;br /&gt;
these, the first having the same name as this protocol description:&lt;br /&gt;
1. EGP - Exterior Gateway Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
2. BGP - Border Gateway Protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
The daemen &quot;routed&quot; uses RIP. The daemon &quot;gated&quot; supports IGP&#39;s and EGP&#39;s.&lt;br /&gt;
Route Discovery Methods&lt;br /&gt;
q Distance vector - Periodically sends route table to other routers. Works best on LANs, not WANs.&lt;br /&gt;
q Link-state - Routing tables are broadcast at startup and then only when they change. OSPF uses&lt;br /&gt;
link-state.&lt;br /&gt;
Routing Information Protocol (RIP)&lt;br /&gt;
The RIP RFC is 1058.&lt;br /&gt;
The routing daemon daemon adds a routing policy to the system. If there are multiple routes to a&lt;br /&gt;
destination, it chooses the best one. The RIP message can con contain information on up to 25 routes.&lt;br /&gt;
The RIP message contains the following components:&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Routing&lt;br /&gt;
1. Command&lt;br /&gt;
2. Version - Normally 1 but set to 2 for RIP version 2.&lt;br /&gt;
3. family - Set to 2 for IP addresses.&lt;br /&gt;
4. IP address - 32 bit IP address&lt;br /&gt;
5. Metrics - Indicate the number of hops to a given network, the hop count.&lt;br /&gt;
RIP sends periodically broadcasts its routing table to neighboring routers. The RIP message format&lt;br /&gt;
contains the following commands:&lt;br /&gt;
q 1 - request&lt;br /&gt;
q 2 - reply&lt;br /&gt;
q 3 &amp; 4 - obsolete&lt;br /&gt;
q 5 - poll entry&lt;br /&gt;
q 6 - Asks for system to send all or part of routing table&lt;br /&gt;
When the daemon &quot;routed&quot; starts, it sends a request out all its interfaces for other router&#39;s routing tables.&lt;br /&gt;
The request is broadcast if the network supports it. For TCP/IP the address family in the message is&lt;br /&gt;
normally 2, but the initial request has address family set to 0 with the metric set to 16.&lt;br /&gt;
Regular routing updates are sent every 30 seconds with all or part of the route table. As each router sends&lt;br /&gt;
routing tables (advertises routes to networks its NICs interface to) routes are determined to each network.&lt;br /&gt;
Drawbacks of RIP:&lt;br /&gt;
q RIP has no knowledge of subnet addressing&lt;br /&gt;
q It takes a long time to stabilize after a router or link failure.&lt;br /&gt;
q Uses more broadcasting than OSPF requiring more network bandwidth.&lt;br /&gt;
RIP Version 2&lt;br /&gt;
Defined by RFC 1388. It passes further information in some of the fields that are set to 0 for the RIP&lt;br /&gt;
protocol. These additional fields include a 32 bit subnet mask and a next hop IP address, a routing&lt;br /&gt;
domain, and route tag. The routing domain is an identifier of the daemon the packet belongs to. The route&lt;br /&gt;
tags supports EGPs.&lt;br /&gt;
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)&lt;br /&gt;
OSPF (RFC 1257) is a link state protocol rather than a distance vector protocol. It tests the status of its&lt;br /&gt;
link to each of its neighbors and sends the acquired information to them. It stabilizes after a route or link&lt;br /&gt;
failure faster than a distance vector protocol based system. OSPF uses IP directly, not relying on TCP or&lt;br /&gt;
UDP. OSPF can:&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Routing&lt;br /&gt;
q Have routes based on IP type of service (part of IP header message) such as FTP or Telnet.&lt;br /&gt;
q Support subnets.&lt;br /&gt;
q Assign cost to each interface based on reliability, round trip time, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
q Distribute traffic evenly over equal cost routes.&lt;br /&gt;
q Uses multicasting.&lt;br /&gt;
Costs for specific hops can be set by administrators. Adjacent routers swap information instead of&lt;br /&gt;
broadcasting to all routers.&lt;br /&gt;
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)&lt;br /&gt;
Described by RFC 1267, 1268, and 1497. It uses TCP as a transport protocol. When two systems are&lt;br /&gt;
using BGP, they establish a TCP connection, then send each other their BGP routing tables. BGP uses&lt;br /&gt;
distance vectoring. It detects failures by sending periodic keep alive messages to its neighbors every 30&lt;br /&gt;
seconds. It exchanges information about reachable networks with other BGP systems including the full&lt;br /&gt;
path of systems that are between them.&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is used to send mail across the internet. There are four types of&lt;br /&gt;
programs used in the process of sending and receiving mail. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
q MUA - Mail users agent. This is the program a user will use to type e-mail. It usually incorporates&lt;br /&gt;
an editor for support. The user types the mail and it is passed to the sending MTA.&lt;br /&gt;
q MTA - Message transfer agent is used to pass mail from the sending machine to the receiving&lt;br /&gt;
machine. There is a MTA program running on both the sending and receiving machine. Sendmail is&lt;br /&gt;
a MTA.&lt;br /&gt;
q LDA - Local delivery agent on the receiving machine receives the mail from its MTA. This&lt;br /&gt;
program is usually procmail.&lt;br /&gt;
q Mail notifier - This program notifies the recipient that they have mail. Normally this requires two&lt;br /&gt;
programs, biff and comsat. Biff allows the administrator or user to turn on comsat service.&lt;br /&gt;
The MTA on both machines use the network SMTP (simple mail transfer protocol) to pass mail between&lt;br /&gt;
them, usually on port 25.&lt;br /&gt;
Other components of mail service include:&lt;br /&gt;
q Directory services - A list of users on a system. Microsoft provides a Global Address List and a&lt;br /&gt;
Personal Address Book.&lt;br /&gt;
q Post Office - This is where the messages are stored.&lt;br /&gt;
Mail Protocols&lt;br /&gt;
q SMTP - Simple Mail Transport Protocol is used on the internet, it is not a transport layer protocol&lt;br /&gt;
but is an application layer protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
q POP3 - Post Office Protocol version 3 is used by clients to access an internet mail server to get&lt;br /&gt;
mail. It is not a transport layer protocol.&lt;br /&gt;
q IMAP4 - Internet Mail Access Protocol version 4 is the replacement for POP3.&lt;br /&gt;
q MIME - Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension is the protocol that defines the way files are attached&lt;br /&gt;
to SMTP messages.&lt;br /&gt;
q X.400 - International Telecommunication Union standard defines transfer protocols for sending&lt;br /&gt;
mail between mail servers.&lt;br /&gt;
q MHS - Message Handling Service by Novell is used for mail on Netware networks.&lt;br /&gt;
Directory Services&lt;br /&gt;
q Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP)&lt;br /&gt;
q X.500 - This is a recommendation outlining how an organization can share objects and names on a&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
large network. It is hierarchical similar to DNS, defining domains consisting of organizations,&lt;br /&gt;
divisions, departments, and workgroups. The domains provide information about the users and&lt;br /&gt;
available resources on that domain, This X.500 system is like a directory. Its recommendation&lt;br /&gt;
comes from the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT)&lt;br /&gt;
Mail API&lt;br /&gt;
Mail application programming interfaces (APIs) allow e-mail support to be integrated into application&lt;br /&gt;
programs.&lt;br /&gt;
q MAPI - Microsoft&#39;s Messaging API which is incorporated throughout Microsoft&#39;s office products&lt;br /&gt;
supports mail at the application level&lt;br /&gt;
q VIM - Vendor-Independent Messaging protocol from Lotus is supported by many vendors&lt;br /&gt;
exclusive of Microsoft.&lt;br /&gt;
Three parts of a mail message:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Envelope - Includes recipient and sender addresses using the MAIL and RCPT commands.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Headers - Each header has a name followed by a colon and its value. Some headers are From, Date,&lt;br /&gt;
Reply To, Received, Message ID, To, and Subject.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Body - The contents of the message sent in 7 bit ASCII code.&lt;br /&gt;
SMTP Commands:&lt;br /&gt;
q HELO - Sent by client with domain name such as mymachine.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
q MAIL - From &lt;myself@mymachine.mycompany.com&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
q RCPT - To &lt;myfriend@theirmachine.theirorg.org&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
q DATA - Sends the contents of the message. The headers are sent, then a blank line, then the&lt;br /&gt;
message body is sent. A line with &quot;.&quot; and no other characters indicates the end of the message.&lt;br /&gt;
q QUIT&lt;br /&gt;
If you recall from the DNS section mail servers are specified in DNS configuration files as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
dept1.mycompany.com. IN MX 5 mail.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
dept1.mycompany.com. IN MX 10 mail1.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
dept1.mycompany.com. IN MX 15 mail2.mycompany.com.&lt;br /&gt;
The host dept1.mycompany.com may not be directly connected to the internet or network but may be&lt;br /&gt;
connected periodically using a PPP line. The servers mail, mail1, and mail2 are used as mail forwarders to&lt;br /&gt;
send mail to the host dept1. The one with the lowest number, 5, is normally used for sending the mail, but&lt;br /&gt;
the others are used when the first one or ones are down.&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is used as the transport protocol for network&lt;br /&gt;
management. Network management consists of network management stations communicating with&lt;br /&gt;
network elements such as hosts, routers, servers, or printers. The agent is the software on the network&lt;br /&gt;
element (host, router, printer) that runs the network management software. Therefore when the word&lt;br /&gt;
agent is used it is referring to the network element. The agent will store information in a management&lt;br /&gt;
information base (MIB). Management software will poll the various network devices and get the&lt;br /&gt;
information stored in them. RFC 1155, 1157, and 1213 define SNMP with RFC 1157 defining the&lt;br /&gt;
protocol itself. The manager uses UDP port 61 to send requests to the agent and the agent uses UDP port&lt;br /&gt;
62 to send replies or messages to the manager. The manager can ask for data from the agent or set&lt;br /&gt;
variable values in the agent. Agents can reply and report events.&lt;br /&gt;
There are three supporting pieces to TCP/IP network management:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Management Information BASE (MIB) specifies variables the network elements maintain.&lt;br /&gt;
2. A set of common structures and a way to reference the variables in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
3. The protocol used to communicate between the manager and the network element agent which is&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP.&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP collects information two ways:&lt;br /&gt;
1. The devices on the network are polled by management stations.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Devices send alerts to SNMP management stations. The public community may be added to the&lt;br /&gt;
alert list so all management stations will receive the alert.&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP must be installed on the devices to do this. SNMP terms:&lt;br /&gt;
q Baseline - A report outlining the state of the network.&lt;br /&gt;
q Trap - An alert that is sent to a management station by agents.&lt;br /&gt;
q Agent - A program at devices that can be set to watch for some event and send a trap message to a&lt;br /&gt;
management station if the event occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
The network manager can set the threshold of the monitored event that will trigger the sending of the trap&lt;br /&gt;
message. SNMP enables counters for monitoring the performance of the network used in conjunction&lt;br /&gt;
with Performance Monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP Communities&lt;br /&gt;
An SNMP community is the group that devices and management stations running SNMP belong to. It&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
helps define where information is sent. The community name is used to identify the group. A SNMP&lt;br /&gt;
device or agent may belong to more than one SNMP community. It will not respond to requests from&lt;br /&gt;
management stations that do not belong to one of its communities. SNMP default communities are:&lt;br /&gt;
q Write = private&lt;br /&gt;
q Read = public&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP Security&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP should be protected from the internet with a firewall. Beyond the SNMP community structure,&lt;br /&gt;
there is one trap that adds some security to SNMP.&lt;br /&gt;
q Send Authentication Trap - When a device receives an authentication that fails, a trap is sent to a&lt;br /&gt;
management station.&lt;br /&gt;
Other configuration parameters that affect security are:&lt;br /&gt;
q Accepted Community Names - Only requests from computers in the list of community names will&lt;br /&gt;
be accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
q Accept SNMP Packets from Any Host - This is checked by default. Setting specific hosts will&lt;br /&gt;
increase security.&lt;br /&gt;
q Only Accept SNMP Packets from These Hosts - Only requests from hosts on the list of IP&lt;br /&gt;
addresses are accepted. Use IP, or IPX address or host name to identify the host.&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP Message Types&lt;br /&gt;
There are five types of messages exchanged in SNMP. They are referred to by Protocol Data Unit (PDU)&lt;br /&gt;
type.&lt;br /&gt;
PDU Type Name&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
get-request&lt;br /&gt;
Get one or more variables .(manager to element)&lt;br /&gt;
Get next variable after one or more specified variables. (manager to&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
get-next-request element)&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
set-request&lt;br /&gt;
Set one or more variables. (manager to element)&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
get-response&lt;br /&gt;
Return value of one or More variables. (element to manager)&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
trap&lt;br /&gt;
Notify manager of an event. (element to manager)&lt;br /&gt;
The SNMP message with PDU type 0-3 consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
1. Version of SNMP&lt;br /&gt;
2. Community - A clear text password character string&lt;br /&gt;
3. PDU type&lt;br /&gt;
4. Request ID - Used to associate the request with the response. For PDU 0-2, it is set by the&lt;br /&gt;
manager.&lt;br /&gt;
5. error status - An integer sent by the agent to identify an error condition&lt;br /&gt;
Error Name&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
no error&lt;br /&gt;
OK&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
too big&lt;br /&gt;
Reply does not fit into one message&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
no such name The variable specified does not exist&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
bad value&lt;br /&gt;
Invalid value specified in a set request.&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
read only&lt;br /&gt;
The variable to be changed is read only.&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
general error General error&lt;br /&gt;
6. error index - Specifies which variable was in error when an error occurred. It is an integer offset.&lt;br /&gt;
7. name - The name of the variable (being set or read).&lt;br /&gt;
8. value - The value of the variable (being set or read)&lt;br /&gt;
9. any other names and values to get/set&lt;br /&gt;
The SNMP message with PDU type 4 (trap) consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
1. PDU type&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enterprise - The agents OBJECT IDENTIFIER or system objects ID. Falls under a node in the&lt;br /&gt;
MIB tree.&lt;br /&gt;
3. agent addr - The IP address of the agent.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Trap type - Identifies the type of event being reported.&lt;br /&gt;
Trap Type Name&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
0&lt;br /&gt;
cold start&lt;br /&gt;
Agent is booting&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
warm start&lt;br /&gt;
Agent is rebooting&lt;br /&gt;
2&lt;br /&gt;
link down&lt;br /&gt;
An interface has gone down&lt;br /&gt;
3&lt;br /&gt;
link up&lt;br /&gt;
An interface has come up&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
authentification failure An invalid community (password) was received in a message.&lt;br /&gt;
5&lt;br /&gt;
egp neighbor loss&lt;br /&gt;
An EGP peer has gone down.&lt;br /&gt;
6&lt;br /&gt;
enterprise specific&lt;br /&gt;
Look in the enterprise code for information on the trap&lt;br /&gt;
5. Specific code - Must be 0.&lt;br /&gt;
6. Time stamp - The time in 1/100ths of seconds since the agent initialized.&lt;br /&gt;
7. name&lt;br /&gt;
8. Value&lt;br /&gt;
9. Any other names and values&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Types of data used:&lt;br /&gt;
q INTEGER - Some have minimum and maximum values.&lt;br /&gt;
q OCTET STRING - The number of bytes in the string is before the string.&lt;br /&gt;
q DISPLAY STRING - Each byte must be an ASCII value&lt;br /&gt;
q OBJECT IDENTIFIER - Specifies a data type allocated by an organization with responsibility for&lt;br /&gt;
a group of identifiers. A sequence of integers separated by decimals which follow a tree structure.&lt;br /&gt;
q NULL - Used as the value of all variables in a get request.&lt;br /&gt;
q IpAddress - A 4 byte long OCTET STRING. One byte for each byte of the IP address.&lt;br /&gt;
q PhysAddress - A 6 byte octet string specifying an ethernet or hardware address.&lt;br /&gt;
q Counter - A 32 bit unsigned integer&lt;br /&gt;
q GaugeAn unsigned 32 bit integer with a value that can increase or decrease but wont fall below a&lt;br /&gt;
minimum or exceed a maximum.&lt;br /&gt;
q TimeTicks - Time counter. Counts in 1/100 of seconds.&lt;br /&gt;
q SEQUENCE - Similar to a programming structure with entries of type IPAddress called&lt;br /&gt;
udpLocalAddress and type INTEGER called udpLocalPort.&lt;br /&gt;
q SEQUENCE OF - An array with elements with one type.&lt;br /&gt;
The MIB data structure RFC 1213&lt;br /&gt;
In the above list the data type &quot;OBJECT IDENTIFIER&quot; is listed as a part of the management information&lt;br /&gt;
database. These object identifiers are referenced very similar to a DNS tree with a directory at the top&lt;br /&gt;
called root. Each node in the tree is given a text name and is also referenced numerically similar to IP&lt;br /&gt;
addresses. There are multiple levels in the tree with the bottom level being variables, and the next one up&lt;br /&gt;
is called group. The packets sent in SNMP use numeric identifiers rather than text. All identifiers begin&lt;br /&gt;
with iso(1).org(3).dod(6).internet(1).mgmt(2).mib(1). Numerically, that is 1.3.6.1.2.1. In text it is&lt;br /&gt;
&quot;iso.org.dod.internet.mgmt.mib&quot;. Under mib are the following groups. The information in these groups is&lt;br /&gt;
not complete and you should refer to the RFC for full information.&lt;br /&gt;
1. system&lt;br /&gt;
1. sysDesc (DisplayString) - Description of entity&lt;br /&gt;
2. sysObjectID (ObjectID) - Vendors ID in the subtree (1.3.6.1.4.1.&lt;br /&gt;
3. sysUPTime (Timer) - Time the system has been up&lt;br /&gt;
4. sysContact (DisplayString) - Name of contact person&lt;br /&gt;
5. sysName (DisplayString) - Domain name of the element such as&lt;br /&gt;
mymachine.mycompany.com&lt;br /&gt;
6. sysLocation (DisplayString) - Physical location of the element.&lt;br /&gt;
7. sysServices 0x1-physical, 0x02-datalink, 0x04-internet, 0x08 end to end, 0x40-application.&lt;br /&gt;
If the bit is set the service is provided&lt;br /&gt;
2. interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
1. ifNumber (INTEGER) - Number of network interfaces&lt;br /&gt;
2. ifTable (table)&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
1. ifIndex&lt;br /&gt;
2. ifDescr - Description of interface&lt;br /&gt;
3. ifType - 6=ethernet, 7=802.3 ethernet, 9=802.5 token ring, 23 = PPP, 28=SLIP&lt;br /&gt;
4. ifMtu&lt;br /&gt;
5. ifSpeed - Bits/second&lt;br /&gt;
6. ifPhysAddress&lt;br /&gt;
7. ifAdminStatus - Desired state of interface 1=up, 2=down, 3=testing&lt;br /&gt;
8. ifOperStatus - Current state of interface 1=up, 2=down, 3=testing&lt;br /&gt;
9. ifLastchange&lt;br /&gt;
10. ifInOctets - Total bytes received&lt;br /&gt;
11. ifInUcastPkts&lt;br /&gt;
12. ifInNUcastPkts&lt;br /&gt;
13. ifInDiscards&lt;br /&gt;
14. ifInErrors&lt;br /&gt;
15. ifInUnknownProtos&lt;br /&gt;
16. ifOutOctets&lt;br /&gt;
17. ifOutUcastPkts&lt;br /&gt;
18. ifOutNUcastPkts&lt;br /&gt;
19. ifOutDiscards&lt;br /&gt;
20. ifOutErrors&lt;br /&gt;
21. ifOutQLen&lt;br /&gt;
22. ifSpecific&lt;br /&gt;
3. at - Address translation group&lt;br /&gt;
1. atIfIndex (INTEGER) - Interface number&lt;br /&gt;
2. atPhysAddress (PhyAddress)&lt;br /&gt;
3. atNetAddress (NetworkAddress) - IP address&lt;br /&gt;
4. ip&lt;br /&gt;
1. ipForwarding&lt;br /&gt;
2. ipDefaultTTL (INTEGER)&lt;br /&gt;
3. ipInReceives (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
4. ipInHdrErrors (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
5. ipInAddrErrors (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
6. ipForwDatagrams (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
7. ipInUnknownProtos (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
8. ipInDiscards (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
9. ipInDelivers (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
10. ipOutRequests (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
11. ipOutDiscards (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
12. ipOutNoRoutes (INTEGER)&lt;br /&gt;
13. ipReasmTimeout (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
14. ipReasmReqds (counter) - Number of IP fragments received that need to be reassembled.&lt;br /&gt;
15. ipReasmOKs (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
16. ipReasmFails (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Network Management Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
17. ipFragOKs (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
18. ipFragFails (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
19. ipFragCreates (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
20. ipRoutingDiscards (counter)&lt;br /&gt;
21. ipAddrTable (table)&lt;br /&gt;
1. ipAddrEntry (index)&lt;br /&gt;
1. ipAdEntAddr&lt;br /&gt;
2. ipAdEntIfIndex&lt;br /&gt;
3. ipAdEntNetMask&lt;br /&gt;
4. ipAdEntBcastAddr&lt;br /&gt;
5. ipAdEntReasmMaxSize&lt;br /&gt;
5. icmp&lt;br /&gt;
6. tcp&lt;br /&gt;
7. udp&lt;br /&gt;
1. udpInDatagrams (counter) - UDP datagrams delivered to user processes.&lt;br /&gt;
2. udpNoPorts (counter) - UDP datagrams which were not received at the port since there&lt;br /&gt;
was no application to receive it.&lt;br /&gt;
3. udpInErrors (counter) - Number of UDP datagrams not delivered for reasons other than no&lt;br /&gt;
applications available to receive them.&lt;br /&gt;
4. udpOutDatagrams (counter) - Number of UDP datagrams sent.&lt;br /&gt;
5. udpTable (table)&lt;br /&gt;
1. udpEntry - Specifies the table entry number&lt;br /&gt;
1. udpLocalAddress&lt;br /&gt;
2. udpLocalPort&lt;br /&gt;
The ordering of data in the MIB is numeric. When the getnext function is used it gets the next data based&lt;br /&gt;
on the numeric ordering.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Services&lt;br /&gt;
Network Services&lt;br /&gt;
Networking Services and Ports&lt;br /&gt;
There are two general types of network services, which are connection less and connection oriented.&lt;br /&gt;
Connection oriented service performs connection establishment, data transfer, and connection&lt;br /&gt;
termination.&lt;br /&gt;
Ping&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;ping&quot; program uses ICMP echo message requests and listens for ICMP echo message reply&lt;br /&gt;
messages from its intended host. Using the -R option with ping enables the record route feature. If this&lt;br /&gt;
option is used ping will set the record route (RR) in the outgoing ICMP IP datagram&lt;br /&gt;
Traceroute&lt;br /&gt;
The &quot;traceroute&quot; program uses ICMP messaging and the time to live (TTL) field in the IP header. It&lt;br /&gt;
works by sending a packet to the intended host with a TTL value of 1. The first router will send back the&lt;br /&gt;
ICMP &quot;time exceeded&quot; message to the sending host. Then the traceroute program will send a message&lt;br /&gt;
with a TTL of 2, then 3, etc. This way it will get information about each router using the information&lt;br /&gt;
received in the ICMP packets. To get information about the receiving host, the message is sent to a port&lt;br /&gt;
that is not likely to be serviced by that host. A ICMP &quot;port unreachable&quot; error message is generated and&lt;br /&gt;
sent back.&lt;br /&gt;
Telnet&lt;br /&gt;
Some telnet command codes and their meanings&lt;br /&gt;
Command Code Description&lt;br /&gt;
236&lt;br /&gt;
EOF&lt;br /&gt;
237&lt;br /&gt;
SUSP - Suspend the current process&lt;br /&gt;
238&lt;br /&gt;
ABORT - Abort process&lt;br /&gt;
239&lt;br /&gt;
EOR - End of record&lt;br /&gt;
240&lt;br /&gt;
SE - Suboption end&lt;br /&gt;
241&lt;br /&gt;
NOP - No operation&lt;br /&gt;
242&lt;br /&gt;
DM - Data Mark&lt;br /&gt;
243&lt;br /&gt;
BRK - Break&lt;br /&gt;
Network Services&lt;br /&gt;
244&lt;br /&gt;
IP - Interrupt process&lt;br /&gt;
245&lt;br /&gt;
AO - Abort output&lt;br /&gt;
246&lt;br /&gt;
AYT - Are you there&lt;br /&gt;
247&lt;br /&gt;
EC - Escape character&lt;br /&gt;
248&lt;br /&gt;
EL - Erase Line&lt;br /&gt;
249&lt;br /&gt;
GA - Go ahead&lt;br /&gt;
250&lt;br /&gt;
SB - Suboption begin&lt;br /&gt;
251&lt;br /&gt;
WILL - Sender wants to enable option / Receiver says OK&lt;br /&gt;
252&lt;br /&gt;
WONT - Sender wants to disable option / Receiver says not OK&lt;br /&gt;
253&lt;br /&gt;
DO - Sender wants receiver to enable option / Receiver says OK&lt;br /&gt;
254&lt;br /&gt;
DONT - Sender wants receiver to disable option / Receiver says not OK&lt;br /&gt;
On items 251 through 254 above, a third byte specifies options as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
ID Name&lt;br /&gt;
RFC&lt;br /&gt;
1 Echo&lt;br /&gt;
857&lt;br /&gt;
3 Supress go ahead&lt;br /&gt;
858&lt;br /&gt;
5 Status&lt;br /&gt;
859&lt;br /&gt;
6 Timing Mark&lt;br /&gt;
860&lt;br /&gt;
24 Terminal type&lt;br /&gt;
1091&lt;br /&gt;
31 Window size&lt;br /&gt;
1073&lt;br /&gt;
32 Terminal speed&lt;br /&gt;
1079&lt;br /&gt;
33 Remote flow control&lt;br /&gt;
1372&lt;br /&gt;
34 Line mode&lt;br /&gt;
1184&lt;br /&gt;
36 Environment variables 1408&lt;br /&gt;
Network Drivers&lt;br /&gt;
Network Drivers&lt;br /&gt;
Driver interfaces allow multiple protocol stacks to use one network interface card. The two in use today&lt;br /&gt;
are listed below. they are not compatible with each other.&lt;br /&gt;
Open Driver Interface (ODI)&lt;br /&gt;
ODI is normally found on NetWare networks and was developed by Novell and Apple. It consists of:&lt;br /&gt;
q Multiple Protocol Interface - Provides connectivity from the data link layer to the network layer.&lt;br /&gt;
q Link Support Layer - It includes functions for managing protocol stack assignments and&lt;br /&gt;
coordinating numbers assigned to MLIDs.&lt;br /&gt;
q Multiple-Link Interface Driver (MLID) - Passes data between the data link layer and the hardware&lt;br /&gt;
or the network media. The drivers are protocol-independent.&lt;br /&gt;
Allows multiple drivers to be used on one card and lets one protocol use multiple cards.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Driver Interface Specification (NDIS)&lt;br /&gt;
NDIS, from Microsoft, is used on Microsoft networks. It allows multiple protocols to be used on a&lt;br /&gt;
network card and supports the data link layer of the network model.&lt;br /&gt;
Transport Driver Interface (TDI)&lt;br /&gt;
This is a standard for passing messages between the drivers at the data link layer and the protocols&lt;br /&gt;
working at the network layer such as IP or NetBEUI. It was produced by Microsoft.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Operating Systems&lt;br /&gt;
Network Operating Systems&lt;br /&gt;
Network operating systems (NOS) typically are used to run computers that act as servers. They provide&lt;br /&gt;
the capabilities required for network operation. Network operating systems are also designed for client&lt;br /&gt;
computers and provide functions so the distinction between network operating systems and stand alone&lt;br /&gt;
operating systems is not always obvious. Network operating systems provide the following functions:&lt;br /&gt;
q File and print sharing.&lt;br /&gt;
q Account administration for users.&lt;br /&gt;
q Security.&lt;br /&gt;
Installed Components&lt;br /&gt;
q Client functionality&lt;br /&gt;
q Server functionality&lt;br /&gt;
Functions provided:&lt;br /&gt;
q Account Administration for users&lt;br /&gt;
q Security&lt;br /&gt;
q File and print sharing&lt;br /&gt;
Network services&lt;br /&gt;
q File Sharing&lt;br /&gt;
q Print sharing&lt;br /&gt;
q User administration&lt;br /&gt;
q Backing up data&lt;br /&gt;
Universal Naming Convention (UNC)&lt;br /&gt;
A universal naming convention (UNC) is used to allow the use of shared resources without mapping a&lt;br /&gt;
drive to them. The UNC specifies a path name and has the form:&lt;br /&gt;
\\servername\pathname&lt;br /&gt;
If I have a Linux server called &quot;linux3&quot; with a folder named &quot;downloads&quot; with a file called &quot;readme.txt&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
in the folder, the UNC is:&lt;br /&gt;
\\linux3\downloads\readme.txt&lt;br /&gt;
Network Applications&lt;br /&gt;
Network Applications&lt;br /&gt;
There are three categories of applications with regard to networks:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Stand alone applications - Includes editors&lt;br /&gt;
2. Network versions of stand alone applications - May be licensed for multiple users.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Applications only for a network include databases, mail, group scheduling, groupware.&lt;br /&gt;
Models for network applications&lt;br /&gt;
1. Client-server - Processing is split between the client which interacts with the user and the server&lt;br /&gt;
performing back end processing.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Shared file systems - The server is used for file storage and the processing of the file is done on&lt;br /&gt;
the client computer.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Applications that are centralized - An example is a Telnet session. The data and the program run&lt;br /&gt;
on the central computer and the user uses an interface such as the Telnet client or X server to send&lt;br /&gt;
commands to the central computer and to see the results.&lt;br /&gt;
E-mail Systems&lt;br /&gt;
q Novell GroupWise - Also called Windows Messaging&lt;br /&gt;
q Microsoft Mail&lt;br /&gt;
q Microsoft Exchange - This is for the Microsoft Exchange Server. There is a Microsoft Exchange&lt;br /&gt;
client for the Microsoft Exchange server and a client for an internet mail account only.&lt;br /&gt;
q Lotus Notes&lt;br /&gt;
q cc:Mail - From Lotus and IBM&lt;br /&gt;
There are several types of programs used in the process of sending and receiving mail. They are:&lt;br /&gt;
q MUA - Mail users agent. This is the program a user will use to type e-mail. It usually incorporates&lt;br /&gt;
an editor for support. The user types the mail and it is passed to the sending MTA. This may also&lt;br /&gt;
be called the user agent (UA).&lt;br /&gt;
q MTA - Message transfer agent is used to pass mail from the sending machine to the receiving&lt;br /&gt;
machine. There is a MTA program running on both the sending and receiving machine. Sendmail&lt;br /&gt;
is a MTA.&lt;br /&gt;
q MS - Message Store is a storage area for messages that can&#39;t be delivered immediately when the&lt;br /&gt;
recipient is off-line.&lt;br /&gt;
q AU - Access Unit provides access to resources like fax, telex, and teletex.&lt;br /&gt;
q LDA - Local delivery agent on the receiving machine receives the mail from its MTA. This&lt;br /&gt;
program is usually procmail.&lt;br /&gt;
q Mail notifier - This program notifies the recipient that they have mail. Normally this requires two&lt;br /&gt;
Network Applications&lt;br /&gt;
programs, biff and comsat. Biff allows the administrator or user to turn on comsat service.&lt;br /&gt;
Other components of mail service include:&lt;br /&gt;
q Directory services - A list of users on a system. Microsoft provides a Global Address List and a&lt;br /&gt;
Personal Address Book.&lt;br /&gt;
q Post Office - This is where the messages are stored.&lt;br /&gt;
Mail API&lt;br /&gt;
Mail application programming interfaces (APIs) allow e-mail support to be integrated into application&lt;br /&gt;
programs.&lt;br /&gt;
q MAPI - Microsoft&#39;s Messaging API incorporated throughout Microsoft&#39;s office products provides&lt;br /&gt;
support for mail at the application level.&lt;br /&gt;
q VIM - Vendor-Independent Messaging protocol from Lotus is supported by many vendors&lt;br /&gt;
exclusive of Microsoft.&lt;br /&gt;
Message Handling Service (MHS)&lt;br /&gt;
q MHS and Global MHS by Novell&lt;br /&gt;
q MHS by OSI - It is called MOTIS (message-oriented text interchange system).&lt;br /&gt;
X.500&lt;br /&gt;
This is a recommendation outlining how an organization can share objects and names on a large network.&lt;br /&gt;
It is hierarchical similar to DNS, defining domains consisting of organizations, divisions, departments,&lt;br /&gt;
and workgroups. The domains provide information about the users and available resources on that&lt;br /&gt;
domain, This X.500 system is like a directory. Its recommendation comes from the International&lt;br /&gt;
Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT).&lt;br /&gt;
Scheduling systems&lt;br /&gt;
q Microsoft Schedule+&lt;br /&gt;
q Lotus Organizer&lt;br /&gt;
Groupware&lt;br /&gt;
Used for various electronic communication to enable a group to work together better. Functions may&lt;br /&gt;
include group discussion, submission of reports and time sheets electronically, an on line help desk&lt;br /&gt;
Network Applications&lt;br /&gt;
database, forms design and access, and creating a document as a group such as configuration&lt;br /&gt;
management.&lt;br /&gt;
Database Management Systems (DBMS)&lt;br /&gt;
They are used to share data on a network. DBMS standards for distributed databases:&lt;br /&gt;
q SQL - Structured Query Language is a database access language. It is used by most client/server&lt;br /&gt;
database applications.&lt;br /&gt;
q ODBC - Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) from Microsoft lets application developers&lt;br /&gt;
integrate database connections in applications. It is an application programming interface (API).&lt;br /&gt;
ODBC drivers convert an application&#39;s query int SQL and send it to the database engine program.&lt;br /&gt;
q DRDA - Distributed Relational Database Architecture is from IBM.&lt;br /&gt;
When information is processed in a distributed database, it is called a transaction. The two phases of a&lt;br /&gt;
transaction are:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Write or Update - The data is temporarily updated. An abort can cancel what this phase did by&lt;br /&gt;
removing the changed data from a temporary storage area.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Commit - The changed data is made permanent in the database.&lt;br /&gt;
Databases store multiple copies of the data which is called replication. They must be sure the various&lt;br /&gt;
copies of the database on various servers is accurate with identical data. Data is also partitioned into&lt;br /&gt;
smaller blocks of data.&lt;br /&gt;
Wide Area Networks&lt;br /&gt;
Wide Area Networks&lt;br /&gt;
Wide Area Networks (WAN) refers to the technologies used to connect offices at remote loactions. The&lt;br /&gt;
size of a network is limited due to size and distance constraints. However networks may be connected&lt;br /&gt;
over a high speed communications link (called a WAN link) to link them together and thus become a&lt;br /&gt;
WAN. WAN links are usually:&lt;br /&gt;
q Dial up connection&lt;br /&gt;
q Dedicated connection - It is a permanent full time connection. When a dedicated connection is&lt;br /&gt;
used, the cable is leased rather than a part of the cable bandwidth and the user has exclusive use.&lt;br /&gt;
q Switched network - Several users share the same line or the bandwidth of the line. There are two&lt;br /&gt;
types of switched networks:&lt;br /&gt;
1. Circuit switching - This is a temporary connection between two points such as dial-up or&lt;br /&gt;
ISDN.&lt;br /&gt;
2. Packet switching - This is a connection between multiple points. It breaks data down into&lt;br /&gt;
small packets to be sent across the network. A virtual circuit can improve performance by&lt;br /&gt;
establishing a set path for data transmission. This will shave some overhead of a packet&lt;br /&gt;
switching network. A variant of packet switching is called cell-switching where the data is&lt;br /&gt;
broken into small cells with a fixed length.&lt;br /&gt;
WAN Connection Technologies&lt;br /&gt;
q X.25 - This is a set of protocols developed by the CCITT/ITU which specifies how to connect&lt;br /&gt;
computer devices over a internetwork. These protocols use a great deal of error checking for use&lt;br /&gt;
over unreliable telephone lines. Their speed is about 64Kbps. Normally X.25 is used on packed&lt;br /&gt;
switching PDNs (Public Data Networks). A line must be leased from the LAN to a PDN to&lt;br /&gt;
connect to an X.25 network. A PAD (packet assembler/disassembler) or an X.25 interface is used&lt;br /&gt;
on a computer to connect to the X.25 network. CCITT is an abbreviation for International&lt;br /&gt;
Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee. The ITU is the International&lt;br /&gt;
Telecommunication Union.&lt;br /&gt;
q Frame Relay - Error checking is handled by devices at both sides of the connection. Frame relay&lt;br /&gt;
uses frames of varying length and it operates at the data link layer of the OSI model. A permanent&lt;br /&gt;
virtual circuit (PVC) is established between two points on the network. Frame relay speed is&lt;br /&gt;
between 56Kbps and 1.544Mbps. Frame relay networks provide a high-speed connection up to&lt;br /&gt;
1.544Mbps using variable-length packet-switching over digital fiber-optic media.&lt;br /&gt;
q Switched Multi-megabit Data Service (SMDS) - Uses fixed length cell switching and runs at&lt;br /&gt;
speeds of 1.533 to 45Mbps. It provides no error checking and assumes devices at both ends&lt;br /&gt;
provide error checking.&lt;br /&gt;
q Telephone connections&lt;br /&gt;
r Dial up&lt;br /&gt;
r Leased lines - These are dedicated analog lines or digital lines. Dedicated digital lines are&lt;br /&gt;
Wide Area Networks&lt;br /&gt;
called digital data service (DDS) lines. A modem is used to connect to analog lines, and a&lt;br /&gt;
Channel Service Unit/Data Service Unit or Digital Service Unit(CSU/DSU) is used to&lt;br /&gt;
connect to digital lines. The DSU connects to the LAN and the CSU connects to the line.&lt;br /&gt;
r T Carrier lines - Multiplexors are used to allow several channels on one line. The T1 line is&lt;br /&gt;
basic T Carrier service. The available channels may be used separately for data or voice&lt;br /&gt;
transmissions or they may be combined for more transmission bandwidth. The 64Kbps&lt;br /&gt;
data transmission rate is referred to as DS-0 (Digital Signal level 0) and a full T1 line is&lt;br /&gt;
referred to as DS-1.&lt;br /&gt;
Signal System Total Kbps Channels Number of equivalent T1 lines&lt;br /&gt;
DS-1 T1&lt;br /&gt;
1544&lt;br /&gt;
24&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
DS-2 T2&lt;br /&gt;
6312&lt;br /&gt;
96&lt;br /&gt;
4&lt;br /&gt;
DS-3 T3&lt;br /&gt;
44736&lt;br /&gt;
672&lt;br /&gt;
28&lt;br /&gt;
DS-4 T4&lt;br /&gt;
274760&lt;br /&gt;
4032&lt;br /&gt;
3668&lt;br /&gt;
T1 and T3 lines are the most common lines in use today. T1 and T2 lines can use standard&lt;br /&gt;
copper wire. T3 and T4 lines require fiber-optic cable or other high-speed media. These&lt;br /&gt;
lines may be leased partially called fractional T1 or fractional T3 which means a customer&lt;br /&gt;
can lease a certain number of channels on the line. A CSU/DSU and a bridge or router is&lt;br /&gt;
required to connect to a T1 line.&lt;br /&gt;
r Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) - Comes in two types and converts analog&lt;br /&gt;
signals to digital for transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
s Basic Rate ISDN (BRI) - Two 64Kbps B-channels with one 16Kbps D channel.&lt;br /&gt;
The D-channel is used tor call control and setup.&lt;br /&gt;
s Primary Rate ISDN (PRI) - 23 B-channels and one D channel.&lt;br /&gt;
A device resembling a modem (called an ISDN modem) is used to connect to ISDN. The&lt;br /&gt;
computer and telephone line are plugged into it.&lt;br /&gt;
r Switched-56 - A switched line similar to a leased line where customers pay for the time&lt;br /&gt;
they use the line.&lt;br /&gt;
q Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) - May be used over a variety of media with both&lt;br /&gt;
baseband and broadband systems. It uses fixed length data packets of 53 bytes called cell&lt;br /&gt;
switching. 5 bytes contain header information. It uses hardware devices to perform the switching&lt;br /&gt;
of the data. Speeds of up to 622 Mbps can be achieved. Error checking is done at the receiving&lt;br /&gt;
device, not by ATM. A permanent virtual connection is established (PVC).&lt;br /&gt;
q Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) - a physical layer standard that defines voice, data, and&lt;br /&gt;
video delivery methods over fiber optic media. It defines data rates in terms of optical carrier&lt;br /&gt;
(OC) levels. The transmission rate of OC-1 is 51.8 Mbps. Each level runs at a multiple of the first.&lt;br /&gt;
The OC-5 data rate is 5 times 51.8 Mbps which is 259 Mbps. SONET also defines synchronous&lt;br /&gt;
transport signals (STS) for copper media which use the same speed scale of OC levels. STS-3&lt;br /&gt;
runs at the same speed of OC-3. Mesh or ring topology is used to support SONET. SONET uses&lt;br /&gt;
multiplexing. The ITU has incorporated SONET into their Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)&lt;br /&gt;
recommendations.&lt;br /&gt;
Wide Area Networks&lt;br /&gt;
Network Backup&lt;br /&gt;
Network Backup&lt;br /&gt;
Items to do when considering network backups.&lt;br /&gt;
q Set a backup schedule&lt;br /&gt;
q Determine data to be backed up and its importance to determine a backup schedule.&lt;br /&gt;
q Determine backup methods, media, and equipment to use. Backup methods include full backup,&lt;br /&gt;
file copy, backup changed files without marking files as backed up (differential backup), or&lt;br /&gt;
backup only the files that have changed since the last backup and mark them as backed up&lt;br /&gt;
(incremental backup).&lt;br /&gt;
q Determine where to store backup information such as a safe.&lt;br /&gt;
q Test the backup and restore capability of the backup system and its media to be sure it really&lt;br /&gt;
works.&lt;br /&gt;
q Maintain backup logs.&lt;br /&gt;
q Create and maintain a disaster recover plan. Rotate tapes so you could recover your data if your&lt;br /&gt;
server room or main place of operations was destroyed.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Fault Tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
Network Fault Tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
Redundant Array of Inexpensive disks (RAID)&lt;br /&gt;
RAID is a fault tolerant method of storing data, meaning that a failure can occur and the system will still&lt;br /&gt;
function. The various RAID categories are:&lt;br /&gt;
q 0 - Disk striping - Data is written across multiple drives in parallel. Different parts of the data is&lt;br /&gt;
written at the same time to more than one drive. If there are two drives, half the data is written to&lt;br /&gt;
one drive, while the rest of the data is written to the other drive. All partitions on striped drives&lt;br /&gt;
must be the same size. No fault tolerance is provided with RAID-0.&lt;br /&gt;
q 1 - Disk mirroring - All the data is written to two drives so each drive has a complete of all stored&lt;br /&gt;
data. If one drive fails, the other can be used to get a copy of the data. To be more fault tolerant,&lt;br /&gt;
more than one controller card may be used to control the mirrored hard drives. This is called disk&lt;br /&gt;
duplexing and will allow the system to keep functioning if one controller card fails.&lt;br /&gt;
q 2 - Disk striping with error correction codes (ECC).&lt;br /&gt;
q 3 - Disk striping with ECC parity information stored on a separate drive.&lt;br /&gt;
q 4 - Disk striping with blocks with parity information stored on a separate drive.&lt;br /&gt;
q 5 - Disk striping with blocks with parity information stored using multiple drives. Uses five disks&lt;br /&gt;
with one fifth of each one to store parity information.&lt;br /&gt;
Sector Sparing&lt;br /&gt;
Sector sparing will detect when data is going to be read from or written to a bad sector on the hard drive&lt;br /&gt;
and will move the data to a good sector. The bad sector is marked as not available so it is not used again.&lt;br /&gt;
Windows NT support&lt;br /&gt;
Supports RAID-0,1, and 5 along with sector sparing.&lt;br /&gt;
Terms:&lt;br /&gt;
q DAT - Digital Audio Tape&lt;br /&gt;
q Sector Sparing - A method of fault tolerance that automatically identifies and marks bad sectors as&lt;br /&gt;
not available. It is also called hot-fixing.&lt;br /&gt;
q SLED - Single Large Inexpensive disk - The concept that a large disk costs less per amount of&lt;br /&gt;
storage than several smaller ones. Somehow this concept is used as a means of fault tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Trouble Shooting&lt;br /&gt;
Network Troubleshooting&lt;br /&gt;
Documentation&lt;br /&gt;
Document the network installation and configuration&lt;br /&gt;
q Cable installation information - Cable types with network diagrams showing jacks&lt;br /&gt;
q Equipment information - Where the equipment was purchased with serial numbers, vendors and&lt;br /&gt;
warranty information.&lt;br /&gt;
q Network resources - Document commonly used resources including drive mappings.&lt;br /&gt;
q Network addressing - Record the allocation of network addresses with diagrams.&lt;br /&gt;
q Network connections - Document or diagram how your network is connected to other networks.&lt;br /&gt;
q Software configuration - Software is installed on each network node outlining the sequence of&lt;br /&gt;
software and driver installation required. Also document configuration files.&lt;br /&gt;
q User administration - Determine methods and policies for user names, passwords, and groups.&lt;br /&gt;
q Policies and procedures - Be sure network policies and procedures are defined and necessary&lt;br /&gt;
personnel are aware of them.&lt;br /&gt;
q Base network performance - Determine normal traffic levels on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
q Hardware or software changes - document all changes to the network and record dates.&lt;br /&gt;
q Software licenses - Be sure you have valid software licenses for all software with license serial&lt;br /&gt;
numbers recorded.&lt;br /&gt;
q Keep a history of troubleshooting - Record network problems and their solutions.&lt;br /&gt;
Troubleshooting and network management tools&lt;br /&gt;
q SMS - Systems Management Server from Microsoft can collect information of software on each&lt;br /&gt;
computer and can install and configure new software on the client computers. It will also monitor&lt;br /&gt;
network traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
Performance Monitoring Benefits&lt;br /&gt;
q Identify network bottlenecks.&lt;br /&gt;
q Identifying network traffic pattern trends.&lt;br /&gt;
q Provide information to help develop plans for increasing network performance.&lt;br /&gt;
q Determine the effects of hardware or software changes.&lt;br /&gt;
q Provide information to help forecast future needs.&lt;br /&gt;
Microsoft Complex Problem Structured Approach&lt;br /&gt;
1. Set the problem&#39;s priority&lt;br /&gt;
file:///D|/Systems/independent/html%20docs/pdfguides/netguide/nettrouble.html (1 of 2) [12/1/2002 4:15:54 PM]&lt;br /&gt;
Network Trouble Shooting&lt;br /&gt;
2. Identify the symptoms.&lt;br /&gt;
3. Determine possible causes.&lt;br /&gt;
4. Perform tests to determine the problem cause.&lt;br /&gt;
5. Identify a solution by studying the test results.&lt;br /&gt;
Troubleshooting Tools&lt;br /&gt;
q DVM - Digital volt meter.&lt;br /&gt;
q TDR - Time-domain reflectometer sends a sonar like electrical pulse down a cable and can&lt;br /&gt;
determine the location of a break in the cable. The pulse is reflected back to the TDR and the&lt;br /&gt;
TDR can tell where the break is by timing the time it takes for the pulse to return.&lt;br /&gt;
q Advanced Cable testers -&lt;br /&gt;
q Protocol analyzers - They are usually a mix of hardware and software and may also be referred to&lt;br /&gt;
as network analyzers. They monitor network traffic and examining packets, collecting data that&lt;br /&gt;
helps determine the network performance. They can locate:&lt;br /&gt;
r Faulty NICs or components&lt;br /&gt;
r Network bottlenecks&lt;br /&gt;
r Abnormal network traffic from a computer&lt;br /&gt;
r Conflicting applications&lt;br /&gt;
r Connection errors&lt;br /&gt;
Windows NT Server 4.0 includes the Network Monitor tool which is a software based protocol&lt;br /&gt;
analyzer.&lt;br /&gt;
q Advanced cable testers - Can determine a cable&#39;s impedance, resistance, attenuation, and if the&lt;br /&gt;
cable is broke or shorted. Advanced cable testers can acquire information about message network&lt;br /&gt;
collisions, frame counts, and congestion errors.&lt;br /&gt;
If thinnet cable is broken its resistance would go from the normal of 50 ohms to infinity.&lt;br /&gt;
q Network monitors - Used to monitor network traffic. They can examine network packets, where&lt;br /&gt;
they are from and where they are going. They can also generate reports and shows graphic&lt;br /&gt;
statistics about the network. The network monitors work through all layers of the OSI model&lt;br /&gt;
except the hardware layer. Windows NT provides the Performance Monitor tool software as a&lt;br /&gt;
network monitor.&lt;br /&gt;
q Terminators - They are placed on one end of a network cable so the cable will have proper&lt;br /&gt;
impedance. This is also a way to check the cable to be sure it is not broken.&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
Not all ports are included here, just the most common ones:&lt;br /&gt;
Keyword&lt;br /&gt;
Number Protocol(s)&lt;br /&gt;
Description&lt;br /&gt;
tcpmux&lt;br /&gt;
1&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
TCP Port Service Multiplexer&lt;br /&gt;
echo&lt;br /&gt;
7&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Echo&lt;br /&gt;
discard&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Discard&lt;br /&gt;
systat&lt;br /&gt;
11&lt;br /&gt;
TCP&lt;br /&gt;
Active Users&lt;br /&gt;
daytime&lt;br /&gt;
13&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Daytime (RFC 867)&lt;br /&gt;
qotd&lt;br /&gt;
17&lt;br /&gt;
TCP&lt;br /&gt;
Quote of the Day&lt;br /&gt;
msp&lt;br /&gt;
18&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
message send protocol&lt;br /&gt;
chargen&lt;br /&gt;
19&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Character Generator&lt;br /&gt;
ftp-data&lt;br /&gt;
20&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
File transfer default data&lt;br /&gt;
ftp&lt;br /&gt;
21&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
File transfer control&lt;br /&gt;
ssh&lt;br /&gt;
22&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Remote login protocol&lt;br /&gt;
telnet&lt;br /&gt;
23&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Telnet&lt;br /&gt;
smtp&lt;br /&gt;
25&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Simple Mail Transfer&lt;br /&gt;
time&lt;br /&gt;
37&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Time&lt;br /&gt;
rlp&lt;br /&gt;
39&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Resource location protocol&lt;br /&gt;
nameserver&lt;br /&gt;
42&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Host name server&lt;br /&gt;
whois&lt;br /&gt;
43&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Who is&lt;br /&gt;
re-mail-ck&lt;br /&gt;
50&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Remote mail checking protocol&lt;br /&gt;
domain&lt;br /&gt;
53&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Domain name server&lt;br /&gt;
bootps&lt;br /&gt;
67&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Bootstrap protocol server&lt;br /&gt;
bootpc&lt;br /&gt;
68&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Bootstrap protocol client&lt;br /&gt;
tftp&lt;br /&gt;
69&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Trivial file transfer protocol&lt;br /&gt;
gopher&lt;br /&gt;
70&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Gopher&lt;br /&gt;
finger&lt;br /&gt;
79&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Finger&lt;br /&gt;
www&lt;br /&gt;
80&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
World wide web or HTTP&lt;br /&gt;
kerberos&lt;br /&gt;
88&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Kerberos&lt;br /&gt;
supdup&lt;br /&gt;
95&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
SUPDUP&lt;br /&gt;
hostname&lt;br /&gt;
101&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
NIC Host Name Server&lt;br /&gt;
iso-tsap&lt;br /&gt;
102&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
ISO-TSAP Class 0&lt;br /&gt;
csnet-ns&lt;br /&gt;
105&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
CCSO name server protocol&lt;br /&gt;
rtelnet&lt;br /&gt;
107&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Remote Telnet Service&lt;br /&gt;
pop-2&lt;br /&gt;
109&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Post Office Protocol - Version 2&lt;br /&gt;
pop-3&lt;br /&gt;
110&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Post Office Protocol - Version 3&lt;br /&gt;
sunrps&lt;br /&gt;
111&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
SUN Remote Procedure Call&lt;br /&gt;
auth&lt;br /&gt;
113&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Authentication Service&lt;br /&gt;
sftp&lt;br /&gt;
115&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Simple File Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
uucp-path&lt;br /&gt;
117&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
UUCP Path Service&lt;br /&gt;
nntp&lt;br /&gt;
119&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Network News Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
nyp&lt;br /&gt;
123&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Network Time Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
netbios-ne&lt;br /&gt;
137&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
NETBIOS Name Service&lt;br /&gt;
netbios-dgram&lt;br /&gt;
138&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
NETBIOS Datagram Service&lt;br /&gt;
netbios-ssn&lt;br /&gt;
139&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
NETBIOS Session Service&lt;br /&gt;
imap&lt;br /&gt;
143&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Message Access Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
snmp&lt;br /&gt;
161&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
SNMP&lt;br /&gt;
snmp-trap&lt;br /&gt;
162&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
SNMPTRAP&lt;br /&gt;
cmip-man&lt;br /&gt;
163&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
CMIP/TCP Manager&lt;br /&gt;
cmip-agent&lt;br /&gt;
164&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
CMIP/TCP Agent&lt;br /&gt;
xdmcp&lt;br /&gt;
177&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP X Display Manager Control Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
nextstep&lt;br /&gt;
178&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
NextStep Window Server&lt;br /&gt;
bgp&lt;br /&gt;
179&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Border Gateway Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
prospero&lt;br /&gt;
191&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Prospero Directory Service&lt;br /&gt;
irc&lt;br /&gt;
194&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
Internet Relay Chat Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
smux&lt;br /&gt;
199&lt;br /&gt;
TCP, UDP&lt;br /&gt;
SMUX&lt;br /&gt;
at-rtmp 201/tcp # AppleTalk routing&lt;br /&gt;
at-rtmp 201/udp&lt;br /&gt;
at-nbp 202/tcp # AppleTalk name binding&lt;br /&gt;
at-nbp 202/udp&lt;br /&gt;
at-echo 204/tcp # AppleTalk echo&lt;br /&gt;
at-echo 204/udp&lt;br /&gt;
at-zis 206/tcp # AppleTalk zone information&lt;br /&gt;
at-zis 206/udp&lt;br /&gt;
qmtp 209/tcp # The Quick Mail Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
qmtp 209/udp # The Quick Mail Transfer Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
z3950 210/tcp wais # NISO Z39.50 database&lt;br /&gt;
z3950 210/udp wais&lt;br /&gt;
ipx 213/tcp # IPX&lt;br /&gt;
ipx 213/udp&lt;br /&gt;
imap3 220/tcp # Interactive Mail Access&lt;br /&gt;
imap3 220/udp # Protocol v3&lt;br /&gt;
rpc2portmap 369/tcp&lt;br /&gt;
rpc2portmap 369/udp # Coda portmapper&lt;br /&gt;
codaauth2 370/tcp&lt;br /&gt;
codaauth2 370/udp # Coda authentication server&lt;br /&gt;
ulistserv 372/tcp # UNIX Listserv&lt;br /&gt;
ulistserv 372/udp&lt;br /&gt;
https 443/tcp # MCom&lt;br /&gt;
https 443/udp # MCom&lt;br /&gt;
snpp 444/tcp # Simple Network Paging Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
snpp 444/udp # Simple Network Paging Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
saft 487/tcp # Simple Asynchronous File Transfer&lt;br /&gt;
saft 487/udp # Simple Asynchronous File Transfer&lt;br /&gt;
npmp-local 610/tcp dqs313_qmaster # npmp-local / DQS&lt;br /&gt;
npmp-local 610/udp dqs313_qmaster # npmp-local / DQS&lt;br /&gt;
npmp-gui 611/tcp dqs313_execd # npmp-gui / DQS&lt;br /&gt;
npmp-gui 611/udp dqs313_execd # npmp-gui / DQS&lt;br /&gt;
hmmp-ind 612/tcp dqs313_intercell# HMMP Indication / DQS&lt;br /&gt;
hmmp-ind 612/udp dqs313_intercell# HMMP Indication / DQS&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# UNIX specific services&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
exec 512/tcp&lt;br /&gt;
biff 512/udp comsat&lt;br /&gt;
login 513/tcp&lt;br /&gt;
who 513/udp whod&lt;br /&gt;
shell 514/tcp cmd # no passwords used&lt;br /&gt;
syslog 514/udp&lt;br /&gt;
printer 515/tcp spooler # line printer spooler&lt;br /&gt;
talk 517/udp&lt;br /&gt;
ntalk 518/udp&lt;br /&gt;
route 520/udp router routed # RIP&lt;br /&gt;
timed 525/udp timeserver&lt;br /&gt;
tempo 526/tcp newdate&lt;br /&gt;
courier 530/tcp rpc&lt;br /&gt;
conference 531/tcp chat&lt;br /&gt;
netnews 532/tcp readnews&lt;br /&gt;
netwall 533/udp # -for emergency broadcasts&lt;br /&gt;
uucp 540/tcp uucpd # uucp daemon&lt;br /&gt;
afpovertcp 548/tcp # AFP over TCP&lt;br /&gt;
afpovertcp 548/udp # AFP over TCP&lt;br /&gt;
remotefs 556/tcp rfs_server rfs # Brunhoff remote filesystem&lt;br /&gt;
klogin 543/tcp # Kerberized `rlogin&#39; (v5)&lt;br /&gt;
kshell 544/tcp krcmd # Kerberized `rsh&#39; (v5)&lt;br /&gt;
kerberos-adm 749/tcp # Kerberos `kadmin&#39; (v5)&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
webster 765/tcp # Network dictionary&lt;br /&gt;
webster 765/udp&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# From ``Assigned Numbers&#39;&#39;:&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; The Registered Ports are not controlled by the IANA and on most systems&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; can be used by ordinary user processes or programs executed by ordinary&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; users.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; Ports are used in the TCP [45,106] to name the ends of logical&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; connections which carry long term conversations. For the purpose of&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; providing services to unknown callers, a service contact port is&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; defined. This list specifies the port used by the server process as its&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; contact port. While the IANA can not control uses of these ports it&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; does register or list uses of these ports as a convienence to the&lt;br /&gt;
#&gt; community.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
ingreslock 1524/tcp&lt;br /&gt;
ingreslock 1524/udp&lt;br /&gt;
prospero-np 1525/tcp # Prospero non-privileged&lt;br /&gt;
prospero-np 1525/udp&lt;br /&gt;
datametrics 1645/tcp old-radius # datametrics / old radius entry&lt;br /&gt;
datametrics 1645/udp old-radius # datametrics / old radius entry&lt;br /&gt;
sa-msg-port 1646/tcp old-radacct # sa-msg-port / old radacct entry&lt;br /&gt;
sa-msg-port 1646/udp old-radacct # sa-msg-port / old radacct entry&lt;br /&gt;
radius 1812/tcp # Radius&lt;br /&gt;
radius 1812/udp # Radius&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
radacct 1813/tcp # Radius Accounting&lt;br /&gt;
radacct 1813/udp # Radius Accounting&lt;br /&gt;
cvspserver 2401/tcp # CVS client/server operations&lt;br /&gt;
cvspserver 2401/udp # CVS client/server operations&lt;br /&gt;
venus 2430/tcp # codacon port&lt;br /&gt;
venus 2430/udp # Venus callback/wbc interface&lt;br /&gt;
venus-se 2431/tcp # tcp side effects&lt;br /&gt;
venus-se 2431/udp # udp sftp side effect&lt;br /&gt;
codasrv 2432/tcp # not used&lt;br /&gt;
codasrv 2432/udp # server port&lt;br /&gt;
codasrv-se 2433/tcp # tcp side effects&lt;br /&gt;
codasrv-se 2433/udp # udp sftp side effect&lt;br /&gt;
mysql 3306/tcp # MySQL&lt;br /&gt;
mysql 3306/udp # MySQL&lt;br /&gt;
rfe 5002/tcp # Radio Free Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
rfe 5002/udp # Actually uses UDP only&lt;br /&gt;
cfengine 5308/tcp # CFengine&lt;br /&gt;
cfengine 5308/udp # CFengine&lt;br /&gt;
bbs 7000/tcp # BBS service&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Kerberos (Project Athena/MIT) services&lt;br /&gt;
# Note that these are for Kerberos v4, and are unofficial. Sites running&lt;br /&gt;
# v4 should uncomment these and comment out the v5 entries above.&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
kerberos4 750/udp kerberos-iv kdc # Kerberos (server) udp&lt;br /&gt;
kerberos4 750/tcp kerberos-iv kdc # Kerberos (server) tcp&lt;br /&gt;
kerberos_master 751/udp # Kerberos authentication&lt;br /&gt;
kerberos_master 751/tcp # Kerberos authentication&lt;br /&gt;
passwd_server 752/udp # Kerberos passwd server&lt;br /&gt;
krb_prop 754/tcp # Kerberos slave propagation&lt;br /&gt;
krbupdate 760/tcp kreg # Kerberos registration&lt;br /&gt;
kpasswd 761/tcp kpwd # Kerberos &quot;passwd&quot;&lt;br /&gt;
kpop 1109/tcp # Pop with Kerberos&lt;br /&gt;
knetd 2053/tcp # Kerberos de-multiplexor&lt;br /&gt;
zephyr-srv 2102/udp # Zephyr server&lt;br /&gt;
zephyr-clt 2103/udp # Zephyr serv-hm connection&lt;br /&gt;
zephyr-hm 2104/udp # Zephyr hostmanager&lt;br /&gt;
eklogin 2105/tcp # Kerberos encrypted rlogin&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Unofficial but necessary (for NetBSD) services&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
supfilesrv 871/tcp # SUP server&lt;br /&gt;
supfiledbg 1127/tcp # SUP debugging&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Datagram Delivery Protocol services&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
rtmp 1/ddp # Routing Table Maintenance Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
nbp 2/ddp # Name Binding Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
echo 4/ddp # AppleTalk Echo Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
zip 6/ddp # Zone Information Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
#&lt;br /&gt;
# Services added for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution&lt;br /&gt;
poppassd 106/tcp # Eudora&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
poppassd 106/udp # Eudora&lt;br /&gt;
mailq 174/tcp # Mailer transport queue for Zmailer&lt;br /&gt;
mailq 174/tcp # Mailer transport queue for Zmailer&lt;br /&gt;
ssmtp 465/tcp # SMTP over SSL&lt;br /&gt;
gdomap 538/tcp # GNUstep distributed objects&lt;br /&gt;
gdomap 538/udp # GNUstep distributed objects&lt;br /&gt;
snews 563/tcp # NNTP over SSL&lt;br /&gt;
ssl-ldap 636/tcp # LDAP over SSL&lt;br /&gt;
omirr 808/tcp omirrd # online mirror&lt;br /&gt;
omirr 808/udp omirrd # online mirror&lt;br /&gt;
rsync 873/tcp # rsync&lt;br /&gt;
rsync 873/udp # rsync&lt;br /&gt;
simap 993/tcp # IMAP over SSL&lt;br /&gt;
spop3 995/tcp # POP-3 over SSL&lt;br /&gt;
socks 1080/tcp # socks proxy server&lt;br /&gt;
socks 1080/udp # socks proxy server&lt;br /&gt;
rmtcfg 1236/tcp # Gracilis Packeten remote config&lt;br /&gt;
server&lt;br /&gt;
xtel 1313/tcp # french minitel&lt;br /&gt;
support 1529/tcp # GNATS&lt;br /&gt;
cfinger 2003/tcp # GNU Finger&lt;br /&gt;
ninstall 2150/tcp # ninstall service&lt;br /&gt;
ninstall 2150/udp # ninstall service&lt;br /&gt;
afbackup 2988/tcp # Afbackup system&lt;br /&gt;
afbackup 2988/udp # Afbackup system&lt;br /&gt;
icp 3130/tcp # Internet Cache Protocol (Squid)&lt;br /&gt;
icp 3130/udp # Internet Cache Protocol (Squid)&lt;br /&gt;
postgres 5432/tcp # POSTGRES&lt;br /&gt;
postgres 5432/udp # POSTGRES&lt;br /&gt;
fax 4557/tcp # FAX transmission service&lt;br /&gt;
(old)&lt;br /&gt;
hylafax 4559/tcp # HylaFAX client-server protocol&lt;br /&gt;
(new)&lt;br /&gt;
noclog 5354/tcp # noclogd with TCP (nocol)&lt;br /&gt;
noclog 5354/udp # noclogd with UDP (nocol)&lt;br /&gt;
hostmon 5355/tcp # hostmon uses TCP (nocol)&lt;br /&gt;
hostmon 5355/udp # hostmon uses TCP (nocol)&lt;br /&gt;
ircd 6667/tcp # Internet Relay Chat&lt;br /&gt;
ircd 6667/udp # Internet Relay Chat&lt;br /&gt;
webcache 8080/tcp # WWW caching service&lt;br /&gt;
webcache 8080/udp # WWW caching service&lt;br /&gt;
tproxy 8081/tcp # Transparent Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
tproxy 8081/udp # Transparent Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
mandelspawn 9359/udp mandelbrot # network mandelbrot&lt;br /&gt;
amanda 10080/udp # amanda backup services&lt;br /&gt;
kamanda 10081/tcp # amanda backup services (Kerberos)&lt;br /&gt;
kamanda 10081/udp # amanda backup services (Kerberos)&lt;br /&gt;
amandaidx 10082/tcp # amanda backup services&lt;br /&gt;
amidxtape 10083/tcp # amanda backup services&lt;br /&gt;
isdnlog 20011/tcp # isdn logging system&lt;br /&gt;
isdnlog 20011/udp # isdn logging system&lt;br /&gt;
vboxd 20012/tcp # voice box system&lt;br /&gt;
vboxd 20012/udp # voice box system&lt;br /&gt;
binkp 24554/tcp # Binkley&lt;br /&gt;
Network Ports&lt;br /&gt;
binkp 24554/udp # Binkley&lt;br /&gt;
asp 27374/tcp # Address Search Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
asp 27374/udp # Address Search Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
tfido 60177/tcp # Ifmail&lt;br /&gt;
tfido 60177/udp # Ifmail&lt;br /&gt;
fido 60179/tcp # Ifmail&lt;br /&gt;
fido 60179/udp # Ifmail&lt;br /&gt;
# Local services&lt;br /&gt;
linuxconf 98/tcp&lt;br /&gt;
swat 901/tcp # Add swat service used via inetd</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/3186837329259064889/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/networking-tutorial.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3186837329259064889'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3186837329259064889'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/networking-tutorial.html' title='Networking Tutorial'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-5004190851384075370</id><published>2010-01-27T12:47:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2010-01-27T12:47:18.704+05:30</updated><title type='text'>VMware INFORMATION GUIDE</title><content type='html'>&lt;b&gt;VMware Virtual Networking Concepts&lt;br /&gt;
Introduction&lt;/b&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, virtual networks enable functionality not possible&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Infrastructure   provides a rich set of networking&lt;br /&gt;
with physical networks today.&lt;br /&gt;
capabilities that integrate well with sophisticated enterprise&lt;br /&gt;
This guide is for VMware Infrastructure   users who want a&lt;br /&gt;
networks. These networking capabilities are provided by&lt;br /&gt;
clearer understanding of the basic design of the networking&lt;br /&gt;
VMware ESX Server and managed by VMware VirtualCenter.&lt;br /&gt;
capabilities in VMware Infrastructure   and how that design&lt;br /&gt;
With virtual networking, you can network virtual machines in&lt;br /&gt;
affects deployment in the datacenter.&lt;br /&gt;
the same way that you do physical machines and can build&lt;br /&gt;
complex networks within a single ESX Server host or across&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Infrastructure Networking&lt;br /&gt;
multiple ESX Server hosts, for production deployments or devel-&lt;br /&gt;
Components&lt;br /&gt;
opment and testing purposes.&lt;br /&gt;
The VMware Infrastructure   networking stack uses a modular&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual switches allow virtual machines on the same ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
design for maximum flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;
host to communicate with each other using the same protocols&lt;br /&gt;
The key virtual networking components provided by Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
that would be used over physical switches, without the need&lt;br /&gt;
Infrastructure   are virtual Ethernet adapters, used by individual&lt;br /&gt;
for additional networking hardware. ESX Server virtual switches&lt;br /&gt;
virtual machines, and virtual switches, which connect virtual&lt;br /&gt;
also support VLANs that are compatible with standard VLAN&lt;br /&gt;
machines to each other and connect both virtual machines and&lt;br /&gt;
implementations from other vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
the ESX Server service console to external networks, as shown&lt;br /&gt;
A virtual machine can be configured with one or more virtual&lt;br /&gt;
in Figure 1.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapters, each of which each has its own IP address&lt;br /&gt;
The sections that follow provide more detail about each of&lt;br /&gt;
and MAC address. As a result, virtual machines have the same&lt;br /&gt;
these components.&lt;br /&gt;
properties as physical machines from a networking standpoint.&lt;br /&gt;
VM0&lt;br /&gt;
VM1&lt;br /&gt;
VM2&lt;br /&gt;
VM3&lt;br /&gt;
App&lt;br /&gt;
App&lt;br /&gt;
App&lt;br /&gt;
App&lt;br /&gt;
Service&lt;br /&gt;
OS&lt;br /&gt;
OS&lt;br /&gt;
OS&lt;br /&gt;
OS&lt;br /&gt;
console&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
adapters&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server 3&lt;br /&gt;
virtual&lt;br /&gt;
switches&lt;br /&gt;
Physical&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
adapters&lt;br /&gt;
Production&lt;br /&gt;
Production&lt;br /&gt;
Management&lt;br /&gt;
LAN&lt;br /&gt;
LAN&lt;br /&gt;
LAN&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 1 — Virtual switches in ESX Server 3 connect virtual machines and the service console to each other and to external networks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
How Virtual ethernet adapters work&lt;br /&gt;
How Virtual Switches work&lt;br /&gt;
In discussions of VMware Infrastructure  , you may see refer-&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual switches are the key networking components in VMware&lt;br /&gt;
ences to as many as five different virtual network adapters.&lt;br /&gt;
Infrastructure  . You can create up to   8 virtual switches on&lt;br /&gt;
Three of those are virtual Ethernet adapters used by virtual&lt;br /&gt;
each ESX Server   host.&lt;br /&gt;
machines. In most cases, a virtual machine uses only one of the&lt;br /&gt;
A virtual switch is “built to order” at run time from a collection of&lt;br /&gt;
three types of virtual adapters. The three types of adapters avail-&lt;br /&gt;
small functional units. Some of the key functional units are:&lt;br /&gt;
able for virtual machines are:&lt;br /&gt;
• The core Layer   forwarding engine.&lt;br /&gt;
• vmxnet — a paravirtualized device that works only if VMware&lt;br /&gt;
Tools is installed in the guest operating system. A paravirtual-&lt;br /&gt;
This is a key part of the system (for both performance and&lt;br /&gt;
ized device is one designed with specific awareness that it&lt;br /&gt;
correctness), and in Virtual Infrastructure   it is simplified so&lt;br /&gt;
is running in a virtualized environment. The vmxnet adapter&lt;br /&gt;
it only processes Layer   Ethernet headers. It is completely&lt;br /&gt;
is designed for high performance. In most cases, when you&lt;br /&gt;
independent of other implementation details, such as differ-&lt;br /&gt;
select the flexible network adapter, this is the adapter used&lt;br /&gt;
ences in physical Ethernet adapters and emulation differences&lt;br /&gt;
after VMware Tools is installed in the guest operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
in virtual Ethernet adapters.&lt;br /&gt;
• vlance — a virtual device that provides strict emulation of the&lt;br /&gt;
• VLAN tagging, stripping, and filtering units.&lt;br /&gt;
AMD Lance PCNet   Ethernet adapter. It is compatible with&lt;br /&gt;
• Layer   security, checksum, and segmentation offload units.&lt;br /&gt;
most   -bit guest operating systems. This adapter is used&lt;br /&gt;
This modular approach has become a basic principle to be&lt;br /&gt;
when you select the flexible network adapter but VMware&lt;br /&gt;
followed in future development, as well.&lt;br /&gt;
Tools is not installed in the guest operating system.&lt;br /&gt;
When the virtual switch is built at run time, ESX Server   loads&lt;br /&gt;
• e1000 — a virtual device that provides strict emulation of&lt;br /&gt;
only those components it needs. It installs and runs only what&lt;br /&gt;
the Intel E1000 Ethernet adapter. This is the virtual Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
is actually needed to support the specific physical and virtual&lt;br /&gt;
adapter used in 6 -bit virtual machines. It is also available in&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapter types used in the configuration. This means&lt;br /&gt;
  -bit virtual machines.&lt;br /&gt;
the system pays the lowest possible cost in complexity and&lt;br /&gt;
The other virtual network adapters are:&lt;br /&gt;
demands on system performance.&lt;br /&gt;
• vswif — a paravirtualized device similar to vmxnet that is&lt;br /&gt;
The design of ESX Server   supports temporarily loading certain&lt;br /&gt;
used only by the ESX Server service console.&lt;br /&gt;
components in the field — a capability that could be used, for&lt;br /&gt;
• vmknic — a virtual device in the VMkernel, the software&lt;br /&gt;
example, for running appropriately designed diagnostic utilities.&lt;br /&gt;
layer that manages most of the physical resources on the&lt;br /&gt;
An additional benefit of the modular design is that VMware&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server host. The vmknic is used by the TCP/IP stack that&lt;br /&gt;
and third-party developers can easily incorporate modules to&lt;br /&gt;
services VMotion, NFS and software iSCSI clients that run at&lt;br /&gt;
enhance the system in the future.&lt;br /&gt;
the VMkernel level, and remote console traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
In many ways, the ESX Server virtual switches are similar to&lt;br /&gt;
All five of the virtual network devices share the following char-&lt;br /&gt;
physical switches. In some notable ways, they are different.&lt;br /&gt;
acteristics:&lt;br /&gt;
Understanding these similarities and differences will help you&lt;br /&gt;
• They have their own MAC addresses and unicast/multicast/&lt;br /&gt;
plan the configuration of your virtual network and its connec-&lt;br /&gt;
broadcast filters.&lt;br /&gt;
tions to your physical network.&lt;br /&gt;
• They are strictly Layer   Ethernet adapter devices.&lt;br /&gt;
A Virtual Switch Is Similar to a Physical Switch&lt;br /&gt;
A virtual switch, as implemented in ESX Server  , works in much&lt;br /&gt;
Note: The speed and duplex settings found in physical&lt;br /&gt;
the same way as a modern Ethernet switch.&lt;br /&gt;
networking are not relevant in the virtual network, because&lt;br /&gt;
all the data transfer takes place in the host system’s RAM,&lt;br /&gt;
It maintains a MAC:port forwarding table and performs the fol-&lt;br /&gt;
nearly instantaneously and without the possibility of colli-&lt;br /&gt;
lowing functions:&lt;br /&gt;
sions or other signaling-related errors.&lt;br /&gt;
• Looks up each frame’s destination MAC when it arrives.&lt;br /&gt;
• Forwards a frame to one or more ports for transmission.&lt;br /&gt;
• Avoids unnecessary deliveries (in other words, it is not a hub).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
An ESX Server   virtual switch supports VLAN segmentation at&lt;br /&gt;
• Because there is no need to cascade virtual switches, Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
the port level. This means each port can be configured in either&lt;br /&gt;
Infrastructure   provides no capability to connect virtual&lt;br /&gt;
of the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
switches.&lt;br /&gt;
• With access to a single VLAN, making it what&#39;s called an&lt;br /&gt;
• Because there is no way to connect virtual switches, there is&lt;br /&gt;
access port in the world of physical switches, or in ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
no need to prevent bad virtual switch connections.&lt;br /&gt;
terminology, using virtual switch tagging.&lt;br /&gt;
• Because virtual switches cannot share physical Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
• With access to multiple VLANs, leaving tags intact, making it&lt;br /&gt;
adapters, there is no way to fool the Ethernet adapter into&lt;br /&gt;
what&#39;s called a trunk port in the world of physical switches, or&lt;br /&gt;
doing loopback or some similar configuration that would&lt;br /&gt;
in ESX Server terminology, using virtual guest tagging.&lt;br /&gt;
cause a leak between virtual switches.&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on these options, see the section VLANs&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, each virtual switch has its own forwarding table,&lt;br /&gt;
in VMware Infrastructure on page 7.&lt;br /&gt;
and there is no mechanism to allow an entry in one table to&lt;br /&gt;
An ESX Server   virtual switch supports copying packets to a&lt;br /&gt;
point to a port on another virtual switch. In other words, every&lt;br /&gt;
mirror port. By using what is called promiscuous mode, ESX&lt;br /&gt;
destination the switch looks up can match only ports on the&lt;br /&gt;
Server makes a virtual switch port act as a SPAN port or mirror&lt;br /&gt;
same virtual switch as the port where the frame originated,&lt;br /&gt;
port. This capability makes it possible to debug using a sniffer or&lt;br /&gt;
even if other virtual switches’ lookup tables contain entries for&lt;br /&gt;
to run monitoring applications such as IDS.&lt;br /&gt;
that address.&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, an administrator can manage many configuration&lt;br /&gt;
It is unlikely that a would-be attacker could circumvent virtual&lt;br /&gt;
options for the switch as a whole and for individual ports using&lt;br /&gt;
switch isolation because it would be possible only if there were&lt;br /&gt;
the Virtual Infrastructure Client.&lt;br /&gt;
a substantial unknown security flaw in the vmkernel. Because&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server parses so little of the frame data — primarily just the&lt;br /&gt;
A Virtual Switch Is Different from a Physical Switch&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet header — this would be difficult, and once an attacker&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server provides a direct channel from virtual Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
had such access, richer targets than breaking virtual switch iso-&lt;br /&gt;
adapters for such configuration information as authorita-&lt;br /&gt;
lation are readily available.&lt;br /&gt;
tive MAC filter updates. So there is no need to learn unicast&lt;br /&gt;
There are natural limits to this isolation. If you connect the&lt;br /&gt;
addresses or perform IGMP snooping to learn multicast group&lt;br /&gt;
uplinks of two virtual switches together, or if you bridge two&lt;br /&gt;
membership.&lt;br /&gt;
virtual switches with software running in a virtual machine, you&lt;br /&gt;
open the door to the same kinds of problems you might see in&lt;br /&gt;
Ports on the virtual switch may automatical y enter mirror&lt;br /&gt;
physical switches.&lt;br /&gt;
mode when the virtual Ethernet adapter&#39;s promiscuous bit&lt;br /&gt;
is set — if virtual switch and port group policies al ow.&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Ports&lt;br /&gt;
Spanning Tree Protocol Not Needed&lt;br /&gt;
The ports on a virtual switch provide logical connection points&lt;br /&gt;
VMware Infrastructure   enforces a single-tier networking&lt;br /&gt;
among virtual devices and between virtual and physical&lt;br /&gt;
topology. In other words, there is no way to interconnect&lt;br /&gt;
devices. You can think of them as virtual RJ-   connectors. Each&lt;br /&gt;
multiple virtual switches, thus the network cannot be config-&lt;br /&gt;
virtual switch can have up to 1,016 virtual ports, with a limit of&lt;br /&gt;
ured to introduce loops. As a result, Spanning Tree Protocol&lt;br /&gt;
 ,096 ports on all virtual switches on a host.&lt;br /&gt;
(STP) is not needed and is not present.&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual ports in ESX Server provide a rich control channel for&lt;br /&gt;
communication with the virtual Ethernet adapters attached to&lt;br /&gt;
Note: It is actually possible, with some effort, to introduce&lt;br /&gt;
them. ESX Server virtual ports:&lt;br /&gt;
a loop with virtual switches. However, to do so, you must&lt;br /&gt;
run Layer   bridging software in a guest with two virtual&lt;br /&gt;
• Know authoritatively what the configured receive filters are&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapters connected to the same subnet. This&lt;br /&gt;
for virtual Ethernet adapters attached to them. This means no&lt;br /&gt;
would be difficult to do accidental y, and there is no reason&lt;br /&gt;
MAC learning is required to populate forwarding tables.&lt;br /&gt;
to do so in typical configurations.&lt;br /&gt;
• Unlike physical switches, know authoritatively the “hard”&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Switch Isolation&lt;br /&gt;
configuration of the virtual Ethernet adapters attached to&lt;br /&gt;
them. This capability makes it possible to set such policies as&lt;br /&gt;
Network traffic cannot flow directly from one virtual switch to&lt;br /&gt;
“guest can’t change MAC address,” because the virtual switch&lt;br /&gt;
another virtual switch within the same host. Virtual switches&lt;br /&gt;
port can essentially know for sure what is “burned into ROM”&lt;br /&gt;
provide all the ports you need in one switch, leading to the fol-&lt;br /&gt;
(actually, stored in the configuration file, outside control of&lt;br /&gt;
lowing benefits:&lt;br /&gt;
the guest operating system).&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
Uplink Ports&lt;br /&gt;
Port groups are important particularly for VMotion. To under-&lt;br /&gt;
Uplink ports are ports associated with physical adapters, provid-&lt;br /&gt;
stand why, consider what happens as virtual machines migrate&lt;br /&gt;
ing a connection between a virtual network and a physical&lt;br /&gt;
to new hosts using VMotion.&lt;br /&gt;
network. Physical adapters connect to uplink ports when they&lt;br /&gt;
Port groups make it possible to specify that a given virtual&lt;br /&gt;
are initialized by a device driver or when the teaming policies&lt;br /&gt;
machine should have a particular type of connectivity on every&lt;br /&gt;
for virtual switches are reconfigured.&lt;br /&gt;
host on which it might run.&lt;br /&gt;
Some virtual switches should not connect to a physical network Port groups are user-named objects that contain enough config-&lt;br /&gt;
and thus have no uplink port, as shown in Figure  . This is the&lt;br /&gt;
uration information to provide persistent and consistent network&lt;br /&gt;
case, for example, for a virtual switch that provides connections&lt;br /&gt;
access for virtual Ethernet adapters:&lt;br /&gt;
between a firewall virtual machine and the virtual machines&lt;br /&gt;
• Virtual switch name&lt;br /&gt;
protected by the firewall.&lt;br /&gt;
• VLAN IDs and policies for tagging and filtering&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Ethernet adapters connect to virtual ports when you&lt;br /&gt;
power on the virtual machine on which the adapters are con-&lt;br /&gt;
• Teaming policy&lt;br /&gt;
figured, when you take an explicit action to connect the device,&lt;br /&gt;
• Layer   security options&lt;br /&gt;
or when you migrate a virtual machine using VMotion.&lt;br /&gt;
• Traffic shaping parameters&lt;br /&gt;
A virtual Ethernet adapter updates the virtual switch port with&lt;br /&gt;
In short, port group definitions capture all the settings for a&lt;br /&gt;
MAC filtering information when it is initialized and whenever it&lt;br /&gt;
switch port. Then, when you want to connect a virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
changes.&lt;br /&gt;
to a particular kind of port, you simply specify the name of a&lt;br /&gt;
A virtual port may ignore any requests from the virtual Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
port group with an appropriate definition.&lt;br /&gt;
adapter that would violate the Layer   security policy in effect&lt;br /&gt;
Port groups may specify different host-level parameters on dif-&lt;br /&gt;
for the port. For example, if MAC spoofing is blocked, the port&lt;br /&gt;
ferent hosts — teaming configurations, for example. But the key&lt;br /&gt;
drops any packets that violate this rule.&lt;br /&gt;
element is that the result is a consistent view of the network for&lt;br /&gt;
Port Groups&lt;br /&gt;
a virtual machine connected to that port group, whichever host&lt;br /&gt;
As important as they are in VMware Infrastructure virtual net-&lt;br /&gt;
is running it.&lt;br /&gt;
working, port groups do not correspond exactly to features&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Port groups do not necessarily correspond one-to-one to&lt;br /&gt;
commonly found in physical networks. The closest counterpart&lt;br /&gt;
VLAN groups. It is possible, and even reasonable, to assign the&lt;br /&gt;
is the SmartPort feature offered in some Cisco switches. You can&lt;br /&gt;
same VLAN ID to multiple port groups. This would be useful&lt;br /&gt;
think of port groups as templates for creating virtual ports with&lt;br /&gt;
if, for example, you wanted to give different groups of virtual&lt;br /&gt;
particular sets of specifications. You can create a maximum of&lt;br /&gt;
machines different physical Ethernet adapters in a NIC team for&lt;br /&gt;
 1  port groups on a single host.&lt;br /&gt;
active use and for standby use, while all the adapters are on the&lt;br /&gt;
same VLAN.&lt;br /&gt;
VM1&lt;br /&gt;
VM2&lt;br /&gt;
Uplinks&lt;br /&gt;
Physical Ethernet adapters serve as bridges between virtual&lt;br /&gt;
App&lt;br /&gt;
App&lt;br /&gt;
and physical networks. In VMware Infrastructure, they are called&lt;br /&gt;
OS&lt;br /&gt;
OS&lt;br /&gt;
uplinks, and the virtual ports connected to them are called&lt;br /&gt;
uplink ports. A single host may have a maximum of    uplinks,&lt;br /&gt;
vnic0&lt;br /&gt;
vnic1&lt;br /&gt;
which may be on one switch or distributed among a number of&lt;br /&gt;
switches.&lt;br /&gt;
In order for a virtual switch to provide access to more than&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
one VLAN, the physical switch ports to which its uplinks are&lt;br /&gt;
switches&lt;br /&gt;
connected must be in trunking mode. It is important to prune&lt;br /&gt;
the VLANs, keeping only those that are required for the virtual&lt;br /&gt;
switch. Failure to do so can cause unnecessary overhead on the&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server host because it must process broadcast traffic for all&lt;br /&gt;
VLANs trunked to it.&lt;br /&gt;
You should prune VLANs at the physical switch level, but&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 2 — Virtual switches in ESX Server 3 can be configured with uplink ports&lt;br /&gt;
or with no uplink port.&lt;br /&gt;
pruning at the physical switch cannot be quite as aggressive as&lt;br /&gt;
pruning at the uplink because the virtual switch knows which&lt;br /&gt;
6&lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
virtual machines are actually powered on. As a result, the virtual&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual switch does not copy the entire frame, because&lt;br /&gt;
switch may be able to prune VLANs that are needed but are not&lt;br /&gt;
that would be inefficient, but ESX Server must make sure that&lt;br /&gt;
in use at the time you are pruning.&lt;br /&gt;
the guest operating system does not have access to any sen-&lt;br /&gt;
You can specify different teaming behavior for different groups&lt;br /&gt;
sitive data once the frame is passed on to the virtual switch.&lt;br /&gt;
of virtual machines that share the same team of physical&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server ensures that frames are contained within the appro-&lt;br /&gt;
adapters. For example, you can vary the active/standby status of&lt;br /&gt;
priate VLAN on a virtual switch. It does so in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
each adapter in the team across port groups to get both good&lt;br /&gt;
• VLAN data is carried outside the frame as it passes through&lt;br /&gt;
link aggregation and failover behavior. For more information on&lt;br /&gt;
the virtual switch. Filtering is a simple integer comparison.&lt;br /&gt;
teaming, see NIC Teaming on page 8.&lt;br /&gt;
This is really just a special case of the general principle that&lt;br /&gt;
Teaming state — which physical Ethernet adapters are actually&lt;br /&gt;
the system should not trust user accessible data.&lt;br /&gt;
transporting data — is maintained for each port group.&lt;br /&gt;
• Virtual switches have no dynamic trunking support.&lt;br /&gt;
Teaming state transitions are mostly transparent to virtual&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapters. Virtual machines cannot tell when a failover&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic trunking and native VLAN are features in which an&lt;br /&gt;
has occurred or which physical adapter is carrying any given&lt;br /&gt;
attacker may find vulnerabilities that could open isolation&lt;br /&gt;
frame. When the transition removes or restores actual access&lt;br /&gt;
leaks. This is not to say that these features are inherently&lt;br /&gt;
to a physical network — that is, when the last link goes down&lt;br /&gt;
insecure, but even if they are implemented securely, their&lt;br /&gt;
or the first link comes up — the network visibility change is&lt;br /&gt;
complexity may lead to misconfiguration and open an attack&lt;br /&gt;
apparent to guests.&lt;br /&gt;
vector.&lt;br /&gt;
Uplinks are not required for a virtual switch to forward traffic&lt;br /&gt;
VLaNs in VMware Infrastructure&lt;br /&gt;
locally. Virtual Ethernet adapters on the same virtual switch can&lt;br /&gt;
communicate with each other even if no uplinks are present.&lt;br /&gt;
VLANs provide for logical groupings of stations or switch ports,&lt;br /&gt;
If uplinks are present, they are not used for local communica-&lt;br /&gt;
allowing communications as if all stations or ports were on&lt;br /&gt;
tions within a virtual switch.&lt;br /&gt;
the same physical LAN segment. Confining broadcast traffic&lt;br /&gt;
to a subset of the switch ports or end users saves significant&lt;br /&gt;
When VLANs are configured, ports must be on the same VLAN&lt;br /&gt;
amounts of network bandwidth and processor time.&lt;br /&gt;
in order to communicate with each other. The virtual switch&lt;br /&gt;
does not allow traffic to pass from one VLAN to another.&lt;br /&gt;
In order to support VLANs for VMware Infrastructure users,&lt;br /&gt;
Communication between VLANs is treated the same as com-&lt;br /&gt;
one of the elements on the virtual or physical network has to&lt;br /&gt;
munication between virtual switches — it is not allowed. If you&lt;br /&gt;
tag the Ethernet frames with 80 .1Q tag, as shown in Figure&lt;br /&gt;
do want communication between two VLANs or two virtual&lt;br /&gt;
 . There are three different configuration modes to tag (and&lt;br /&gt;
switches, you must configure an external bridge or router to&lt;br /&gt;
untag) the packets for virtual machine frames.&lt;br /&gt;
forward the frames.&lt;br /&gt;
• Virtual switch tagging (VST mode) — This is the most&lt;br /&gt;
common configuration. In this mode, you provision one port&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Switch Correctness&lt;br /&gt;
group on a virtual switch for each VLAN, then attach the&lt;br /&gt;
Two correctness issues are particularly important.&lt;br /&gt;
virtual machine’s virtual adapter to the port group instead of&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to ensure that virtual machines or other nodes&lt;br /&gt;
the virtual switch directly. The virtual switch port group tags&lt;br /&gt;
on the network cannot affect the behavior of the virtual switch.&lt;br /&gt;
all outbound frames and removes tags for all inbound frames.&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server guards against such influences in the following ways:&lt;br /&gt;
It also ensures that frames on one VLAN do not leak into a dif-&lt;br /&gt;
• Virtual switches do not learn from the network in order to&lt;br /&gt;
ferent VLAN.&lt;br /&gt;
populate their forwarding tables. This eliminates a likely vector&lt;br /&gt;
Use of this mode requires that the physical switch provide a&lt;br /&gt;
for denial of service or leakage attacks, either as a direct denial&lt;br /&gt;
trunk.&lt;br /&gt;
of service attempt or, more likely, as a side effect of some&lt;br /&gt;
other attack, such as a worm or virus, as it scans for vulnerable&lt;br /&gt;
Dest Src Len/Etype&lt;br /&gt;
Data&lt;br /&gt;
FCS Original&lt;br /&gt;
Frame&lt;br /&gt;
hosts to infect.&lt;br /&gt;
• Virtual switches make private copies of any frame data used&lt;br /&gt;
Dest Src Etype Tag&lt;br /&gt;
Len/Etype&lt;br /&gt;
Data&lt;br /&gt;
FCS&lt;br /&gt;
Tagged&lt;br /&gt;
Frame&lt;br /&gt;
to make forwarding or filtering decisions. This is a critical&lt;br /&gt;
feature of the virtual switch and is unique to virtual switches.&lt;br /&gt;
Pri&lt;br /&gt;
VLAN - ID&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 3 — Header of a packet tagged by an 802.1Q VLAN trunking driver.&lt;br /&gt;
7&lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
• Virtual machine guest tagging (VGT mode) — You may install A given virtual machine cannot use more than one physical&lt;br /&gt;
an 80 .1Q VLAN trunking driver inside the virtual machine,&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapter at any given time unless it has multiple&lt;br /&gt;
and tags will be preserved between the virtual machine&lt;br /&gt;
virtual adapters.&lt;br /&gt;
networking stack and external switch when frames are passed This setting places slightly less load on the ESX Server host&lt;br /&gt;
from or to virtual switches. The format for the header of a&lt;br /&gt;
than the MAC hash setting.&lt;br /&gt;
packet tagged in this way is shown in Figure  .&lt;br /&gt;
Note: If you select either srcPortID or srcMAC hash, you should&lt;br /&gt;
Use of this mode requires that the physical switch provide a&lt;br /&gt;
not configure the physical switch ports as any type of team or&lt;br /&gt;
trunk.&lt;br /&gt;
bonded group.&lt;br /&gt;
• External switch tagging (EST mode) — You may use external&lt;br /&gt;
• Route based on source MAC hash — Choose an uplink&lt;br /&gt;
switches for VLAN tagging. This is similar to a physical&lt;br /&gt;
based on a hash of the source Ethernet MAC address.&lt;br /&gt;
network, and VLAN configuration is normally transparent to&lt;br /&gt;
each individual physical server.&lt;br /&gt;
When you use this setting, traffic from a given virtual Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
adapter is consistently sent to the same physical adapter&lt;br /&gt;
There is no need to provide a trunk in these environments.&lt;br /&gt;
unless there is a failover to another adapter in the NIC team.&lt;br /&gt;
For details on using VLANs with VMware Infrastructure, see the&lt;br /&gt;
Replies are received on the same physical adapter as the&lt;br /&gt;
white paper titled VMware ESX Server   80 .1Q VLAN Solutions,&lt;br /&gt;
physical switch learns the port association.&lt;br /&gt;
available from the VMTN Web site (http://www.vmware.com/&lt;br /&gt;
vmtn/).&lt;br /&gt;
This setting provides an even distribution of traffic if the&lt;br /&gt;
number of virtual Ethernet adapters is greater than the&lt;br /&gt;
NIC Teaming&lt;br /&gt;
number of physical adapters.&lt;br /&gt;
A given virtual machine cannot use more than one physical&lt;br /&gt;
You can connect a single virtual switch to multiple physical&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapter at any given time unless it uses multiple&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapters using the VMware Infrastructure feature&lt;br /&gt;
source MAC addresses for traffic it sends.&lt;br /&gt;
called NIC teaming. A team can share the load of traffic&lt;br /&gt;
between physical and virtual networks among some or all&lt;br /&gt;
• Route based on IP hash — Choose an uplink based on&lt;br /&gt;
of its members and provide passive failover in the event of a&lt;br /&gt;
a hash of the source and destination IP addresses of each&lt;br /&gt;
hardware failure or a network outage. You can set NIC teaming&lt;br /&gt;
packet. (For non-IP packets, whatever is at those offsets is used&lt;br /&gt;
policies at the port group level.&lt;br /&gt;
to compute the hash.)&lt;br /&gt;
Note: All physical switch ports in the same team must be in the&lt;br /&gt;
Evenness of traffic distribution depends on the number of&lt;br /&gt;
same Layer   broadcast domain.&lt;br /&gt;
TCP/IP sessions to unique destinations. There is no benefit for&lt;br /&gt;
bulk transfer between a single pair of hosts.&lt;br /&gt;
Load Balancing&lt;br /&gt;
You can use link aggregation — grouping multiple physical&lt;br /&gt;
Load balancing allows you to spread network traffic from virtual&lt;br /&gt;
adapters to create a fast network pipe for a single virtual&lt;br /&gt;
machines on a virtual switch across two or more physical&lt;br /&gt;
adapter in a virtual machine.&lt;br /&gt;
Ethernet adapters, giving higher throughput than a single&lt;br /&gt;
physical adapter could provide. When you set NIC teaming&lt;br /&gt;
When you configure the system to use link aggregation,&lt;br /&gt;
policies, you have the following options for load balancing:&lt;br /&gt;
packet reflections are prevented because aggregated ports do&lt;br /&gt;
not retransmit broadcast or multicast traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
• Route based on the originating virtual switch port ID&lt;br /&gt;
— Choose an uplink based on the virtual port where the&lt;br /&gt;
The physical switch sees the client MAC address on multiple&lt;br /&gt;
traffic entered the virtual switch. This is the default configura-&lt;br /&gt;
ports. There is no way to predict which physical Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
tion and the one most commonly deployed.&lt;br /&gt;
adapter will receive inbound traffic.&lt;br /&gt;
When you use this setting, traffic from a given virtual Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
All adapters in the NIC team must be attached to the same&lt;br /&gt;
adapter is consistently sent to the same physical adapter&lt;br /&gt;
physical switch or an appropriate set of stacked physical&lt;br /&gt;
unless there is a failover to another adapter in the NIC team.&lt;br /&gt;
switches. (Contact your switch vendor to find out whether&lt;br /&gt;
80 . ad teaming is supported across multiple stacked chassis.)&lt;br /&gt;
Replies are received on the same physical adapter as the&lt;br /&gt;
That switch or set of stacked switches must be 80 . ad-com-&lt;br /&gt;
physical switch learns the port association.&lt;br /&gt;
pliant and configured to use that link-aggregation standard in&lt;br /&gt;
This setting provides an even distribution of traffic if the&lt;br /&gt;
static mode (that is, with no LACP). All adapters must be active.&lt;br /&gt;
number of virtual Ethernet adapters is greater than the&lt;br /&gt;
You should make the setting on the virtual switch and ensure&lt;br /&gt;
number of physical adapters.&lt;br /&gt;
that it is inherited by all port groups within that virtual switch.&lt;br /&gt;
8&lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
Failover Configurations&lt;br /&gt;
second group as standby adapters for use in failover situations;&lt;br /&gt;
When you configure network failover detection you specify&lt;br /&gt;
and designate other adapters as unused, excluding them from&lt;br /&gt;
which of the following methods to use for failover detection:&lt;br /&gt;
NIC teaming.&lt;br /&gt;
• Link Status only — Relies solely on the link status provided&lt;br /&gt;
by the network adapter. This detects failures, such as cable&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
pulls and physical switch power failures, but it cannot detect&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 1&lt;br /&gt;
configuration errors, such as a physical switch port being&lt;br /&gt;
nic1&lt;br /&gt;
blocked by spanning tree or misconfigured to the wrong&lt;br /&gt;
VLAN or cable pulls on the other side of a physical switch.&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 2&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 4&lt;br /&gt;
VM&lt;br /&gt;
Network&lt;br /&gt;
vnic&lt;br /&gt;
nic2&lt;br /&gt;
• Beacon Probing — Sends out and listens for beacon probes&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
— Ethernet broadcast frames sent by physical adapters&lt;br /&gt;
switch&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 3&lt;br /&gt;
to detect upstream network connection failures — on all&lt;br /&gt;
nic3&lt;br /&gt;
physical Ethernet adapters in the team, as shown in Figure  .&lt;br /&gt;
It uses this information, in addition to link status, to determine&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual machine network tra c handled by nic1&lt;br /&gt;
link failure. This detects many of the failures mentioned above&lt;br /&gt;
that are not detected by link status alone, however beacon&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
probing should not be used as a substitute for a robust&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 1&lt;br /&gt;
redundant Layer   network design. Beacon probing is most&lt;br /&gt;
useful to detect failures in the closest switch to the ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
nic1&lt;br /&gt;
hosts, where the failure does not cause a link-down event for&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 2&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 4&lt;br /&gt;
the host.&lt;br /&gt;
VM&lt;br /&gt;
Network&lt;br /&gt;
vnic&lt;br /&gt;
nic2&lt;br /&gt;
By default, NIC teaming applies a fail-back policy. That is, if a&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 3&lt;br /&gt;
switch&lt;br /&gt;
physical Ethernet adapter that had failed comes back online,&lt;br /&gt;
nic3&lt;br /&gt;
the adapter is returned to active duty immediately, displacing&lt;br /&gt;
the standby adapter that took over its slot. This policy is in effect&lt;br /&gt;
when the Rolling Failover setting is No.&lt;br /&gt;
Connection between switch 1 and switch 4 fails&lt;br /&gt;
Each Ethernet adapter sends a beacon packet&lt;br /&gt;
If the primary physical adapter is experiencing intermittent&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
failures, this setting can lead to frequent changes in the adapter&lt;br /&gt;
in use. The physical switch thus sees frequent changes in&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 1&lt;br /&gt;
MAC address, and the physical switch port may not accept&lt;br /&gt;
nic1&lt;br /&gt;
traffic immediately when a particular adapter comes online. To&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 2&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 4&lt;br /&gt;
minimize delays, disable the following on the physical switch:&lt;br /&gt;
VM&lt;br /&gt;
Network&lt;br /&gt;
vnic&lt;br /&gt;
nic2&lt;br /&gt;
• Spanning tree protocol (STP) — disable STP on physical&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
network interfaces connected to the ESX Server host. For&lt;br /&gt;
switch&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 3&lt;br /&gt;
Cisco-based networks, enable port fast mode for access inter-&lt;br /&gt;
nic3&lt;br /&gt;
faces or portfast trunk mode for trunk interfaces (saves about&lt;br /&gt;
 0 seconds during initialization of the physical switch port).&lt;br /&gt;
Beacons returned on nic2 and nic3, not returned on nic1&lt;br /&gt;
• Etherchannel negotiation, such as PAgP or LACP — must be&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server&lt;br /&gt;
disabled because they are not supported.&lt;br /&gt;
• Trunking negotiation (saves about four seconds).&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 1&lt;br /&gt;
nic1&lt;br /&gt;
An alternative approach is to set Rolling Failover to Yes. With this&lt;br /&gt;
setting, a failed adapter is left inactive even after recovery until&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 2&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 4&lt;br /&gt;
VM&lt;br /&gt;
another currently active adapter fails, requiring its replacement.&lt;br /&gt;
Network&lt;br /&gt;
vnic&lt;br /&gt;
nic2&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Failover Order policy setting, you specify how to&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual&lt;br /&gt;
switch&lt;br /&gt;
Switch 3&lt;br /&gt;
distribute the work load for the physical Ethernet adapters on&lt;br /&gt;
nic3&lt;br /&gt;
the host. You can place some adapters in active use; designate a&lt;br /&gt;
Data to network rerouted through nic3&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 4 — Using beacons to detect upstream network connection failures.&lt;br /&gt;
9&lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
Using the Notify Switches policy setting, you determine how&lt;br /&gt;
• MAC address change lockdown prevents virtual machines&lt;br /&gt;
ESX Server communicates with the physical switch in the&lt;br /&gt;
from changing their own unicast addresses. This also prevents&lt;br /&gt;
event of a failover. If you select Yes, whenever a virtual Ethernet&lt;br /&gt;
them from seeing unicast traffic to other nodes on the&lt;br /&gt;
adapter is connected to the virtual switch or whenever that&lt;br /&gt;
network, blocking a potential security vulnerability that is&lt;br /&gt;
virtual Ethernet adapter’s traffic would be routed over a dif-&lt;br /&gt;
similar to but narrower than promiscuous mode.&lt;br /&gt;
ferent physical Ethernet adapter in the team due to a failover&lt;br /&gt;
• Forged transmit blocking, when you enable it, prevents virtual&lt;br /&gt;
event, a notification is sent out over the network to update the&lt;br /&gt;
machines from sending traffic that appears to come from&lt;br /&gt;
lookup tables on physical switches. In almost all cases, this is&lt;br /&gt;
nodes on the network other than themselves&lt;br /&gt;
desirable for the lowest latency when a failover occurs.&lt;br /&gt;
Note: If you are using Microsoft Network Load Balancing in&lt;br /&gt;
Managing the Virtual Network&lt;br /&gt;
unicast mode, do not set Notify Switches to Yes. No such issue&lt;br /&gt;
VMware VirtualCenter provides tools for building and maintain-&lt;br /&gt;
exists with NLB running in multicast mode, the mode VMware&lt;br /&gt;
ing your virtual network infrastructure, as shown in Figure  .&lt;br /&gt;
strongly recommends.&lt;br /&gt;
You can use VirtualCenter to add, delete, and modify virtual&lt;br /&gt;
Layer 2 Security Features&lt;br /&gt;
switches and to configure port groups with VLANs and teaming.&lt;br /&gt;
The virtual switch has the ability to enforce security policies to&lt;br /&gt;
You can use the VirtualCenter roles feature to assign the&lt;br /&gt;
prevent virtual machines from impersonating other nodes on&lt;br /&gt;
permissions a network administrator needs to manage the&lt;br /&gt;
the network. There are three components to this feature.&lt;br /&gt;
virtual network. For a more detailed discussion, see the paper&lt;br /&gt;
“Managing VMware VirtualCenter Roles and Permissions,” avail-&lt;br /&gt;
• Promiscuous mode is disabled by default for all virtual&lt;br /&gt;
able at http://www.vmware.com/vmtn/resources/826.&lt;br /&gt;
machines. This prevents them from seeing unicast traffic to&lt;br /&gt;
other nodes on the network.&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 5 — Using VMware VirtualCenter to manage a virtual network.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10&lt;br /&gt;
VMware INFORMATION GUIDE&lt;br /&gt;
appendix: Virtual Device Maximums&lt;br /&gt;
The following table summarizes the maximum numbers of&lt;br /&gt;
various virtual and physical networking devices that can be&lt;br /&gt;
configured using VMware Infrastructure   (accurate for ESX&lt;br /&gt;
Server  .0 and ESX Server  .0.1).&lt;br /&gt;
Device&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum Number&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual Ethernet adapters per virtual&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
machine&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual switch ports per host&lt;br /&gt;
 096&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual switch ports per switch&lt;br /&gt;
1016&lt;br /&gt;
Virtual switches per host&lt;br /&gt;
  8&lt;br /&gt;
Uplinks per virtual switch&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Uplinks per host&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
Virtual switch port groups per host&lt;br /&gt;
 1 &lt;br /&gt;
Physical e1000 Ethernet adapters&lt;br /&gt;
   (maximum tested)&lt;br /&gt;
per host&lt;br /&gt;
Physical Broadcom Ethernet adapters  0 (maximum tested)&lt;br /&gt;
per host&lt;br /&gt;
Physical e100 Ethernet adapters per&lt;br /&gt;
 6 (maximum tested)&lt;br /&gt;
host&lt;br /&gt;
11</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/5004190851384075370/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/vmware-information-guide.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5004190851384075370'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5004190851384075370'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/vmware-information-guide.html' title='VMware INFORMATION GUIDE'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-197911861779743569</id><published>2010-01-15T22:55:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2010-01-15T22:55:43.752+05:30</updated><title type='text'>max inofrmation about adsl</title><content type='html'>This page is here to help everyone understand what ADSL Max is and how it works. By the end of the page, you should be able to clearly understand all you need to know about ADSL Max. The guide gets quite techy, but perservere and it will hopefully become clear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make a cuppa, take a deep breath, and begin...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several new terms that ADSL Max has brought in. These are briefly outlined below along with a few other terms for your reference...&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum Stable Rate  The MSR is the lowest SYNC rate that your modem has connected at during the first 10 days of your line being connected to the ADSL Max service.&lt;br /&gt;
Fault Threshold Rate  The FTR is the speed below which a fault can be reported to BT Wholesale via your ISP. It is set to 30% lower than the MSR.&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Line Management  DLM is the system that analyses the performance of your line, such as errors or disconnections - and makes changes to your target SNR margin or interleaving status if required.&lt;br /&gt;
Signal-to-Noise ratio  The SNR is the amount of signal your line can see as opposed to how much noise it can hear.&lt;br /&gt;
SYNC  SYNC is short for synchronise, and is the word used when your modem is connecting or connected to the exchange. SYNC rate is the actual speed your modem is connected to the exchange at.&lt;br /&gt;
Interleaving  Interleaving is a feature that can be used to help stabilise your line.&lt;br /&gt;
Data Rate  The data rate is the maximum speed at which you can download at.&lt;br /&gt;
BRAS  The BRAS is a system in the exchange that handles your line profile. This profile contains details such as your data rate.&lt;br /&gt;
DSLAM  The DSLAM is the main piece of equipment at the exchange. It talks to your modem to initiate and maintain a connection and passes information about your line on to other systems for analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A more advanced description of these, including diagrams where possible, are below...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Maximum Stable Rate (MSR)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, the MSR is initially set during the first 10 days of your line being connected to the ADSL Max service. Each time your modem SYNC&#39;s to the DSLAM at the exchange, the modem sends an &#39;event&#39; to the DSLAM, and between them, they decide at what rate your line can SYNC at, based on your current line stats.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once the modem and the DSLAM have agreed on the SYNC rate, the DSLAM sends information to the DLM. The DLM analyses your line stats and if required, updates your target SNR margin and/or interleaving status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A diagram of the first 10 day period is shown below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The green line indicates the rate at which you are SYNC&#39;d at. At the end of this 10 day period, the lowest SYNC rate that you have had becomes your MSR.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fault Threshold Rate (FTR)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The FTR is calculated from your MSR (see above), by subtracting 30%. This is then stored in your BRAS profile. The FTR comes into play when you experience a fault on the line. If your modem is SYNCing below your FTR, then you should log a fault via your ISP and in turn they should contact BT Wholesale who should check the line for faults.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dynamic Line Management&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the system at the exchange that constantly (not just the first 10 days) monitors your line. Each time your modem SYNC&#39;s, the DLM analyses your line stats, and sets your target SNR margin and interleaving status. For example, if your modem continues to SYNC at a rate that causes your line to keep losing SYNC, because of a low SNR margin or high error counts, the DLM may:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a low SNR margin: By default, the target SNR margin is 6 dB. It may be decreased to 3 (rare) or be increased to 9, 12 or 15 dB. If it increass the target SNR margin, it should improve the stability of your line, but by sacrificing some speed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have high error rates: Intereaving may be enabled to cut down the number of errors on your line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similarily, if your line improves and the low SNR margin or high error counts disappear, the DLM can change it all back to the default settings. If you think you are having SYNC problems and you can&#39;t use your connection, you could call your ISP and ask them to increase the target SNR margin and/or turn on Interleaving. If they are a competent ISP they should pass your request on to BT Wholesale who are able to manually update your profile.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Signal-to-Noise Ratio&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SNR is the amount of signal your line can see as opposed to how much noise it can hear. For example, if you have a short line to the exchange, your SNR is expected to be higher than a line that is a long way from the exchange, as the signal decreases, and the noise increases over distance.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The more SNR your line has, the faster you can SYNC at. The less SNR your line has, the more unstable it can be.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that many people confuse the term SNR with SNR margin. The SNR is as stated above, while the SNR margin is the amount of SNR you have left on your line, not the SNR itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a line to be stable, it is widely viewed that a minimum SNR margin of 6 dBis to be observed at all times. If the SNR margin drops below 6 dB, you may begin to have problems with your connection, such as loss of SYNC or lots of errors. This is where the DLM (described above) can kick in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If your line begins to lose SYNC frequently because of a low SNR margin, the DLM should pick this up and increase the target SNR margin. This means the stability of the line should be increased. Note that a higher target SNR margin means a lower SNYC rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interleaving&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interleaving is a &#39;feature&#39; that can be turned on to help stabilise your line. It works by chopping up the packets that are being transferred into smaller chunks that are put back together at the other end. Please refer to the following diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you take a look at the above diagram, you can see the difference in how data is transferred over a line that has the normal &#39;fast&#39; mode compared to &#39;interleaved&#39; mode. In fast mode, the data is sent in a continuous stream and no re-assembling is required at the other end. But with interleaving, the data is split up into chunks and then re-assembled at the other end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interleaving is only beneficial if there are errors on the line and the data being transferred becomes corrupt. See the following diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this diagram we can see that some of the data has become corrupt. In fast mode, this produces a bigger problem as a whole packet of data is lost, but with interleaving, only a minor section of each packet is lost, and with the present technology of ADSL, it can re-assemble each packet by sending a request back down the line for the bits that are corrupt which are then received, and re-assembled. This is also why interleaving increases latency (ping) times.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interleaving also reduces the possibility of losing SYNC due to the way it reduces errors on the line. BT Wholesale say that interleaving significantly improves error correction and the stability of long and/or marginal lines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The downside to iInterleaving is that it can slightly slow down your connection. Latency (ping times) may increase by around 20ms - so watch out gamers. I would imagine most people would rather have a slower, yet stable connection over a faster, unstable connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a lot more to the way interleaving can reduce errors, but the above description is the easiest way I can think of showing it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Rate&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data rate is set in your BRAS profile and is simply the maximum speed at which you can download at. For example, if you SYNC at a rate of&lt;br /&gt;
8128 Kbps, you would normally expect to be able to achieve a maximum download speed of 8128, but it&#39;s not as simple as that, unfortunately.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The data rate is set in increments of 500 Kbps bar a few exceptions, starting from 250 Kbps to 7150 Kbps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To work out your expected data rate, refer to the table below:&lt;br /&gt;
SYNC rate  Data rate&lt;br /&gt;
288 - 575  250 Kbps&lt;br /&gt;
576 - 1151  500 Kbps&lt;br /&gt;
1152 - 1727  1.0 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
1728 - 2271  1.5 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
2272 - 2847  2 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
2848 - 3423  2.5 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
3424 - 3999  3.0 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
4000 - 4543  3.5 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
4544 - 5119  4.0 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
5120 - 5695  4.5 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
5696 - 6239  5.0 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
6240 - 6815  5.5 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
6816 - 7391  6.0 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
7392 - 7967  6.5 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
7968 - 8127  7.0 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
8128  7.15 Mbps&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that if you SYNC at a rate of 3800 for example, you will only ever get a maximum download speed of 3.0 Mbps. So to get any higher, you would have to SYNC at a rate of 4000, to step up to the next level. Then your maximum would rise to 3.5 Mbps. It seems a bit strange doesn&#39;t it? Yes... but that is how BT Wholesale have set it up, so unfortunately, we have to live with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is very important to note that your data rate does not increase straight away...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are currently SYNC&#39;d at 3800, to get up to the next level(s) as described above, you would need to re-SYNC at a rate of 4000 (or higher) - for three solid days on the run, with no re-SYNC&#39;s at a lower SYNC rate. It doesn&#39;t work that way if you SYNC at a lower rate though. If your modem was to SYNC at a rate lower than 3424 twice in a three day period, you would instantly be down to the 2.5 Mbps data rate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Not fair? I agree. Again, thats how BT Wholesale want to play it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
NOTE: Some lines that have just been enabled for the ADSL Max service have what&#39;s known as a stuck BRAS profile. This is where the data rate is stuck at 2.0 Mbps no matter what. You can usually identify this by taking several speed tests over a few days. If they all come back at around 1.5 - 2.0 Mbps - then its possible your line has a stuck BRAS profile too. If after the first 10 days of your line being enabled for ADSL Max you are still not able to download at speeds above 2.0 Mbps, you will need to contact your ISP and ask them to reset your BRAS profile. (That is, presuming your line is SYNC&#39;d at above 2848 - the rate at which above 2.0 Mbps is possible)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That is all pretty much all you need to know about the way ADSL Max works. There are a few other bits which I could have included, but to keep it as simple as possible, I opted to leave them out, as they aren&#39;t that important.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any queries regarding this guide, or would like to correct any of the topics covered, please feel free to post on our Message board and I will endeavour to make any corrections.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/197911861779743569/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/max-inofrmation-about-adsl.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/197911861779743569'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/197911861779743569'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/max-inofrmation-about-adsl.html' title='max inofrmation about adsl'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-6401207886512455790</id><published>2010-01-15T22:54:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2010-01-15T22:54:20.754+05:30</updated><title type='text'>information about adsl</title><content type='html'>What is ADSL? (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADSL is a broadband technology (just like Cable). It transforms a normal BT telephone line into a high speed broadband line. ADSL converts the line into a high speed connection. It is &quot;asymmetric&quot; because it provides faster downloads than uploads.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is SDSL? (Symmetric Digital Subscriber Line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Similar to ADSL, but offers the same speed in both directions. It is suited to users who need to upload large amounts of data.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is VDSL? (Very High Speed Digital Subscriber Line)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
VDSL can operate in symmetric or asymmetric mode, providing speeds of between 6 Mbps and 25 Mbps. VDSL is typically provided from a street cabinet which is directly linked by fibre to your local exchange, which can be difficult and expensive to install. It is not currently offered in the UK.&lt;br /&gt;
What is ADSL Max?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADSL Max is the latest offering which provides a downstream speed of up to 8 Mbps. At the same time, it provides an upstream speed of up to 832 Kbps (448 Kbps for home packages). This technology was rolled out to the majority of exchanges in April 2006. Whereas with standard ADSL connections, where you usually sign up to a particular speed, eg 512k, 1Mb or 2Mb, ADSL Max will be a variable connection speed. This means that you sign up to an &quot;up to 8 Mbps&quot; service - and the length / quality of your phone line will determine how much speed you actually receive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What is ADSL2+?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADSL2+ is another type of ADSL, this time providing speeds of up to 24 Mbps. ADSL Max can only provide speeds of up to 8Mbps, thus to obtain anything faster, ADSL2+ is the only way to go. The ADSL2+ service is not currently available in the UK through BT&#39;s network, although some ISPs are starting to offer ADSL2+ speeds of up to 24 Mbps over their own network (Be, UK Online etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can I receive ADSL Max or ADSL2+?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All ADSL connections rely on two main &quot;figures&quot;, that are unique to your phone line. These are known as SNR and Attenuation. SNR is how much signal you are receiving as opposed to noise on the line, and attenuation is how much loss of signal you have on the line. The SNR margin will often fluctuate at different times of the day, so it is difficult to monitor, whereas attenuation is fairly static, and depends on the actual length of your phone line between your premises and the BT exchange. For SNR margin, higher is better (meaning not much noise on the line), but for attenuation, lower is better (meaning not much loss of signal on the line).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SNR margin will reduce as you connect at higher speeds. For a reliable service, the SNR margin has to be above 6, and ideally above 10.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if you have an SNR margin of 10, and you are on a 2 Mbps ADSL service, you would not gain very high speeds from ADSL Max /ADSL2+, as if you where to connect any faster, the SNR margin would drop to about 6, causing disconnections and download speed problems. But if you had an SNR of 30 on a 2 Mbps ADSL service, you could probably receive the full 8 Mbps on ADSL Max, which will cause the SNR to drop to about 8-10, just enough to operate reliably. Lines that are quite close to the exchange, eg &lt;2km, should be able to receive speeds of &quot;up to 24 Mbps&quot;, once ADSL2+ is launched. Once again, there is no sure fire way to find out what your phone line will support, until a service is installed on the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
One thing worth noting is that for the ADSL Max and ADSL2+ services, there will not be a &quot;limit&quot; on whether you can sign up to it or not. You will simply be provided with the service, and the equipment at the exchange will automatically determine what speed your line is capable of providing each time you connect, based on your SNR margin. This is welcomed, as while it may connect at a slower than expected speed, it will help stop your connection from disconnecting due to a low SNR margin. I am sure most people would rather have a stable, always on (slightly slower) connection, than a (slightly faster), intermittent one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How does ADSL work?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ADSL operates over your normal BT telephone line. This means that there is no need to dig up any roads to install it. The ADSL signal is carried by two modems - one in your premises, and one at your local BT telephone exchange (called a DSLAM). These modems use the existing copper telephone line to your premises, to achieve much higher speeds. A &#39;splitter&#39; or micro-&#39;filter&#39; separates the telephone signal from the ADSL signal, so phone calls can be made at the same time as you are online without interference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How fast is ADSL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The speed of ADSL is typically between 256 Kbps and 8Mbps.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What are the key benefits of ADSL?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A faster connection to the Internet - at least 5x the speed of a 56K dial-up modem. Web sites with feature rich pages will download virtually instantly, and downloads will take seconds/minutes not hours/days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- An always on connection - so no need to waste time &#39;dialing up&#39; every time you want to go online.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Flat monthly fee - no call charges for the time spent online, so you have unlimited access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Simultaneous phone usage - you can use the Internet and your phone at the same time. The ADSL service runs over your existing BT telephone line, so there is no need to pay for an extra phone line to be put in.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/6401207886512455790/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/information-about-adsl.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/6401207886512455790'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/6401207886512455790'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2010/01/information-about-adsl.html' title='information about adsl'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-6260840565958863908</id><published>2009-12-15T10:18:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-15T10:25:03.516+05:30</updated><title type='text'>Top 5 Ways to Make Money on the Internet</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;1: Domain Name Flipping&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Based on luck, strategy and business savvy, domain name flipping can be one of the more lucrative ways to earn a living online. The term comes from the real estate trick that involves buying old, undervalued houses, fixing them up to make them more attractive and modern-looking and selling them for a much higher price.&lt;br /&gt;In this case, the old and outdated place is not a house, but rather a domain name -- the main address for a Web page. With a little bit of searching, dedicated domain flippers locate unused, poorly maintained Web sites that have generic and recognizable identifiers and buy them. They usually pay a few hundred or even a few thousand dollars, but after extensive updates that make the site more business- and user-friendly, the domain name can fetch several times more than it was originally worth. The domain bird-cage.com, for instance, was bought for a mere $1,800 in 2005 -- after a redesign two years later, the site was sold for $173,000 to a bird cage vendor&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;2: Freelancing&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Freelancing is similar in some ways to blogging. For one thing, you get to work from your own home or office most of the time. But there are a few important distinctions. First, if you&#39;re thinking about freelance writing, chances are you need to have more experience than the average blogger. Many freelance writing positions cover specialized topics for online publications and may require expert knowledge on a subject. However, if you&#39;re passionate about things like travel or food and know how to write, a freelancing job can provide you with good income.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Writing&#39;s not the only way to make money freelancing, of course -- anyone with graphic design or programming experience can find contract jobs that pay well and provide challenging work, too.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;3. Designing and Selling T-shirts&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you walk around most high school and college campuses, you&#39;re likely to come into contact with lots of words. But it won&#39;t be material from textbooks or term papers -- those are probably in backpacks or sitting unfinished at home. Instead, they&#39;re the simple phrases or logos -- most of which are ironic or amusing -- printed on the T-shirts on the backs of the students.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Usually, the more unique and offbeat the design is, the more desirable the T-shirt is. The growth of the Internet has made it possible for vendors to sell T-shirts all over the world. In fact, sites like CafePress.com and SpreadShirt.com allow you to set up your own store, create your own designs and sell them yourself. If you create your own shirt design with a clever catchphrase or come up with your own unique statement and people like it, you can start making money.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;4: Blogging&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you have a particular passion for something, whether it&#39;s a hobby or an obsession, and you have something to say about it, blogging could be a profitable way to pour out your endless stream of thought. The key here, as with many other services on the Internet, is in selling advertising.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After starting up a personal blog, many writers sign up for ad services like Google AdSense, which post those familiar sponsored links you often see at the top and on the sides of Web sites. The more times your blog readers click on those ads, the more money you&#39;ll make through the ad service. This works fine if you&#39;re a casual blogger, and you may make some extra spending money. But if the blog is consistently interesting, well-written and really takes off, you may be approached by companies who want to reach your fan base with graphical advertising around your blog. Some of the more successful blogs, like I Can Has Cheezburger? and Boing Boing, have become pop-culture phenomena, and their creators have been able to quit their day jobs and blog full time because of the money they make from advertisers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;5: Selling Stuff on eBay&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It&#39;s a fairly straightforward concept that most people are familiar with by now -- if you have a bunch of stuff that you don&#39;t necessarily need but others want and are willing to pay extremely inflated prices for, you can auction off the items on eBay or other online auction sites. Simply gather your goods, create a seller&#39;s profile and start selling.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It sounds simple, but takes some practice to sell successfully. Creating persuasive and legitimate product pages for the goods you&#39;re selling will help get buyers interested. It&#39;s also important to set reasonable minimum bids to ensure that people will buy. And remember to deliver the kind of customer service that will garner positive feedback ratings and to communicate with buyers to let them know you&#39;re reliable. The more positive feedback you receive, the more people will be willing to do business with you. And that, of course, means more money.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;­</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/6260840565958863908/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/top-5-ways-to-make-money-on-internet.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/6260840565958863908'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/6260840565958863908'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/top-5-ways-to-make-money-on-internet.html' title='Top 5 Ways to Make Money on the Internet'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-7003254612337211068</id><published>2009-12-15T09:09:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-15T09:10:53.797+05:30</updated><title type='text'>complete information about networking</title><content type='html'>&lt;a href=&quot;http://pingpc.blogspot.com&quot;&gt;&lt;/a&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/7003254612337211068/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/complete-information-about-networking.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/7003254612337211068'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/7003254612337211068'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/complete-information-about-networking.html' title='complete information about networking'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-5467508407552285496</id><published>2009-12-13T12:23:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-13T12:38:20.088+05:30</updated><title type='text'>How Google Works</title><content type='html'>What began as a project helmed by Larry Page and Sergey Brin, two students in Stanford University&#39;s Ph.D. program, is now one of the most influential companies on the World Wide Web: Google. At first, the students&#39; goal was to make an efficient search engine that gave users relevant links in response to search requests. While that&#39;s still Google&#39;s core purpose today, the company now provides services ranging from e-mail and document storage to productivity software and mobile phone operating systems. In less than a decade, Google evolved from a two-man enterprise to a multibillion-dollar corporation.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Today, Google&#39;s popularity continues to grow. In 2007, the company surpassed Microsoft as the most visited site on the Web [source: Kopytoff]. The company&#39;s influence on the Web is undeniable. Practically every webmaster wants his or her site listed high on Google&#39;s search engine results pages (SERPs), because it almost always translates into more traffic on the corresponding Web site. Google has also acquired other Internet companies, ranging from blogging services to the video-sharing site YouTube. For a while, the company&#39;s search technology even powered rival companies&#39; search engines -- Yahoo! relied on Google searches for nearly four years until developing its own search engine technologies in 2004 &lt;br /&gt;Google&#39;s influence isn&#39;t limited to just the Web. In 2007, company executives announced their intention to enter the FCC&#39;s auction of the wireless spectrum in the 700 megahertz (MHz) band. That part of the wireless spectrum previously belonged to analog television broadcasters. Google representatives said the company entered the auction to foster competition within the wireless service industry. Google supported an open technology approach to wireless service in which consumers could use any device with any provider rather than face limited choices determined by the provider and its preferred vendors. In order to participate in the auction, Google had to prove it was ready to meet the reserve price for the spectrum: $4.6 billion. Ultimately, Google didn&#39;t win the auction. But the company still achieved its main goal -- Verizon, which won the bid, must follow the open technology approach Google wanted.&lt;br /&gt;In this article, we&#39;ll learn about the backbone of Google&#39;s business: its search engine. We&#39;ll also look at the other services Google offers to both average users and to commercial businesses. Then we&#39;ll take a quick peek at some of the tools Google has developed over the years. We&#39;ll also learn more about the equipment Google uses to keep its massive operation running. Finally, we&#39;ll take a closer look at Google the company.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;The Google Search Engine&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google&#39;s search engine is a powerful tool. Without search engines like Google, it would be practically impossible to find the information you need when you browse the Web. Like all search engines, Google uses a special algorithm to generate search results. While Google shares general facts about its algorithm, the specifics are a company secret. This helps Google remain competitive with other search engines on the Web and reduces the chance of someone finding out how to abuse the system.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;­Google uses automated programs called spiders or crawlers, just like most search engines. Also like other search engines, Google has a large index of keywords and where those words can be found. What sets Google apart is how it ranks search results, which in turn determines the order Google displays results on its search engine results page (SERP). Google uses a trademarked algorithm called PageRank, which assigns each Web page a relevancy score.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A Web page&#39;s PageRank depends on a few factors:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * The frequency and location of keywords within the Web page: If the keyword only appears once within the body of a page, it will receive a low score for that keyword.&lt;br /&gt;    * How long the Web page has existed: People create new Web pages every day, and not all of them stick around for long. Google places more value on pages with an established history.&lt;br /&gt;    * The number of other Web pages that link to the page in question: Google looks at how many Web pages link to a particular site to determine its relevance.&lt;br /&gt;As more Web pages link to Discovery&#39;s Planet Earth page, the Discovery page&#39;s rank increases. When Discovery&#39;s page ranks higher than other pages, it shows up at the top of the Google search results page.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Because Google looks at links to a Web page as a vote, it&#39;s not easy to cheat the system. The best way to make sure your Web page is high up on Google&#39;s search results is to provide great content so that people will link back to your page. The more links your page gets, the higher its PageRank score will be. If you attract the attention of sites with a high PageRank score, your score will grow faster.&lt;br /&gt;Google initiated an experiment with its search engine in 2008. For the first time, Google is allowing a group of beta testers to change the ranking order of search results. In this experiment, beta testers can promote or demote search results and tailor their search experience so that it&#39;s more personally relevant. Google executives say there&#39;s no guarantee that the company will ever implement this feature into the search engine globally.­&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google offers many different kinds of services in addition to chat. In the next section, we&#39;ll see how some of them work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style:italic;&quot;&gt;Google Services&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As Google has grown, the company has added several new services for its users. Some of the services are designed to help make Web searches more efficient and relevant, while others seem to have little in common with search engines. With many of its services, Google has entered into direct competition with other companies.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google&#39;s specialized searches are an extension of its normal search engine protocol. With specialized searches, you can narrow your search to specific resources. You can enter keywords into Google and search for:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Images related to your keywords&lt;br /&gt;    * Maps&lt;br /&gt;    * News articles or footage&lt;br /&gt;    * Products or services you can purchase online&lt;br /&gt;    * Blog entries containing the keywords you&#39;ve chosen&lt;br /&gt;    * Content in books&lt;br /&gt;    * Videos&lt;br /&gt;    * Scholarly papers&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For these searches, Google has created specialized indexes that only contain relevant sources. For example, if you search for the term &quot;Planet Earth&quot; in the news category, the results will include only news articles that contain those keywords. The results will look very different from Google&#39;s normal SERP.­&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In the last few years, Google has unveiled services that don&#39;t relate to search engines upon first glance. For example, Google&#39;s Gmail is a free Web-based e-mail program. When the service first launched, Google limited the number of users who could create accounts. The first group of users could invite a limited number of people to join the service, and so Gmail invitations became a commodity. Today, anyone can sign up for a free Gmail account. &lt;br /&gt;Gmail organizes e-mails into conversations. This means that when you send an e-mail to someone and he or she replies, both e-mails are grouped together as a thread in your inbox. This makes it easier to follow the flow of an e-mail exchange. If you reply to your friend&#39;s response, Google will attach your message to the bottom of the thread. It&#39;s easy to navigate through the e-mail program and follow specific conversations.&lt;br /&gt;Another free service from Google is Google Docs, a storage database and collaborative productivity software suite. It includes word processing, spreadsheet and presentation programs. Creating a Docs account is free and allows you to store up to 5,000 documents and images online. Each document can be up to 500 kilobytes, and each embedded image can be up to 2 megabytes. You can share documents on Google Docs, which allows your friends to view and make changes to documents. You can also store all of your documents on Google&#39;s servers and access them wherever there&#39;s an Internet connection.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;Google Tools&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google offers a popular tool called Google Maps, an online mapping service similar to MapQuest. Google uses map sources from companies like NAVTEQ and TeleAtlas, as well as satellite data from DigitalGlobe and MDA Federal, to create interactive maps. You can use Google maps to view an address&#39; location or get driving directions to a particular destination. &lt;br /&gt;Google Maps has several view modes. The map view is a basic road map, satellite view overlays a road map on top of satellite photos of the region, terrain view creates a topographic map with a road map overlay, and the traffic view uses red, yellow and green to indicate congested major roadways in the area. Street view mode is available in several U.S. cities. Selecting street view in such locations as Orlando, Fla., gives you the option to view photos taken from street level. You can navigate through the city by clicking on arrows in the photographs, and you can rotate your view 360 degrees&lt;br /&gt;Google Maps can also integrate business information. You can use Google Maps like a search engine to find a business, such as &quot;HowStuffWorks, Atlanta, Ga.,&quot; which will show you our office&#39;s location. You can also search for general businesses. If you&#39;re in the mood to eat sushi in San Francisco, Calif., you can type &quot;sushi, San Francisco,&quot; and with a click of the Search button, Google Maps will display a map of the city with several sushi restaurants tagged.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A product related to Google Maps is Google Earth, an interactive digital globe. It uses the same satellite images licensed for Google Maps, but you must download the application and install it on your computer to access all of its functions. Google Earth requires an Internet connection to be fully functional, though you can still view locations on the globe even if you aren&#39;t connected. A scaled-back, Web-based version is also available -- you can even embed it in existing Web sites. To learn more about this program, read &quot;How Google Earth Works.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The Google Toolbar is another handy add-on available for Firefox or Internet Explorer users. The toolbar has customizable buttons. Each button maps to a particular function, which can include anything from viewing a Web site&#39;s PageRank to translating a word from one language to another. &lt;br /&gt;Google Desktop is another application you can download for free. This program lets you search your computer the way you would search the Internet using the Google search engine. You can also choose to download Google Gadgets, computer programs that integrate seamlessly into your desktop. Each gadget does something different. Gadgets include clocks, calendars, news feeds and weather reports.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google Revenue&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Unlike some Internet companies, Google has multiple ways of generating revenue beyond private investment or selling shares of its stock. Google uses three methods to partner with merchants and advertisers: Google Checkout, Google AdWords and Google AdSense.&lt;br /&gt;Google Checkout is a service designed to make online purchases easier for both the consumer and the retailer. On the consumer end, users create a free Google Checkout account. Part of the account creation process includes entering a credit or debit card number, which Google stores in a secure database. When the user visits a retailer that subscribes to Google Checkout, he or she can click on the checkout option and Google facilitates the transaction. This means that the user doesn&#39;t have to enter a card number every time he or she makes a purchase.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Retailers can set up Google Checkout accounts for free, but as of August 2008, Google charges a 2 percent plus 20-cent fee per transaction. For example, if a customer buys a $10 item from a merchant, Google will charge that merchant 40 cents for that transaction.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Another way Google generates revenue is through a pair of Web advertising services called AdWords and AdSense. With AdWords, advertisers can submit ads to Google that include a list of keywords relating to the product, service or business. When a Google user searches the Web using one or more of those keywords, the ad appears on the SERP in a sidebar. The advertiser pays Google every time a user clicks on the ad.&lt;br /&gt;AdSense is similar, except that instead of displaying ads on a Google SERP, a webmaster can choose to integrate ads into his or her own site. Google&#39;s spiders crawl the site and analyze the content. Then, Google selects ads that contain keywords relevant to the webmaster&#39;s site. The webmaster can customize the location and color of the sidebar containing the ads. Every time someone clicks on an ad on the webmaster&#39;s site, the webmaster receives a portion of the ad revenue (Google gets the rest).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With both AdWords and AdSense, Google&#39;s strategy is to provide targeted advertising to users. Google believes that by providing advertising relevant to the information for which the user is already searching, the chances of someone following the ad are greatly increased&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;Google Equipment&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Back in 1998, Google&#39;s equipment was relatively modest. Co-founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin used Stanford equipment and donated machines to run Google&#39;s search engine duties. The equipment at that time included:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Two 300-megahertz (MHz) Dual Pentium II servers with 512 megabytes (MB) of memory&lt;br /&gt;    * A four-processor F50 IBM RS6000 computer with 512 MB of memory&lt;br /&gt;    * A dual-processor Sun Ultra II computer with 256 MB of memory&lt;br /&gt;    * Several hard drives (some of which were housed in a box covered in LEGO bricks) ranging from 4 to 9 gigabytes (GB) for a total of more than 350 GB of storage space&lt;br /&gt;Today, Google uses hundreds of thousands of servers to provide services to its users. Google&#39;s strategy is to use relatively inexpensive machines running on a customized operating system based on Linux. A program called Google File System manages the data on Google&#39;s servers &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google uses servers for different tasks. Web servers receive and process user queries, sending the request on to the next appropriate server. Index servers store Google&#39;s indexes and search results. Document servers to store search summaries, user information, gmail and Google Docs files. Ad servers store the advertisements Google displays on search pages. &lt;br /&gt;Google divides the information on each index server into 64 MB blocks. There are three copies of each block of data, and each copy is stored on a different server running on a separate power strip. The blocks of data are distributed semi-randomly so that no two servers have the exact same collection of data blocks. That way, if there&#39;s a problem with one server, the data will still exist in other machines. Using multiple copies of data to prevent an interruption in service is called redundancy. Find out more in How the Google File System Works.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A master computer manages each set of servers. The master computer&#39;s job is to keep track of which servers hold each block of data in the event of a catastrophe. If one server goes down, the master computer redirects all traffic to the other servers containing the same data&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;Google Company Culture&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google has come a long way since Sergey Brin and Larry Page networked a few computers together at Stanford. What started as a modest project is now a multibillion-dollar global organization that employs more than 19,000 people around the world. Brin and Page are still very much involved with Google&#39;s operations -- they&#39;re Presidents of Google&#39;s Technology and Products divisions, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In September 2008, Google&#39;s market capitalization figure (Google&#39;s stock price multiplied by the number of outstanding company shares) was more than $145 billion. Google&#39;s stock is listed in NASDAQ as GOOG, and in late 2008 Google had more than 314 million outstanding shares in the marketplace &lt;br /&gt;Google&#39;s headquarters are in Mountain View, Calif. Google cheekily calls its campus the Googleplex -- a combination of the words &quot;Google&quot; and &quot;complex&quot; and a play on the term googolplex: One followed by a googol of zeroes. Life at the Googleplex is pretty sweet. Here&#39;s just a small list of the amenities you can find there:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Several café stations where employees can gather to eat free food and have conversations&lt;br /&gt;    * Snack rooms stocked with goodies ranging from candy to healthy foods like carrots and yogurt&lt;br /&gt;    * Exercise rooms&lt;br /&gt;    * Game rooms with video games, foosball, pool tables and ping-pong&lt;br /&gt;    * A baby grand piano for those who enjoy tickling the ivories&lt;br /&gt;In addition to these amenities, Google employees receive a comprehensive benefits package that includes not only medical and dental coverage, but also a host of other services. These include tuition reimbursement, a child care center, adoption assistance services, an on-site doctor, financial planning classes and lots of opportunities to gather with coworkers at special corporate events. Google&#39;s philosophy also places importance on nonprofit work, and so Google will match up to $3,000 of any employee&#39;s contributions to nonprofit organizations.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Google has asserted itself as one of the most dominant forces on the Internet. Still, the company says its mission is &quot;to organize the world&#39;s information and make it universally accessible and useful With a goal that lofty, it&#39;s a good bet that the people behind Google feel their work is just beginning.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/5467508407552285496/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/how-google-works.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5467508407552285496'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5467508407552285496'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/how-google-works.html' title='How Google Works'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-3316838857030116921</id><published>2009-12-12T10:40:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-12T10:51:24.760+05:30</updated><title type='text'>How VoIP Works</title><content type='html'>If you&#39;ve never heard of VoIP, get ready to change the way you think about long-distance phone calls. VoIP, or Voice over Internet Protocol, is a method for taking analog audio signals, like the kind you hear when you talk on the phone, and turning them into digital data that can be transmitted over the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;How is this useful? VoIP can turn a standard Internet connection into a way to place free phone calls. The practical upshot of this is that by using some of the free VoIP software that is available to make Internet phone calls, you&#39;re bypassing the phone company (and its charges) entirely.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VoIP is a revolutionary technology that has the potential to completely rework the world&#39;s phone systems. VoIP providers like Vonage have already been around for a while and are growing steadily. Major carriers like AT&amp;T are already setting up VoIP calling plans in several markets around the United States, and the FCC is looking seriously at the potential ramifications of VoIP service.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Above all else, VoIP is basically a clever &quot;reinvention of the wheel.&quot; In this article, we&#39;ll explore the principles behind VoIP, its applications and the potential of this emerging technology, which will more than likely one day replace the traditional phone system entirely.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The interesting thing about VoIP is that there is not just one way to place a call. There are three different &quot;flavors&quot; of VoIP service in common use today:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * ATA -- The simplest and most common way is through the use of a device called an ATA (analog telephone adaptor). The ATA allows you to connect a standard phone to your computer or your Internet connection for use with VoIP. The ATA is an analog-to-digital converter. It takes the analog signal from your traditional phone and converts it into digital data for transmission over the Internet. Providers like Vonage and AT&amp;T CallVantage are bundling ATAs free with their service. You simply crack the ATA out of the box, plug the cable from your phone that would normally go in the wall socket into the ATA, and you&#39;re ready to make VoIP calls. Some ATAs may ship with additional software that is loaded onto the host computer to configure it; but in any case, it&#39;s a very straightforward setup.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * IP Phones -- These specialized phones look just like normal phones with a handset, cradle and buttons. But instead of having the standard RJ-11 phone connectors, IP phones have an RJ-45 Ethernet connector. IP phones connect directly to your router and have all the hardware and software necessary right onboard to handle the IP call. Wi-Fi phones allow subscribing callers to make VoIP calls from any Wi-Fi hot spot.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Computer-to-computer -- This is certainly the easiest way to use VoIP. You don&#39;t even have to pay for long-distance calls. There are several companies offering free or very low-cost software that you can use for this type of VoIP. All you need is the software, a microphone, speakers, a sound card and an Internet connection, preferably a fast one like you would get through a cable or DSL modem. Except for your normal monthly ISP fee, there is usually no charge for computer-to-computer calls, no matter the distance.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you&#39;re interested in trying VoIP, then you should check out some of the free VoIP software available on the Internet. You should be able to download and set it up in about three to five minutes. Get a friend to download the software, too, and you can start tinkering with VoIP to get a feel for how it works&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Using VoIP&lt;br /&gt;Chances are good you&#39;re already making VoIP calls any time you place a long-distance call. Phone companies use VoIP to streamline their networks. By routing thousands of phone calls through a circuit switch and into an IP gateway, they can seriously reduce the bandwidth they&#39;re using for the long haul. Once the call is received by a gateway on the other side of the call, it&#39;s decompressed, reassembled and routed to a local circuit switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Although it will take some time, you can be sure that eventually all of the current circuit-switched networks will be replaced with packet-switching technology (more on packet switching and circuit switching later). IP telephony just makes sense, in terms of both economics and infrastructure requirements. More and more businesses are installing VoIP systems, and the technology will continue to grow in popularity as it makes its way into our homes. Perhaps the biggest draws to VoIP for the home users that are making the switch are price and flexibility.&lt;br /&gt;With VoIP, you can make a call from anywhere you have broadband connectivity. Since the IP phones or ATAs broadcast their info over the Internet, they can be administered by the provider anywhere there&#39;s a connection. So business travelers can take their phones or ATAs with them on trips and always have access to their home phone. Another alternative is the softphone. A softphone is client software that loads the VoIP service onto your desktop or laptop. The Vonage softphone has an interface on your screen that looks like a traditional telephone. As long as you have a headset/microphone, you can place calls from your laptop anywhere in the broadband-connected world. &lt;br /&gt;Most VoIP companies are offering minute-rate plans structured like cell phone bills for as little as $30 per month. On the higher end, some offer unlimited plans for $79. With the elimination of unregulated charges and the suite of free features that are included with these plans, it can be quite a savings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Most VoIP companies provide the features that normal phone companies charge extra for when they are added to your service plan. VoIP includes:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Caller ID&lt;br /&gt;    * Call waiting&lt;br /&gt;    * Call transfer&lt;br /&gt;    * Repeat dial&lt;br /&gt;    * Return call&lt;br /&gt;    * Three-way calling &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are also advanced call-filtering options available from some carriers. These features use caller ID information to allow you make a choice about how calls from a particular number are handled. You can:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Forward the call to a particular number&lt;br /&gt;    * Send the call directly to voice mail&lt;br /&gt;    * Give the caller a busy signal&lt;br /&gt;    * Play a &quot;not-in-service&quot; message&lt;br /&gt;    * Send the caller to a funny rejection hotline &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;With many VoIP services, you can also check voice mail via the Web or attach messages to an e-mail that is sent to your computer or handheld. Not all VoIP services offer all of the features above. Prices and services vary, so if you&#39;re interested, it&#39;s best to do a little shopping.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Now that we&#39;ve looked at VoIP in a general sense, let&#39;s look more closely at the components that make the system work. To understand how VoIP really works and why it&#39;s an improvement over the traditional phone system, it helps to first understand how a traditional phone system works.&lt;br /&gt;VoIP: Circuit Switching&lt;br /&gt;Existing phone systems are driven by a very reliable but somewhat inefficient method for connecting calls called circuit switching.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Circuit switching is a very basic concept that has been used by telephone networks for more than 100 years. When a call is made between two parties, the connection is maintained for the duration of the call. Because you&#39;re connecting two points in both directions, the connection is called a circuit. This is the foundation of the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN).&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Here&#39;s how a typical telephone call works:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;   1. You pick up the receiver and listen for a dial tone. This lets you know that you have a connection to the local office of your telephone carrier.&lt;br /&gt;   2. You dial the number of the party you wish to talk to.&lt;br /&gt;   3. The call is routed through the switch at your local carrier to the party you are calling.&lt;br /&gt;   4. A connection is made between your telephone and the other party&#39;s line using several interconnected switches along the way.&lt;br /&gt;   5. The phone at the other end rings, and someone answers the call.&lt;br /&gt;   6. The connection opens the circuit.&lt;br /&gt;   7. You talk for a period of time and then hang up the receiver.&lt;br /&gt;   8. When you hang up, the circuit is closed, freeing your line and all the lines in between.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let&#39;s say you talk for 10 minutes. During this time, the circuit is continuously open between the two phones. In the early phone system, up until 1960 or so, every call had to have a dedicated wire stretching from one end of the call to the other for the duration of the call. So if you were in New York and you wanted to call Los Angeles, the switches between New York and Los Angeles would connect pieces of copper wire all the way across the United States. You would use all those pieces of wire just for your call for the full 10 minutes. You paid a lot for the call, because you actually owned a 3,000-mile-long copper wire for 10 minutes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Telephone conversations over today&#39;s traditional phone network are somewhat more efficient and they cost a lot less. Your voice is digitized, and your voice along with thousands of others can be combined onto a single fiber optic cable for much of the journey (there&#39;s still a dedicated piece of copper wire going into your house, though). These calls are transmitted at a fixed rate of 64 kilobits per second (Kbps) in each direction, for a total transmission rate of 128 Kbps. Since there are 8 kilobits (Kb) in a kilobyte (KB), this translates to a transmission of 16 KB each second the circuit is open, and 960 KB every minute it&#39;s open. In a 10-minute conversation, the total transmission is 9,600 KB, which is roughly equal to 10 megabytes (check out How Bits and Bytes Work to learn about these conversions). If you look at a typical phone conversation, much of this transmitted data is wasted. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VoIP: Packet Switching&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A packet-switched phone network is the alternative to circuit switching. It works like this: While you&#39;re talking, the other party is listening, which means that only half of the connection is in use at any given time. Based on that, we can surmise that we could cut the file in half, down to about 4.7 MB, for efficiency. Plus, a significant amount of the time in most conversations is dead air -- for seconds at a time, neither party is talking. If we could remove these silent intervals, the file would be even smaller. Then, instead of sending a continuous stream of bytes (both silent and noisy), what if we sent just the packets of noisy bytes when you created them?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Data networks do not use circuit switching. Your Internet connection would be a lot slower if it maintained a constant connection to the Web page you were viewing at any given time. Instead, data networks simply send and retrieve data as you need it. And, instead of routing the data over a dedicated line, the data packets flow through a chaotic network along thousands of possible paths. This is called packet switching.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;While circuit switching keeps the connection open and constant, packet switching opens a brief connection -- just long enough to send a small chunk of data, called a packet, from one system to another. It works like this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * The sending computer chops data into small packets, with an address on each one telling the network devices where to send them.&lt;br /&gt;    * Inside of each packet is a payload. The payload is a piece of the e-mail, a music file or whatever type of file is being transmitted inside the packet.&lt;br /&gt;    * The sending computer sends the packet to a nearby router and forgets about it. The nearby router send the packet to another router that is closer to the recipient computer. That router sends the packet along to another, even closer router, and so on.&lt;br /&gt;    * When the receiving computer finally gets the packets (which may have all taken completely different paths to get there), it uses instructions contained within the packets to reassemble the data into its original state. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Packet switching is very efficient. It lets the network route the packets along the least congested and cheapest lines. It also frees up the two computers communicating with each other so that they can accept information from other computers, as well. &lt;br /&gt;Advantages of Using VoIP&lt;br /&gt;VoIP technology uses the Internet&#39;s packet-switching capabilities to provide phone service. VoIP has several advantages over circuit switching. For example, packet switching allows several telephone calls to occupy the amount of space occupied by only one in a circuit-switched network. Using PSTN, that 10-minute phone call we talked about earlier consumed 10 full minutes of transmission time at a cost of 128 Kbps. With VoIP, that same call may have occupied only 3.5 minutes of transmission time at a cost of 64 Kbps, leaving another 64 Kbps free for that 3.5 minutes, plus an additional 128 Kbps for the remaining 6.5 minutes. Based on this simple estimate, another three or four calls could easily fit into the space used by a single call under the conventional system. And this example doesn&#39;t even factor in the use of data compression, which further reduces the size of each call.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Let&#39;s say that you and your friend both have service through a VoIP provider. You both have your analog phones hooked up to the service-provided ATAs. Let&#39;s take another look at that typical telephone call, but this time using VoIP over a packet-switched network:&lt;br /&gt;  1. You pick up the receiver, which sends a signal to the ATA.&lt;br /&gt;   2. The ATA receives the signal and sends a dial tone. This lets you know that you have a connection to the Internet.&lt;br /&gt;   3. You dial the phone number of the party you wish to talk to. The tones are converted by the ATA into digital data and temporarily stored.&lt;br /&gt;   4. The phone number data is sent in the form of a request to your VoIP company&#39;s call processor. The call processor checks it to ensure that it&#39;s in a valid format.&lt;br /&gt;   5. The call processor determines to whom to map the phone number. In mapping, the phone number is translated to an IP address (more on this later). The soft switch connects the two devices on either end of the call. On the other end, a signal is sent to your friend&#39;s ATA, telling it to ask the connected phone to ring.&lt;br /&gt;   6. Once your friend picks up the phone, a session is established between your computer and your friend&#39;s computer. This means that each system knows to expect packets of data from the other system. In the middle, the normal Internet infrastructure handles the call as if it were e-mail or a Web page. Each system must use the same protocol to communicate. The systems implement two channels, one for each direction, as part of the session.&lt;br /&gt;   7. You talk for a period of time. During the conversation, your system and your friend&#39;s system transmit packets back and forth when there is data to be sent. The ATAs at each end translate these packets as they are received and convert them to the analog audio signal that you hear. Your ATA also keeps the circuit open between itself and your analog phone while it forwards packets to and from the IP host at the other end.&lt;br /&gt;   8. You finish talking and hang up the receiver.&lt;br /&gt;   9. When you hang up, the circuit is closed between your phone and the ATA.&lt;br /&gt;  10. The ATA sends a signal to the soft switch connecting the call, terminating the session. &lt;br /&gt;Probably one of the most compelling advantages of packet switching is that data networks already understand the technology. By migrating to this technology, telephone networks immediately gain the ability to communicate the way computers do.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;It will still be at least a decade before communications companies can make the full switch over to VoIP. As with all emerging technologies, there are certain hurdles that have to be overcome&lt;br /&gt;Disadvantages of Using VoIP&lt;br /&gt;The current Public Switched Telephone Network is a robust and fairly bulletproof system for delivering phone calls. Phones just work, and we&#39;ve all come to depend on that. On the other hand, computers, e-mail and other related devices are still kind of flaky. Let&#39;s face it -- few people really panic when their e-mail goes down for 30 minutes. It&#39;s expected from time to time. On the other hand, a half hour of no dial tone can easily send people into a panic. So what the PSTN may lack in efficiency it more than makes up for in reliability. But the network that makes up the Internet is far more complex and therefore functions within a far greater margin of error. What this all adds up to is one of the major flaws in VoIP: reliability.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * First of all, VoIP is dependant on wall power. Your current phone runs on phantom power that is provided over the line from the central office. Even if your power goes out, your phone (unless it is a cordless) still works. With VoIP, no power means no phone. A stable power source must be created for VoIP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Another consideration is that many other systems in your home may be integrated into the phone line. Digital video recorders, digital subscription TV services and home security systems all use a standard phone line to do their thing. There&#39;s currently no way to integrate these products with VoIP. The related industries are going to have to get together to make this work.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Emergency 911 calls also become a challenge with VoIP. As stated before, VoIP uses IP-addressed phone numbers, not NANP phone numbers. There&#39;s no way to associate a geographic location with an IP address. So if the caller can&#39;t tell the 911 operator where he is located, then there&#39;s no way to know which call center to route the emergency call to and which EMS should respond. To fix this, perhaps geographical information could somehow be integrated into the packets&lt;br /&gt;# Because VoIP uses an Internet connection, it&#39;s susceptible to all the hiccups normally associated with home broadband services. All of these factors affect call quality:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Latency&lt;br /&gt;    * Jitter&lt;br /&gt;    * Packet loss &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Phone conversations can become distorted, garbled or lost because of transmission errors. Some kind of stability in Internet data transfer needs to be guaranteed before VoIP could truly replace traditional phones.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# VoIP is susceptible to worms, viruses and hacking, although this is very rare and VoIP developers are working on VoIP encryption to counter this.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;# Another issue associated with VoIP is having a phone system dependant on individual PCs of varying specifications and power. A call can be affected by processor drain. Let&#39;s say you are chatting away on your softphone, and you decide to open a program that saps your processor. Quality loss will become immediately evident. In a worst case scenario, your system could crash in the middle of an important call. In VoIP, all phone calls are subject to the limitations of normal computer issues&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VoIP: Codecs&lt;br /&gt;A codec, which stands for coder-decoder, converts an audio signal into compressed digital form for transmission and then back into an uncompressed audio signal for replay. It&#39;s the essence of VoIP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Codecs accomplish the conversion by sampling the audio signal several thousand times per second. For instance, a G.711 codec samples the audio at 64,000 times a second. It converts each tiny sample into digitized data and compresses it for transmission. When the 64,000 samples are reassembled, the pieces of audio missing between each sample are so small that to the human ear, it sounds like one continuous second of audio signal. There are different sampling rates in VoIP depending on the codec being used:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * 64,000 times per second&lt;br /&gt;    * 32,000 times per second&lt;br /&gt;    * 8,000 times per second &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;A G.729A codec has a sampling rate of 8,000 times per second and is the most commonly used codec in VoIP.&lt;br /&gt; Codecs use advanced algorithms to help sample, sort, compress and packetize audio data. The CS-ACELP algorithm (CS-ACELP = conjugate-structure algebraic-code-excited linear prediction) is one of the most prevalent algorithms in VoIP. CS-ACELP organizes and streamlines the available bandwidth. Annex B is an aspect of CS-ACELP that creates the transmission rule, which basically states &quot;if no one is talking, don&#39;t send any data.&quot; The efficiency created by this rule is one of the greatest ways in which packet switching is superior to circuit switching. It&#39;s Annex B in the CS-ACELP algorithm that&#39;s responsible for that aspect of the VoIP call.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The codec works with the algorithm to convert and sort everything out, but it&#39;s not any good without knowing where to send the data. In VoIP, that task is handled by soft switches.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;E.164 is the name given to the standard for the North American Numbering Plan (NANP). This is the numbering system that phone networks use to know where to route a call based on the dialed numbers. A phone number is like an address:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      (313) 555-1212&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      313 = State&lt;br /&gt;      555 = City&lt;br /&gt;      1212 = Street address &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The switches use &quot;313&quot; to route the phone call to the area code&#39;s region. The &quot;555&quot; prefix sends the call to a central office, and the network routes the call using the last four digits, which are associated with a specific location. Based on that system, no matter where you&#39;re in the world, the number combination &quot;(313) 555&quot; always puts you in the same central office, which has a switch that knows which phone is associated with &quot;1212.&quot;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The challenge with VoIP is that IP-based networks don&#39;t read phone numbers based on NANP. They look for IP addresses, which look like this:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;      192.158.10.7 &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;IP addresses correspond to a particular device on the network like a computer, a router, a switch, a gateway or a telephone. However, IP addresses are not always static. They&#39;re assigned by a DHCP server on the network and change with each new connection. VoIP&#39;s challenge is translating NANP phone numbers to IP addresses and then finding out the current IP address of the requested number. This mapping process is handled by a central call processor running a soft switch.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;The central call processor is hardware that runs a specialized database/mapping program called a soft switch. Think of the user and the phone or computer as one package -- man and machine. That package is called the endpoint. The soft switch connects endpoints.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Soft switches know:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * Where the network&#39;s endpoint is&lt;br /&gt;    * What phone number is associated with that endpoint&lt;br /&gt;    * The endpoint&#39;s current IP address &lt;br /&gt;VoIP: Soft Switches and Protocols&lt;br /&gt;The soft switch contains a database of users and phone numbers. If it doesn&#39;t have the information it needs, it hands off the request downstream to other soft switches until it finds one that can answer the request. Once it finds the user, it locates the current IP address of the device associated with that user in a similar series of requests. It sends back all the relevant information to the softphone or IP phone, allowing the exchange of data between the two endpoints.&lt;br /&gt;Soft switches work in tandem with network devices to make VoIP possible. For all these devices to work together, they must communicate in the same way. This communication is one of the most important aspects that will have to be refined for VoIP to take off. &lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Protocols&lt;br /&gt;As we&#39;ve seen, on each end of a VoIP call we can have any combination of an analog, soft or IP phone as acting as a user interface, ATAs or client software working with a codec to handle the digital-to-analog conversion, and soft switches mapping the calls. How do you get all of these completely different pieces of hardware and software to communicate efficiently to pull all of this off? The answer is protocols.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There are several protocols currently used for VoIP. These protocols define ways in which devices like codecs connect to each other and to the network using VoIP. They also include specifications for audio codecs. The most widely used protocol is H.323, a standard created by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). H.323 is a comprehensive and very complex protocol that was originally designed for video conferencing. It provides specifications for real-time, interactive videoconferencing, data sharing and audio applications such as VoIP. Actually a suite of protocols, H.323 incorporates many individual protocols that have been developed for specific applications.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;H.323 Protocol Suite&lt;br /&gt;Video&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Audio&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Data&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;Transport&lt;br /&gt;H.261&lt;br /&gt;H.263&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;G.711&lt;br /&gt;G.722&lt;br /&gt;G.723.1&lt;br /&gt;G.728&lt;br /&gt;G.729&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;T.122&lt;br /&gt;T.124&lt;br /&gt;T.125&lt;br /&gt;T.126&lt;br /&gt;T.127&lt;br /&gt; &lt;br /&gt;H.225&lt;br /&gt;H.235&lt;br /&gt;H.245&lt;br /&gt;H.450.1&lt;br /&gt;H.450.2&lt;br /&gt;H.450.3&lt;br /&gt;RTP&lt;br /&gt;X.224.0&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;As you can see, H.323 is a large collection of protocols and specifications. That&#39;s what allows it to be used for so many applications. The problem with H.323 is that it&#39;s not specifically tailored to VoIP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;An alternative to H.323 emerged with the development of Session Initiation Protocol (SIP). SIP is a more streamlined protocol, developed specifically for VoIP applications. Smaller and more efficient than H.323, SIP takes advantage of existing protocols to handle certain parts of the process. Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) is a third commonly used VoIP protocol that focuses on endpoint control. MGCP is geared toward features like call waiting. You can learn more about the architecture of these protocols at Protocols.com: Voice Over IP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;One of the challenges facing the worldwide use of VoIP is that these three protocols are not always compatible. VoIP calls going between several networks may run into a snag if they hit conflicting protocols. Since VoIP is a relatively new technology, this compatibility issue will continue to be a problem until a governing body creates a standard universal protocol for VoIP.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;VoIP is a vast improvement over the current phone system in efficiency, cost and flexibility. Like any emerging technology, VoIP has some challenges to overcome, but it&#39;s clear that developers will keep refining this technology until it eventually replaces the current phone system.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/3316838857030116921/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/how-voip-works-2.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3316838857030116921'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3316838857030116921'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/how-voip-works-2.html' title='How VoIP Works'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-5153730357158695769</id><published>2009-12-11T12:09:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-11T12:10:03.348+05:30</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>टिचरः हिजो स्कुल किन नआएको ?&lt;br /&gt;बिद्यार्थीः मम्मीले पिट्नु भएर सर ?&lt;br /&gt;टिचरः किन पिट्नु भएको नि ?&lt;br /&gt;बिद्यार्थीः आज स्कुल जान्न भनें, त्यसैले ।</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/5153730357158695769/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/blog-post_7222.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5153730357158695769'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5153730357158695769'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/blog-post_7222.html' title=''/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-5815835664052064253</id><published>2009-12-11T12:03:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-11T12:03:32.923+05:30</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>एकजना मानिस आफ्नो पर्स  खेलाइरहेको थियो,&lt;br /&gt;त्यहीबखत अर्को एकजना आएर पेस्तोल देखाउदै भन्यो ।&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;पहिलो ब्याक्ती :  ओ मिस्टर, त्यो पर्स ले नत्र…!&lt;br /&gt;दोस्रो ब्याक्ती     :  नत्र के ?&lt;br /&gt;पहिलो ब्याक्ती :  नत्र यो पेस्तोलले ठोकिदिन्छु&lt;br /&gt;दोस्रो ब्याक्ती    :  होइन, लिनुस् हजुर&lt;br /&gt;पहिलो ब्याक्ती :  हा..हा.. मेरो पेस्तोल्मा गोली नै छैन&lt;br /&gt;दोस्रो ब्यक्ती     :  ही..ही.. मेरो पर्समा पैसा नै छैन</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/5815835664052064253/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/blog-post_10.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5815835664052064253'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5815835664052064253'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/blog-post_10.html' title=''/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-3151622914516933254</id><published>2009-12-11T09:45:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-11T09:46:03.386+05:30</updated><title type='text'>RAM</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight:bold;&quot;&gt;What is RAM Memory?&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Consider the desk-and-file-cabinet metaphor for a moment. Imagine what it would be like if every time you wanted to look at a document or folder you had to retrieve it from the file drawer. It would slow you down tremendously, not to mention drive you crazy. With adequate desk space - our metaphor for memory - you can lay out the documents in use and retrieve information from them immediately, often with just a glance. Here&#39;s another important difference between memory and storage: the information stored on a hard disk remains intact even when the computer is turned off. However, any data held in memory is lost when the computer is turned off. In our desk space metaphor, it&#39;s as though any files left on the desk at closing time will be thrown away.&lt;br /&gt;Did You Know?&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * For years, computer scientists and marketing types have abused the metric system when it comes to quantifying things like computer memory, disk space, etc. The reason for this is that in general computers are binary systems, and they work with powers of two. For the most part, this works fine, but once you start counting high enough, it becomes cumbersome to say that your computer has 1,073,741,824 (230) bytes of memory in it. So, it became common practice to shorten things by using the metric prefixes &quot;kilo&quot;, &quot;mega&quot;, &quot;giga&quot;, &quot;tera&quot;, etc.&lt;br /&gt;       &lt;br /&gt;    * To boost performance, (In most cases); Bigger and better RAM would be a better upgrade as opposed to bigger and better CPU.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;    * In many cases same amount of RAM chips can still have difference in performance depending on thier bus speed. This bus speed is expressed in Megahertz as in 133MHz.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tips&lt;br /&gt;Win9x&lt;br /&gt;If you&#39;re running Windows 9x or higher and have less than 64 megs of RAM, go out and buy more. I hate to say it, but it&#39;s the truth.&lt;br /&gt;Don&#39;t Mix and Match&lt;br /&gt;It&#39;s important not to mix different types of memory modules in your PC. Most PCs have three DIMM sockets on their motherboards, and one or two of them are usually free. Adding RAM is as simple as plugging in new DIMMs.&lt;br /&gt;DIMM of the Day&lt;br /&gt;RAM is sold in the form of chips contained on small circuit boards called memory modules. If your current desktop PC was manufactured in the last three or four years, it most likely uses 168-pin DIMMs (dual in-line memory modules). DIMMs vary depending on their capacity (16MByte, 32MByte, 64MByte, and 128MByte), the PC&#39;s bus speed, the type of RAM chips they contain, and other factors. You can usually determine what type of DIMM your PC uses by consulting the PC&#39;s manual or by calling the manufacturer&#39;s technical support line.&lt;br /&gt;SIMMS Like Old Times&lt;br /&gt;If your PC is more than three or four years old, it probably uses SIMMs (single in-line memory modules). Though the examples of memory modules shown in the accompanying photos are DIMMs, the process of upgrading SIMMs is similar. The differences are that SIMMs pivot rather than plug into their slots, and they must be installed in pairs. Most PCs today require a type of memory called PC-100 (100MHz) SDRAM, though slightly older systems need PC-66 (66MHz SDRAM), and somewhat newer systems depend on PC-133 (133MHz VC SDRAM). Some brand-new high-performance systems use a new type of memory known as RDRAM (Rambus DRAM), which currently costs considerably more than DIMMs. Another new type of memory, known as DDR (double data rate) SDRAM, is showing up in some high-speed PCs, mainly those that use AMD processors. To find out more, check out www.rambus.com or www.ami2.org.&lt;br /&gt;Faulty Memory&lt;br /&gt;Blue screens during the install procedure of Windows 2000 or XP. This is one of the surest signs of faulty memory.&lt;br /&gt;Faulty Memory&lt;br /&gt;Random crashes or blue screens during the running of 2000 or XP is another sign of faulty memory. Note that heat can also be a culprit in the case of general flakiness like this, so you should test for that possibility too.&lt;br /&gt;Faulty Memory&lt;br /&gt;Crashes during memory intensive operations. 3D games, benchmarks, compiling, Photoshop, etc.&lt;br /&gt;Faulty Memory&lt;br /&gt;Distorted graphics on screen. This can also be related to the video card.&lt;br /&gt;Faulty Memory&lt;br /&gt;Failure to boot. This can be accompanied by repeated long beeps, which is the accepted BIOS beep code for a memory problem. In this circumstance, you cannot test the memory with diagnostic software, so your only option is testing by replacement, either at home or at your computer dealer.</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/3151622914516933254/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/ram.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3151622914516933254'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/3151622914516933254'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/ram.html' title='RAM'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-5259144114958367140</id><published>2009-12-10T16:51:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-10T16:51:26.206+05:30</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>A friend is someone we turn to&lt;br /&gt;                  when our spirits need a lift.&lt;br /&gt;                  A friend is someone we treasure&lt;br /&gt;                  for our friendship is a gift.&lt;br /&gt;                  A friend is someone who fills our lives&lt;br /&gt;                  with beauty, joy, and grace.&lt;br /&gt;                  And makes the whole world we live in&lt;br /&gt;                  a better and happier place</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/5259144114958367140/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/friend-is-someone-we-turn-to-when-our.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5259144114958367140'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/5259144114958367140'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/friend-is-someone-we-turn-to-when-our.html' title=''/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-4755422946956294679</id><published>2009-12-10T16:50:00.001+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-10T16:50:58.122+05:30</updated><title type='text'></title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;If I could have just one wish,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   I would wish to wake up everyday&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   to the sound of your breath on my neck,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   the warmth of your lips on my cheek,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   the touch of your fingers on my skin,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   and the feel of your heart beating with mine...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   Knowing that I could never find that feeling&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;color: rgb(51, 51, 0);&quot;&gt;                   with anyone other than you.&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/4755422946956294679/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/if-i-could-have-just-one-wish-i-would.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/4755422946956294679'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/4755422946956294679'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/if-i-could-have-just-one-wish-i-would.html' title=''/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-2713748266328170211</id><published>2009-12-10T16:43:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-10T16:49:05.105+05:30</updated><title type='text'>love poem</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;You are my love, my life, my best chance to live free,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   my eyes when I watch the sun setting over the sea,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   my lungs when the cool breeze blows softly into me,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   you are my ears when I listen to Canon in D.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                    My sweetest sweet, my dearest dear,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   my trust and hope and my freedom of all fears,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   always my love, no matter how far or how near...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                    The oceans so vast as far as one can see&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   under the sky so blue, beyond the mountains&#39; highest peaks,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   so far, deep and long my love for you,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   so strong and lasting, so real and true...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                    The beauty of your eyes looking into mine,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   your skin, your hair all so soft and so fine...&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   how lucky am I that you could be all mine.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                    Alas my angel I have found and she has found me,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   so far, far away but I still hear her heart beat,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   beyond all hopes and more than any dream,&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic; color: rgb(102, 51, 102);&quot;&gt;                   I now believe in fate and in destiny.&lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/2713748266328170211/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/love-poem.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/2713748266328170211'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/2713748266328170211'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/love-poem.html' title='love poem'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-886771859144108187.post-8138313605458828741</id><published>2009-12-08T15:59:00.000+05:30</published><updated>2009-12-08T16:00:34.615+05:30</updated><title type='text'>comment on this</title><content type='html'>&lt;span style=&quot;font-family:Mangal;&quot;&gt;मलाई ब्युँझाएर गयौ तिमीले मलाई उठाएर  गयौ तिमीले मलाई अल्झाएर गयौ तिमीले मलाई बल्झाएर गयौ तिमीले अब कति खस्नुपर्ने हो  पहाडबाट थाहा छैन् अब कति धकेलिनु पर्ने हो हिमालबाट थाहा छैन् अब कति डुब्नुपर्ने  हो समुद्रमा थाहा छैन अब कति पुरिनुपर्ने हो खाडीमा थाहा छैन अब कति दुख्ने हुन्  सपनाहरु थाहा छैन । &lt;/span&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/feeds/8138313605458828741/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/comment-on-this.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/8138313605458828741'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/886771859144108187/posts/default/8138313605458828741'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://deardb.blogspot.com/2009/12/comment-on-this.html' title='comment on this'/><author><name>deardb</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/00662464012765583047</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='26' height='32' src='//blogger.googleusercontent.com/img/b/R29vZ2xl/AVvXsEjUnKLPCnhrAi8fEF-4cJgYbr5CcVGlp8n61Ax-xnAQCd61AG2VNeF-ki6L-JLNiSBaxFsq4bIGtCAal-onl33jZENTnfWCpK-ch54pHb-pgmnbwN3SL9j_a8h643MyomA/s220/002.jpg'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry></feed>